Sea Ray 2003 510 SUNDANCER Owners Manual

Owner s Manual
510 Sundancer
International * 555 Sundancer
Welcome
Congratulations on becoming the new owner of the world's
most prestigious boat. We at Sea Ray® Boats, Inc.
welcome you into our worldwide and ever-expanding
family of boating enthusiasts.
The Owner's Manual Packet, to be kept on board your
Sea Ray, gives you important information on all the
features of your Sea Ray, for years of trouble-free boating
take the time to carefully review the information in your
Owner's Manual Packet and really get to know your boat.
Have everyone who will operate your boat read this
manual.
The Owner's Manual Packet contains the following:
e Owner's Manual: The Owners Manual gives you
important operating and safety information, as well
as reminding you about your responsibilities as a
boat owner/operator.
* Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM)
Information: This section of your Owners Manual
Packet contains information from the manufacturers
of equipment installed on your boat. Examples
include the engine, engine control and steering
system. Throughout the Owner's Manual you will be
referred to information provided by manufacturers of
specific systems.
Because your purchase represents a substantial
investment, we know you will want to take the necessary
measures to protect its value. We have outlined a program
for proper operation, periodic maintenance and safety
inspections. We urge you to follow these recommendations.
If you have questions which are not fully covered by the
Owners Manual Packet, please consult your authorized
dealer for assistance.
Thank You For Selecting A Sea Ray“!
Bon Voyage
Sea Rpg E
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
INTRODUCTION
1. THIS MANUAL
The material here and in the rest of the Owner's
Manual Packet:
Gives you basic safety information;
Describes the features of your boat;
Describes the equipment on your boat;
Describes the fundamentals of boat use; and
e (Contains service and maintenance information.
You must learn to operate this boat as well as
read, understand and use this manual.
What this manual does not give you is a course in
boating safety, or how to navigate, anchor or dock
you boat. Operating a power boat safely requires
more skills, knowledge and awareness than is
necessary for a car or truck.
2. YOUR RESPONSIBILITIES
For your safety, the safety of your passengers,
other boaters and people in the water, you must:
Take a boating safety course;
Get instruction in the safe and proper handling
of your boat;
* Understand and follow the “rules of the road”;
Learn how to navigate.
3. SOURCE OF INFORMATION
In North America, contact one of the following for
boating courses:
e U.S. Coast Guard Auxiliary
* U.S. Power Squadron
о Canadian Power and Sail Squadrons
* Red cross
* State Boating Offices
e Yacht Club
Contact your dealer or the Boat/U.S. Foundation at
1-800-336-2628
Outside of North America, contact your boat dealer
and/or your governmental boating agency for
assistance.
A book that provides a comprehensive background
in boating is Chapman - Piloting, Seamanship and
small Boat handling, by Elbert S. Maloney, published
by Hearst Marine.
4. DEALER RESPONSIBILITIES
In addition to a pre-delivery check and service of
the boat, your dealer is to give you:
A description and demonstration of the safety
systems, features, instruments and controls on
your boat;
An orientation in the general operation of your
boat;
e An‘ln Service Form” completed by you and the
dealer after your inspection of the boat;
Areview of all warranty information and how to
obtain warranty service;
* The complete Owner's Manual Packet.
If you do not receive all of these materials, or have
any questions, contact your dealer or call
1-800-BOATS.
5. WARRANTIES
Your boat comes with several warranties. Each
component and/or system on your boat has its own
warranty that will be found with the specific informa-
tion and manual for that component. These are
included with your Owner's Manual Packet. Locate
and read the individual warranties; then put them
together for easy future reference. The Sea Ray®
warranty is on the warranty information card in your
packet and is repeated on the next page.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
6. HULL IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
(HIN)
The “Hull Identification Number” located on the
starboard side of the transom, is the most important
identifying factor and must be included in all corre-
spondence and orders. Failure to include it creates
delays. Also of vital importance are the engine serial
numbers and part numbers when writing about or
ordering parts for your engine. Refer to the Engine
H.I.N Locations
(Вс. т)
TYPICAL HIN
LOCATION
Ц WITHIN 2" OF
THE GUNWALE
Boat Model:
Design Category: [Ocean [Offshore
Llinshore [C1 Sheltered Waters
Hull Identification Number:
Maximum Recommended Load:
Recommended Number of Passengers:
Maximum Rated Engine Power:
Engine Installed
Manufacturer:
Model and Number:
Weight of Craft
W/Engine & Permanently Attached Items:
Without Engine:
Operators Manual for locations of engine serial
numbers and record them for future reference.
7. MANUFACTURER S CERTIFICATION
A CE mark means that your Sea Ray” Boat has
been certified to meet the applicable International
Organization for Standardization directives.
NMMA certification means that your Sea Ray” Boat
has been judged by the National Marine Manufac-
turers Association to be in compliance with appli-
cable federal regulations and American Boat and
Yacht Council standards.
The following information is furnished in compliance
with ISO directives and RSG guidelines in effect as
of the date of publication of this manual. Sea Ray®
will provide additional information as standards are
amended. The following information, required for
export of the vessel, must be filled out by the dealer.
8. SERVICE, PARTS AND REPAIR FOR
Your Boar
When your boat needs service, parts or repair, take
it to an authorized Sea Ray® dealer. To find a dealer
In your area call:
1-800-SRBOATS
Fax: 1-314-213-7878
Domestic/International
To find repair and parts facilities for the equipment
installed on your boat, refer to the manual for that
component.
If a problem is not handled to your satisfaction:
1. Discuss any warranty-related problems directly
with the service manager of the dealership or
your sales person. Give the dealer an
opportunity to help the service department
resolve the matter for you.
2. If a problem arises that has not been resolved
to your satisfaction by your dealer, contact Sea
Ray® Boats at 1-800-SRBOATS and the
appropriate customer service department
information will be provided to you.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
ABOUT YOUR LIMITED WARRANTY
Sea Ray offers an express Limited Warranty on each new Sea Ray purchased through an authorized Sea Ray
dealer. A copy of the Limited Warranty was included in your owner ’s packet. If for any reason, you did not
receive a copy of the Limited Warranty, please contact your local dealer or call 1-800 SR BOATS fora
replacement copy. +
Under the Limited Warranty, Sea Ray covers structural fiberglass deck or hull defects which occur with five (5)
years of the date of delivery and parts founds to be defective in factory material or workmanship within one (1)
year of the date of delivery. In addition, laminate blisters resulting from defects in factory material or workmanship
are covered for five (5) years on a pro-rated basis.
Sea Ray’s obligation under the Limited Warranty 1s limited to repair or replacement of parts that are judged
defective by Sea Ray and does not include transportation, haul out, or other expenses. The foregoing 1s the sole
and exclusive remedy provided by Sea Ray.
The Limited Warranty does not cover engines, stern drives, controls, propellers, batteries, trailers, or other
equipment or accessories carrying their own individual warranties, nor does the Limited Warranty cover engines,
parts or accessories not installed by Sea Ray. The Limited Warranty does not cover cosmetic gel coat finish.
Boats used for commercial purpose are excluded from coverage. See the Sea Ray Express Limited
Transferable Warranty for other exclusions.
SEA RAY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS. NEITHER SEA RAY NOR THE SELLING DEALER SHALL HAVE ANY
RESPONSIBILITY FOR LOSS OF USE OF THE BOAT, LOSS OF TIME, INCONVENIENCE,
COMMERCIAL LOSS OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.
The unexpired term of the Limited Warranty may be transferred to a subsequent owner upon the new owner’s
written request to Sea Ray Division of Brunswick Corporation, 2600 Sea Ray Blvd., Knoxville, Tennessee,
37914 and payment to Sea Ray of Fifty Dollars ($50.00).
Thank you for your decision to buy a Sea Ray.
€ The Sea Ray Express Limited Transferable Warranty is subject to change at any time at Sea Ray’s discretion. The
information contained herein 1s general information about the Limited Warranty for the owner’s general knowledge,
but does not alter or amend the terms of the Limited Warranty.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
510DA OwWNER’S MANUAL * TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION SECTION 2 ® GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
1. ThisManual ............ccooiiiiiii erre ii 1. Docking/Lifting/Storage ....................=......eiee—.—— 2.1
2. Your responsibilities ...............cooiii ii A. Supporting the Boat.................. eee... 2.1
3. Source of Information .............cccoee viii, ii 2.Passenger Location eee 2.2
4. Dealer Responsibilities .……….….....…...…..……..….……………recerese ii S.FloorPlan ..........oo eee e. 2.4
S. Warranties ........cooovviviiiii RK ERK RER KERK EEE Il 4. Function and Location of Through Hull Fittings
6. Hull Identification Number (HIN) eee IV and CutOUtS ers a, 2.7
7. Manufacturer’s Certificate ……………..….…..………...….……....…….…….… iv 5. Basic Boat Dimensions and Clearances ................. 2.9
8. Service, Parts and repair for Your Boat ..................... iv 06.Propulsion System ...................eeeeerevererericeerecceeecce. 2.9
9. Express Limited Transferable Warranty ...................... V A. Engine Gauge PackaQe®e se 2.10
7. Propeller S ....................._eerrerieccrrieecerreree eee 2.10
SECTION 1 * SAFETY 8. Description of major Controls 2.10
A. Gear Shifts and Throttle Controls .................. 2.10
1. Safety Labels... IIED: 1.1 B. Gear Shifts and Throttle Controls
2. Legally Mandated Minimum Reguired Equipment .... 1.2 (HYAFAUIC) veers 2.11
3. Fire Extinguishing Equipment ae 1.2 C. Engine SynchronizerS ee 2.12
4. Carbon Monoxide eereee RR K KEG 1.2 D. Hydraulic Trim TabS are 0... 212
A. Carbon Monoxide Monitors ......................—.—.. 1.3 9.Helm Gauge and Switch Layout ........................... 2.14
5. Life Saving Equipment ..........................ee——o 1.3 10.1Important Gauges .......................020 0 2.16
A. PFD Classifications sers 1.4 A. Engine Monitoring System ……….….…….……… 216
6. Additional recommended Equipment for B.Hourmeter ......................meeeiea nee 2.17
Safe Operation eK 1.5 C. Tachometer ee не неоевооечечееныя 217
7.Impaired Operation .......................eeeevveeeriecrre 1.5 D. Quad Gauge Unit ....................... ns 217
8.Load Capacity .....................eeeserererieiereereeeeere eee. 1.5 E. Magnetic Compass .................eeeeevvererieie 218
9.Power Capacity .........................e.serrreerreeeeee e een. 1.6 Е. Systems Monitor ………….…..…….…….……ssrerenssnss 218
10. Stability o.oo, 1.6 11. Display Control Module (DCM) Function Table ..... 2 21
11. Maintain Control eK 1.7 12. Navigation and Anchor Lights …………………………… 2 22
A. General Considerations ...........................—_—_— 1.7 A. Console Dimmer ........................eeiii 2.22
12.Weather ee es 1.7 13. Switch & Receptacle Layout ………………….………………………………. 2.23
A. OCEAN ee 1.7 14. Lighting LayOUt are 2 24
B.OffShore .......coo oii, 1.8
C. Inshore ....................eeeeeieeirerieerere eee ere 1.8 SECTION 3 * Using Your Boar
D.Sheltered Waters ......................e.eee.íeieiieree 1.8
13. ChartYour Course .………..….....….....….rrccseeccseecnneeees 1.9 1.Preparingto Depart .........ccooo vrei, 3.1
14.Water Sports ...............—re....eeevenececerereeeeere DD 19 2.WhileUnderway....................reee.eeeeeeeeeeceeerere DD 3.1
A. SWIMMING EEE 0 ee 19 — 3.Returningto Port .…….….….....….....…..rrecesserecessecceee 3.2
B. SKIING..…..........….rcccsererecc an rsrer cena ser eee KR KK KEN 19 — 4. Securing The Boat …….….....…….......……...rerccesessecccues 3.2
CAD [1[ 1.100 5.Fueling The Boat .................. eee... 3.2
15. Emergency Situations serres 1.10 6.Boarding …...….....…...….....….......csserc cree serre nsr een re nae nn ee 3.3
A. Medical Emergency ers 1.10 7.Personal Flotation Devices (PFD).............…..…..…….……… 3.4
B.Water Rescue are 1.11 8. Passenger Instruction and Location ........................ 3.4
C. Fire coe EERKKRREEKKRREEEKRKREERRKKKEEE 1.11 9. Starting The ENgiNeS ee ee, 3.4
D.Flooding ......ccoovniiii 1.11 10. Shifting to Drive The Boat .......................=....._— 3.0
E. Collisions and Leaking 1.12 11.Stopping The Engine …….....……........……...….…ceccesss 3.7
F.Grounding ..................eeeeeeeieerreere erre. 1.12 12. Emergency Stop Switch ................==.e.eee.=ieeee— 3.7
G. Propulsion, Control or Steering Failure .......... 1.12 13. Steering System ........cccovviiiiiiii es 3.7
16. Safety Hotlines... 1.12 14. Starting The Generator eee 3.8
17.International Requirements …….....….....…….…....… 1.13 15. Shifting From Shore Power to Generator Power ..... 3.9
18. Nautical Terms ..........coovviiiiii ee, 1.13 A. Bow Access Shore Utilities ..................———...w.. 3.9
19.Warning Labels ......................==..eeeeieeeeiier 1.15 16.Stopping The Generator ............................ee.... 3.9
Vi 510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
510DA OwWNER’S MANUAL * TABLE OF CONTENTS
17. Anchoring.................... eee. eeeieeeerieeer reee 3.10
A. Anchoring Arrangement ............................. 3.10
DB. Anchoring ....................=.eeeiieereneeeerre eee 3.10
C. Lowering Anchor .......................=ieeeeeeeee 3.11
D. Setting Anchor ....................=....eeemeeeee 3.11
E. Weighing Anchor ..................... e... 3.11
F. Clearing A Fouled Anchor ..................ee.==...... 3.11
G. À Final Word rer 3.12
18.Windlass .…........…........rressseeessrr ane seen sara cer c nee 3.12
A. To Operate From The Helm …….….….…….…….…. 3.12
B. To Operate From The Bow …….….….….….………..…… 3.13
C.To Operate Manually creer 3.13
D.Maintenance ….…....….....……....…...…..….ereserrrsnaee 3.13
SECTION 4 * BILGE AND UNDERWATER GEAR
1. Bilge EEE 4.1
A. Fuel a: Oil Spillage .........................—.—— 4.1
2.Bilge Pumps .....cooi R KR K KR E KK ERHN 4.1
A. Manual Bilge Pump (Optional) ........................ 4.2
3.Bilge Blowers ..........cooiiiiiii seras ere nas 4.2
4. Bilge Heat Detector ..........................2.... e. 4.3
5. Engines ......................ee2iee0iieeeieeereeenrene rene 4.3
6. Engine Gauge Package «ee. 4.4
7. Engine Mounts ......................2. e... 4.4
8.Marine gears .........coiiiiiiiiii ner esse nn nee 4.4
A. Reduction Gears ee 4.4
B. Reverse Gears ....................eeeeenieiienecneeeeeeece.. 4.4
9. Engine Exhaust system .........................e.2eeeemeee. 4.5
10. Engine Removal... 4.5
11.Vibrations % Causes .................eeenexeeeeeeeereeneeees 4.6
A. Foreign Object Interferring With
Propeller Action ..................— eee 4.6
B. Bent Propeller and/or Shaft ............................ 4.6
C. Engine and Shaft Out of Alignment ................ 4.6
D. Coupling Out of true eee 4.6
E. Engine Part Hitting Boat Structure .................. 4.6
F. Other Possible Causes 4.6
12. Fresh Water Cooling System 4.6
А. Coolant Recommendations ..................-.————.—... 4.7
13. Oil Change System .................-.eeeneieeieeeeeceenee__s 4.7
A. Operating Instructions ...................=..———...._....— 4.7
14. Underwater Gear ......................eeeeíenreeoceerrree e 4.8
A. Propellers ..................—_.._...reicimerieneeeerer eee 4.8
B. ShaftS ................eeeereeecrereeceeereeeeneer erre. 4.10
C. Carrier Seal Kit ........................eeeeeeeieerneeeee 4.11
DS (17 4.12
15. Rudder á. Rudder Stuffing Box .............—..= me... 4.12
16. Seacocks € Strainers...............—..e....__eeeeeeereeeenee 4.12
17. Hydraulic Power Steering Control ....................... 4.13
18. Port Bilge Layout ...................... 2... en 4.14
19. Stbd Bilge Layout ...........................ee cee, 4.15
SECTION 5 * FUEL SYSTEM
1. Fuel System .......ccooooiii eee 5.1
A.FuelTank .......cccooiiiii eee. 5.1
2. Fuel Recommendations 5.2
3. Fuel Filters (Diesel) een EEE 5.2
A. Primary Fuel Filter Selection Valve ................. 5.3
4. Fuel Filter Maintenance …….…..…....…....….….…….…secseeuure 5.3
A. To Drain Water ...................—..eeemeeerierer 5.3
В. To Replace The Filter e... 5.4
5. Fueling Precautions .............coooviiiii 5.4
A. General ……..….....…....….rrrcssrrecrsee essence sance 5.5
B. Before & During Fueling 5.5
C. After Fueling - Checklist …….……….…..….……….….….……………. 5.5
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1. DC System ................eeeeececercceneeeeceeseaeeneeneneees eee. 6.1
2.Batteries ......ccoeiii RER EK EEK EEK ERKERKERKERKERG 6.1
A.To Remove The Battery Cables ...................... 6.1
B. Battery Maintenance ..............c..ccooee viii, 6.2
3. Main DC Breaker Panel ....................er..eeererceieeeeees 6.2
4. Main Battery Switches and Solenoids .................... 6.3
A. Ignition Protection 6.6
5. Control Station Breaker Panels ee 6.6
6. Electrical System Fuse Blocks and Breaker .......... 6.6
7.12Volt System .......cooovi R KR RK RER KK EEE 6.7
A. 12 Volt Accessory Receptacle ........................ 6.7
8. Emergency Start System ….….…....…....……...…erereecceee 6.8
9. KXelogen Lighting .……..…....….....……....…...….sseresereesneere 6.8
A. AC Low Voltage Lighting 6.8
10. Electronics Circuit ….….........…...…….rrrerseccseennenes 6.9
11. AC System cco, 6.9
12. Shore Power ….….………..………..……recsreeceseec serrer rene 6.10
A. Isolation Transformers ee 6.10
B. Glendenning Cablemasters .............cc........... 6.10
C. Bow Access Shore Utilities .......................... 6.10
D. Main Shore Power Breaker Box .................... 6.10
E. Shore Power Hookup (US) ..................... e... 6.10
F. Shore Power Hookup (INTL) ...................—.... 6.11
G. Maintenance For Shore Power Cable Set &
Shore Power Inlets ......................-.eeeeeeeeeeeeo 6.12
13. Servicing The Main Distribution Panel ................. 6.12
A. To Replace A Faulty Component On The Main
Distribution Panel... 6.12
14. Main Distribution Panel Controls and Functions... 6.13
15.24V DC Distribution Panel Controls and Functions .. 6.16
16. Battery Charger ..................eeeeeeíeeeeeeeeecerree EEG 6.18
17.Ground Fault Interrupter Receptacie (GFI) ........... 6.19
A. International Receptacle .............................. 6.19
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
Vil
510DA OwWNER’S MANUAL * TABLE OF CONTENTS
18. Generator ...................._..eiirecreirereer reee 6.20 9. Optional Bow Thruster .................-...=...eeeeíeer 7.16
A. Starting The Generator... 6.20 10. Cablemaster with Remote ..................—....m=... 7.17
B. Shifting From Shore Power To Tooperate Cablemaster .....................=.——_._... 7.17
Generator POWwer ...................—...=irerreeiecen 6.21 11. Hydraulic Swim Platform (Optional) .................... 7.18
C. Stopping The Generator ....................—_.._.._... 6.21 12. Electric Sunpad ....................eee2ereeereeerreeceere e. 7.18
19. Electrolisis & Zinc Anodes 6.21 13. Refrigerator/FreeZel 7.18
20. AC & DC Electrical Schematics & To remove the refrigerator/Freezer ................ 7.18
Wiring HarnesSSeS ee 6.22 14. Salon Slide-Out Bed ces 7.19
15. Power Ventilation System 7.19
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS 16. Central Vacuum System ...................eeeeeeeieeiecee 7.19
17.Coffee maker ....................eeereerriccreecereecere ee. 7.19
1.Layoutand Accessories ................—.e.eeseeiieereereeee 7.1 To remove Coffee Maker 7.19
2. Air Conditioning 8: Heating .....................—.———.—. 7.1 18. Stove & MiCrOWAvE …………….....….………rrenrrrnenes 7.19
A. To Start System …….…..…...…..…..….......cransnss. 7.3 A. Electric StOVE essen EEE EEE 7.19
3.Water System ..................eeseerccierreneccanereeeeceneseeen——. 7.3 B. Microwave/Convection Oven ....................... 7.20
A.Water Tank....................eeeemeneee 74 19.Washer/Dryer....................eveeerer DDD 7.20
Filling The Water Tank ...........................——— 7.4 20.CarbonMonoxide Monitors .............................. 7.20
To Begin Initial Operation ............................... 7.4 21.CaNVAS o.oo eee, 7.20
Sanitizing The System es 7.4 A. Care 8. Maintenance ....................... 7.20
B. Distribution Manifold ee 7.5 B. Storage ...................veevimeen DA 7.20
C. Water Pumps & Filters 7.5 C. Installation Tips ...................... 7.21
To Clean The Filter eue 7.5 D. Canvas Installation 7.21
D. Water System Pressurization ..........0.000000040040 7.6 22.FloorPlan..................eemieeri en Re 7.22
E.WaterHeater.....................__..meicmerenenee ee 7.6
Initial Start-Up or After Winterization ............... 7.6
F. Fresh Water Washdown ................—....e.eeeeeeeee 7.6 SECTION $ © SERVICE INFORMATION
G. Dockside Water Inlet…….…...……....…….……………………………………. 7.6 1. Useful Service Information ....................—....=eee....... 8.1
To Use The System ................ee.e2ieeeeermeccecenees 76 2.Draining The Boat...................———..e.e=eeeeeeeerren 8.4
H. Cockpit Shower .................=-.eesreeveieereeeecene 7.7 3. Winterization Checklist for Boats Stored on Land .... 8.
|.Washer/Dryer Water Valve ................--—......———..... 7.8 A.BoatStorage .........coovveiiiiiiii 8.4
J. Gray Water SUMP ….….…….…......……..crrrrerccsrarenee 7.8 B. Ice Maker.……...…….......……...crrrrrrcsearene crane neue 8.4
K. Smart Water System (Optional) 7.8 ON =1/e 11[-- serre cn canne 8.4
4. Head System ……..….…...………....……ccrrerrecnerre K EEE KK EEG 7.10 D.Generator …….…..…….....….....……srrrcessseeeanereccnnnre 8.4
A. requirementfor Vessel Operators .................. 7.10 E. Air Conditioner ......................eeeeeeeeieeirrieeee E EEE 8.4
B.VacuO-Flush Head ....................e..eeeeeeeeeen_s 7.10 F. Head System ..................eeeeeeeneereerereeneeeeeeeee_ 8.5
C. Holding tank Operation .................—......—._....... 7.11 G. Water System er 0. 8.5
D.VentFilter .........coooviiiii ere 7.11 H. Fuel System... eee. 8.5
5. Macerator Discharge Pump with Seacock |. Security Considerations ..................—........—.... 8.5
Interlock System (Optional) .........................ee=..... 7.12 J. Batteries …………....…….....……...rccssrrrccenern css rr rennes 8.5
To Operate the Macerator .....................——...... 712 4.Fitting Out After Storage 8.6
6. Communication System creer 7.43 A. Fuel System... EEE KR KR KERN 8.6
A. Dockside Telephone Hookup ..................—..... 7.13 B. Exhaust System ................eeeeeeeeerecieccacrereceeos 8.6
7.Entertainment Centers ces 7.14 C. Batteries .….….…...…....……....….reccsreccssee can rc nee 8.6
A. Salon Entertainment Center ......................... 7.14 D. Miscellaneous …….….....……....…..ecsrreccseecnneeees 8.6
B. Digital Satellite System (DSS) (Optional) ...... 7.14 5. Seacock Lubrication ......................ee=eeevvieerciercec. 8.6
C. Master and Guest Stateroom Entertainment 6. Quick Reference Checklist ..................-....eeeeeeeeee.. 8.7
EEE ee 7.14 A. Boarding the BOAt ee 8.7
D. Cockpit Entertainment Center ...................... 7.14 CE E 8.7
E. TV Signal Selector eee 7.15 Boat SySteMS eereeeee RR 8.7
F. Dockside Television Hookup are 7.15 ENGINE ooo R KR ER KR EEGG 8.7
To Connect Cable television .……….……..…….….… 7.15 B. Preparing to Depart and After Launching ........ 8.8
8. Automatic Fire Extinquisher System .................... 7.15 General ........coooeiiii R KR E KR EE KK 8.8
viii 510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
510DA OwWNER’S MANUAL ® TABLE OF CONTENTS
Engine EERARKERKRERRERERERRRRRAREREARRARERERRERERRERARELRARAEKG 8.8 SECTION 9 e CARE & REFINISHING
Starting the ENGINE ee 8.8
C. While Underway .....................00 ns 89 1.Maintenance á Reconditioning .....................——... 9.1
General .................ie ree 89 2. Fiberglass 8 gelcoat...........................————— 9.1
Boat Systems CL a 89 3. Stains € Scratches .................eee.eeeereseeerereeorereee. 9.1
Engine TT 8.9 4. Special Care for Boats that are Moored .................. 9.1
D. Returning {0 Рой eee 8.9 5.CareforBottomPaint ............cooeviviiii ie, 9.1
General ………….……mnnnnnnnnnn 89 6 Bilge/Engine Compartment …….….….…..…..…..….….….…….…..…. 9.2
Boat Systems ......................... ms 8.9 7. Topside Areas ...................eeseeerecrceecconeceneceneeeneme——. 9.2
Engine EEE 89 8. Acrylic Plastic Sheeting (Plastic Glass) ................. 9.2
E. Securing the BoOAT oo. 8.10 9. Upholsteries a auaanane nan ene en an a en nan Ende ER EEE UR E EEE END 9.3
General 8.10 10. Vitacore® CabinetS ee eee, 9.3
Boat Systems ..................eeeervccecccrreececceenenos 8.10 11. Cleaning recommendations for marine
Engine EEE 8.10 Headliner & fabriC eK KR 9.3
F. If the Engine Does Not Start ........................ 8.10
No Motor Response ...................ee=eeeeeeeeecces 8.10
Starter Motor Responds, But No Ignition ...... 8.10
G. Operating the Generator ......................—...... 8.11
Starting the Generator ...................——...._...ee... 8.11
Stopping the generator .........................==..... 8.11
7. After market Equipment Checklist ........................ 8.12
8. Maintenance LOG ... en 8.13
Information in this publication is based upon the latest product specifications available at printing. Sea Ray® Boats, Inc.
reserves the right to make changes at any time, without notice, in the colors, equipment, specifications, materials and
prices of all models, or to discontinue models. Should changes in production models be made, Sea Ray* is not
obligated to make similar changes or modifications to models sold prior to the date of such changes.
Owner’s Manual
510 Sundancer®
(International e 555 Sundancer®)
Printed in the U.S.A August 1999
Revised: March 2000, March 2002, October 2002
© Sea Ray Boats, Inc. * A Brunswick Company
MRP #1368729
Sea Ray Boats, Inc. 2600 Sea Ray Blvd., Knoxville, TN 37914
For information call 1-800-SRBOATS or fax 1-314-213-7878
Internet Address: http://www.searay.com
The following are registered trademarks of the Brunswick Corporation: Sea Ray? 8 The SR Wave Logo
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 1 * SAFETY
SAFE boating means:
Knowing the limitations of your boat;
* Following the rules of the road;
* Keeping a sharp lookout for people and objects
in the water;
Not boating in water or weather conditions that
are beyond the boat's and the operator's
capability;
о Never boating when the operator is under the
influence of drugs or alchohol;
* Being aware of your passenger's safety at all
times; and
Reducing speed when there is limited visibility,
rough water, nearby people in the water, boats,
or structures.
Boating in beautiful weather and calm water
conditions can be a wonderful experience.
Pleasurable boating, however, requires considerably
greater skills than operating a land vehicle. To obtain
these skills, you must:
* Take a Coast Guard, U.S. Power Squadron or
equivalent boating safety course. Call the Boat/
U.S. Foundation at 1-800-336-2628 for
information on available courses.
(Get hands-on training on how to operate your
boat properly.
In addition:
Maintain your boat and its safety and other
systems as recommended in this manual.
Have the boat inspected by a qualified mechanic
or dealer, at least annually.
Ensure that the Coast Guard required safety
equipment is on board and functions. (See page
1.2).
1. SAFETY LABELS
Safety precautions are given throughout this manual
and labels are mounted at key locations throughout
the boat. This safety information advises the owner/
operator and passengers of imperative safety
precautions to follow when operating and/or
servicing equipment.engine serial numbers and part
numbers when writing about or ordering parts for
your engine. Refer to the Engine Operators Manual
for locations of engine serial numbers and record
them for future reference.
Figure 1.15.1-1.16.1 shows the location of the
warning labels on your boat.
Do not remove or obstruct any safety label.
* Replace any label which becomes illegible.
Replacement safety labels can be obtained by
calling your dealer or Sea Ray at 1-800-
SRBOATS for information on how to contact the
manufacturing facility for your boat.
The meaning associated with each of the four basic
types of label is:
4h DANGER
DANGER - Immediate hazards which WILL result in
severe personal injury or death if the warning is
ignored.
WARNING - Hazards or unsafe practices which
COULD result in severe personal injury or death if
the warning is ignored.
CAUTION — Hazards or unsafe practices which could
result in minor injury or product or property damage
If the warning is ignored.
| NOTICE )
Information which is important to proper operation
or maintenance, but is not hazard-related.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
1.1
SECTION 1 * SAFETY
2. LEGALLY MANDATED MINIMUM
REQUIRED EQUIPMENT
Consult your national boating law enforcement
agency.
The following equipment is the minimum required
by the U.S. Coast Guard for a boat under 26' [7.9
meters] in length.
Personal Flotation Devices (PFD’s): One Coast
Guard approved Type |, ll or LLL device is mandatory
for each person aboard. One throwable Type LV
device is also required to be on board. A Type V
device is acceptable if worn for approved use. See
Page 1.5 for a description of these PFD
classifications. Always wear a PFD when boating.
Fire Extinguisher - Portable: If no fixed fire
extinguishing system is installed in the engine and
generator spaces, the U.S. Coast Guard requires
one (1) Type B-1 fire extinguisher be on board. The
American Boat and Yacht Council (ABYC)
recommends that you have two (2) Type ABC fire
extinguishers on board. One is to be located at the
helm station and the other in the cabin, near the
cockpit door.
Whistle, Horn: You must have on board some
means of making a loud sound signal, for example,
whistle or horn.
Visual Distress Signals: If you operate your boat
in coastal waters or on the Great Lakes, you must
have visual distress signals for day and night use
on board. At least three (3) U.S. Coast Guard
approved pyrotechnic devices marked with date
showing service life must be carried, be readily
accessible, in serviceable condition and not expired.
Store pyrotechnic signals in a well-marked
waterproof container in a dry location.
Other: Your Sea Ray is equipped with the required
navigation lights, engine exhaust and ventilation
systems.
3. FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM
Your boat is equipped with an automatic fire
extinguisher system. Located in the engine
compartment. In the event of a fire, the heat sensitive
automatic head in the engine compartment will
release a fire-extinguishing vapor, totally flooding
the area.
The dashboard contains an indicator light for the
automatic fire extinguishing system. The light will
be ON when the ignition is on and indicates that the
system is ready. If the light goes out while the ignition
IS on, the system has discharged.
WHEN DISCHARGE OCCURS, IMMEDIATELY
SHUT DOWN ALL ENGINES, POWERED
VENTILATION, ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND
EXTINGUISH ALL SMOKING MATERIALS. DO
NOT IMMEDIATELY OPEN THE ENGINE
COMPARTMENT! THIS FEEDS OXYGEN TO THE
FIRE AND THE FIRE COULD RESTART.
Wait at least fifteen (15) minutes before opening the
engine compartment. This permits the fire-
extinguishing vapor to “soak” the compartment long
enough for hot metals and fuels to cool. Have
portable extinguishers at hand and ready to use in
case the fire reignites. Do not breathe fumes or
vapors caused by the fire.
4. CARBON MONOXIDE
Symptoms of carbon monoxide poisoning are
dizziness, ears ringing, headaches, nausea and
unconsciousness. A poisoning victim’s skin often
A DANGER
Fumes from engine, generators, and other equipment
and appliances using burning fuel contain carbon
monxide.
Carbon Monoxide can kill you.
Open all doors, curtains, windows, and hatches to let
fresh air circulate, when running engine, generator
or burning any fuel when boat is anchored, moored
or docked.
\. J
1.2
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 1 * SAFETY
y DANGER
Even in rainy cold weather ventilation must be
maintained to avoid Carbon Monoxide poisoning. You
will get wet and/or cold.
Y DANGER
Sleeping on boat requires a operating Carbon
Monoxide detection system in each sleeping location.
turns cherry red. Because carbon monoxide gas
(CO) is odorless, colorless and tasteless, it is
unlikely to be noticed until a person is overcome.
Dangerous concentrations of carbon monoxide will
be present if:
the engine and/or generator exhaust systems
leak;
e insufficient fresh air is circulating where people
are present; and
e fumes move from the rear of the boat into the
cockpit and cabin area.
Figure 1.4.1 gives examples of boat operating
conditions that can lead to high concentrations of
carbon monoxide gas.
To minimize the danger of CO accumulation when
the engine and/or generator are running, or using
burning fuel applications.
e Be sure to have sufficient ventilation when using
canvas or window-type side curtains when
underway, anchored, moored or docked.
e |f the convertible top is installed, operate with
the forward hatch open and leave cabin door
open.
Operate all burning fuel appliances, such as
charcoal, propane, LPG, CNG or alcohol
cooking devices in areas where fresh air can
circulate. Do not use such devices where there
IS NO noticeable air movement, especially in the
cabin, when anchored, moored or docked.
Do notidle engine without moving boat for more
than 15 minutes at a time.
Inspect the exhaust system regularly. (See
Section 8, Required Inspection, Service and
Maintenance.
If CO poisoning is suspected, have the victim breath
fresh air deeply. If breathing stops, resuscitate. A
victim often revives, then relapses because organs
are damaged by lack of oxygen. Seek immediate
medical attention.
A. CARBON MONOXIDE MONITOR
Your boat has carbon monoxide (CO) monitors
mounted throughout the boat . The CO monitor is
an electronic instrument that detects CO. When
there is a buildup of CO, the monitor will alert the
occupants by a flashing DANGER light and alarm.
The CO monitor is wired through a breaker on the
DC distribution panel.
It is extremely important that you become totally
familiar with your CO monitor and its functions.
Read and understand the CO monitor information
and operating instructions located in your Owner’s
Manual Packet.
5. LIFESAVING EQUIPMENT
Even strong swimmers can tire quickly in the water
and drown due to exhaustion, hypothermia, or both.
The buoyancy provided by a personal flotation
device (PFD) will allow the person who has fallen
overboard to remain afloat with far less effort and
heat loss, extending survival time necessary to find
and retrieve them.
Boat operators are required to carry one wearable
personal flotation device (Type LI1,111 or V) for every
person on board. Boats must also have at least one
throwable device (Type IV).
The law requires that PFD’s must be readily
accessible, if not worn. “Readily accessible” means
removed from storage bags and unbuckled. But,
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
1.3
SECTION 1 * SAFETY
EXAMPLES Or How HiGH LEveLs Or CARBON
MoNOXIDE MAY ACCUMULATE
(Fic. 1.4.1)
BLOCKING HULL EXHAUSTS. OPERATING AT
SLOW SPEED OR DEAD IN THE WATER. ILLUSTRATION #A
OPERATING ENGINE AND/OR GENERATOR
IN CONFINED SPACES. ILLUSTRATION #D
OCCUPANTS. ILLUSTRATION #C
\.
children and nonswimmers must wear PFDs at all
times when aboard. It is common sense to have
everyone on board wearing PFDs. A throwable
device must also be right at hand and ready to toss.
A. PFD CLASSIFICATIONS
\ Off-Shore Life Jacket (Type I) —
most buoyant, it is designed to
turn an unconscious person face
up; used in all types of waters
where rescue may be slow,
particularly in cold or rough
J conditions.
GOOD VENTILATION. ILLUSTRATION #F
J
(Fig 1.4.4) Flotation Aid (Type Ill) — vest is
designed so conscious wearers
can turn face up; often designed
for comfort while engaged in
sports such as skiing.
—
(Fic. 1.4.5) Throwable Devices (Type IV) —
horseshoe buoys, ring buoys and
buoyant cushions are designed to
be grasped, not worn.
(Fic. 1.4.3) Mn te Yes! Куре) d (Fi с. 1.4.6) Special-Use Devices (Type V) —
— h y dan d ne Ke О o al == sailboat harnesses, white-water
des ие Ur Suppor La, 450 e vests, float coats, and hybrid vests
PUE the + О na action i J ЧР, f which have minimum inherent
dt Ihe tring action 1S not as buoyancy and an inflatable
pronounced; used in calm, inland
| | chamber.
| ) waters or where quick rescue is
likely. ”
1.4 510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 1 * SAFETY
Before purchasing PFDs, ensure that there is an
attached tag indicating they are approved by the
U.S. Coast Guard or by your national boating law
enforcement agency.
Children and nonswimmers must wear PFDs
at all times when aboard. All passengers and
crew should wear them. A loose PFD is often
useless in an emergency.
The operator is responsible for instructing everyone
aboard on the location and use of PFDs.
Size PFDs for the wearer. Children require special
attention in the use of PFDs.
Test PFD buoyancy at least once a year.
6. ADDITIONAL RECOMMENDED
EQUIPMENT FOR SAFE OPERATION
In addition to legally mandated equipment, the
following items are necessary for safe boating,
especially if your boat is out of sight of land.
e First ald kit
Visual distress signals for day and night use
(required in some areas; consult local
regulations)
Charts of your intended cruising area
* Compass
e GPS or Loran position locating devices
Marine VHF radio with weather channels
* Emergency position-indicating radio beacon
(EPIRB)
Manual bilge pump
Moisture repellant
* Anchors, chain and line (The anchors must be
properly sized for your boat. Ask your dealer or
marine supply store for recommendations).
* Mooring lines
e Fenders
* Boat hook
Waterproof flashlight(s)
Extra batteries for flashlights and portable
electronic devices
High power spotlight, if you intend to boat at
night
* Spare keys
e Instruction manuals for engine and accessories
Lubricating oil
Tool kit:
- Assorted screwdrivers (Phillips and flat blade)
- Pliers (regular, vise-grip, and tongue & groove)
- Wrenches (box, open-end, allen, adjustable)
- Socket set (metric or U.S. Standard as
appropriate)
- Electrical tape and duct tape
- Hammer
- Utility Knife
e Spare parts kit (spark plugs, fuses, hose clamps
and ask your dealer to recommend other parts)
* Extra propeller
7. IMPAIRED OPERATION
Drugs and/or alcohol! will prevent you from operating
your boat safely. This single factor is involved in more
marine accidents and deaths than any other. The
detrimental effects of alcohol and drugs are
increased by the wind, waves and sun, quickly
impairing your ability to react properly and promptly
in an emergency.
Drugs and/or alcohol impair the operator's ability to
control the boat safely.
Death or serious injury can result from improper boat
operation.
\. J
8. LOAD CAPACITY
The certification plate (See fig. 1.6.1) located near
the helm indicates maximum weight and number of
persons your boat can handle under calm sea
conditions. Do not exceed the load capacities
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
1.5
SECTION 1 * SAFETY
stated. The number of people on board must be
reduced if you go out in poor weather and rough
water.
The information present on the certification plate
does not relieve the operator from responsibility. Use
common sense and sound judgement when placing
equipment and/or passengers in your boat.
Do notload to capacity in poor weather or rough
water.
BUILDER'S PLATE BOAT MFR'S MODEL |
(FIG. 1 6. 1) MANUFACTURER DESIGNATION
\ DA
\
Sea Ray Bóats
510 DA
0609 MAXIMUM
qu
E e
p |16#+M=2270kg
\ /
N PA
N MON NUMBER moon A d
N OF PASSENGERS CAPACITY A
When engine is running, keep passengers away from
areas not designed for riding, such as seat backs,
bow, gunwales, transom platform, swim platform,
front and rear decks and on sun pads.
Passengers can fall overboard if not seated properly
on the seats provided.
\. J
4h DANGER
Never carry more weight or passengers than indicated
on the certification plate, regardless of weather or
water conditions.
The boat can capsize, swamp or sink.
* The number of seats does not indicate how
many people a boat can carry in poor weather
and rough water.
e Above idle speed, all passengers must be
seated on the seats provided.
9. POWER CAPACITY
Do not exceed the maximum engine power rating
stated on the certification plate. Your boat will be
difficult to handle and will be less stable.
Your Sea Ray® has been equipped with a propeller
which our tests have shown to be the best suited
for general use with our engine under normal
conditions and laod. Do not change the pitch of your
propeller without getting your dealer’s
recommendations first. If you change to a different
propeller pitch, under no circumstances use a
propeller which allows the engine to operate at
higher than recommended RPM. (your engine
manual specifies the maximum recommeded
(RPM).
To maintain rated power, propellers should be free
of nicks, excessive pitting and any distortions that
alter them from their original design. Badly damaged
propellers should be replaced, but those that are
chipped, bent or merely out of shape can be
reconditioned by your marine dealer.
It is advisable to carry an extra propeller aboard in
case you damage the one in use.
10. STABILITY
Your boat was manufactured to specific stability and
flotation standards for the capacity shown on the
Distribute passengers and gear as uniformly as
possible from front to rear and left to right.
The manufacturer’s load rating is the maximum
allowed under calm conditions.
Reduce boat loading if weather, water or other
conditions are adverse.
NN A
1.6
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 1
e SAFETY
certification plate. Any increase from the
recommended load capacities will put your boat in
jeopardy of capsizing, swamping and/or sinking.
IN ADDITION:
e Stability may be substantially reduced if
equipment is added above the deck.
e Stability is substantially reduced by loose fluids
or weight within the hull. Keep bilge area as dry
as possible, and close all openings, hatches and
windows in rough weather.
11. MAINTAIN CONTROL
On the water there are no marked traffic lanes, no
traffic signs or lights, and boats have no turn signals.
The boat operator must keeep her or his attention
focused not only on what's ahead but what's on the
left, right and behind the boat.
The operator must always be alert to approaching
boats (from the rear, right and left sides, as well as
those ahead). There can be people in the water,
partially submerged debris, and other navigational
hazards such as rocks, sand bars, dangerous
currents, to name a few.
Your passengers are relying on you to operate and
maneuver the boat safely so that they are not in
danger of going overboard. If you turn to quickly,
increase or decrease speed abruptly, your
passengers are at risk of being thrown overboard
or thrown about the boat.
When visibility becomes impaired because of
weather, time of day or high bow angle you must
slow down so that you have sufficient time to react
if an emergency occurs. Nearby boats face similar
risks in avoiding a collision with you.
A. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS
e Know how your boat handles under different
conditions. Recognize your limitations and the
boat’s limitations. Modify speed in keeping with
weather, sea and traffic conditions.
Instruct passengers on location and use of
safety equipment and procedures.
Instruct passengers on the fundamentals of
operating your boat in case you are unable to
do so.
* You are responsible for passenger’s actions. If
they place themselves or the boat in danger,
Immediately correct them.
Observe the safety rules listed below.
12. WEATHER
There are four design categories of boats based
upon their ability to withstand wind and sea or water
conditions:
A. Ocean
Wind speed: above 40 knots (46 mph)
Death or serious injury can result if you fail to observe
these safety rules:
* Anyone who controls the boat must have
taken a boating safety course and have
trained in the proper operation of the
boat.
* Always operate the boat at speeds that
Will not put people or property in danger.
* Be constantly aware of conditions in all
directions when underway and before
turning.
* Reduce speed, use a lookout to identify
possible hazards or difficulties, and turn
on navigation lights when:
- visibility is impaired;
- in rough water; and
- in congested waterways.
* Watch your wake. It can capsize a small
boat or damage moored boats or other
property. You are responsible for damage
caused by your wake.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
1.7
SECTION 1 * SAFETY
Wave height: above 4 meters (13 feet)
Boat may be used for extended ocean
voyages.
B. Offshore
Maximum wind speed: 40 knots (46 mph)
Maximum wave height: 4 meters (13 feet)
Boat can be used offshore, but not for
extended ocean voyages.
C. Inshore
Maximum wind speed: 27 knots (31 mph)
Maximum wave height: 2 meters (6.5 feet)
Boat use is limited to caostal waters, large
bays, estuaries, lakes and rivers.
D. Sheltered waters
Maximum wind speed: 15 knots (18 mph)
Maximum wave height: 0.5 meters (1.5 feet)
Boat use is limited to small lakes, rivers and
canals.
Your 510 DA is Design Category B.
The wind speed and wave height specified as the
upper limit for your category of boat does not mean
that you or your passengers can survive if your boat
IS exposed to these conditions. It is only the most
experienced operators and crew that may be able
to operate a boat safely under these conditions. You
Y DANGER
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO BOAT IN
SEVERE WEATHER CONDITIONS
DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY CAN OCCUR
GET TO SHORE BEFORE
THE WEATHER TURNS BAD
must always be aware of weather conditions and
head for port or protected waters in sufficient time
to avoid being caughtin high winds and rough water.
Do not take chances!
Getting caught in severe weather is hazardous. Bad
weather and/or rough sea or water conditions can
cause an unsafe situation. Consult local weather
information, or listen to the NOAA weather reports
for the latest weather conditions or any impending
deterioration of the weather before setting out and
while underway. Following are a few basic weather-
related rules:
* Check the weather forecast and the water
conditions before leaving and while underway.
e A sudden change in wind direction or speed or
an increase in wave height indicates
deteriorating weather.
e Have everyone wear a personal flotation device.
I|fastorm approaches, immediately seek a safe
harbor.
e [fa storm hits, have everyone sit in the cabin or
on the cockpit deck in the boat. head the bow
into the wind with enough power to maintain slow
headway.
If you encounter fog, determine your position,
set a safe course, slow down and alert other
boats of your presence with a sound signal.
e |falightning storm approaches, the safest action
is to dock and disembark. If you cannot return
to shore, have passengers go inside the cabin
and remain there until the storm passes.
Lightning seeks a ground when it strikes. The
best protection is a properly grounded lightning
rod placed high enough over the deck to provide
a protective umbrella over the hull. Depending
upon the likelyhood of your being in a lightning
storm, consult your dealer for installation of a
lightning rod. Stay clear of the lightning rod, all
attached wiring and all metal parts of the boat.
Hitting an object in or under the water or boating in
dangerous currents can cause serious injury or death
to boat occupants.
You must know where the hazards are and avoid them.
In uncharted waters, boat very slowly and post a
lookout.
Na J
1.8
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 1 * SAFETY
e Stay out of the water during a lightning storm. If
caught swimming during a storm, get back into
the boat and remain there until the storm passes.
13. CHART YOUR COURSE
To avoid boating in unsafe areas where there are
underwater obstructions, shallow water, unnavigable
conditions such as dangerous currents, and others,
you must chart a course. This means having and
using the National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration (NOAA) charts for coastal waters,
observing and understanding all navigational aids,
using the knowledge and guidance of experienced
boaters, and being aware of the tide times where
appropriate.
Shut engine off if an object is struck or if you run
aground.
Check for hull leaks and drive line damage, before
restarting engines.
Use hand pump if bilge pumps don’t remove water.
Boat very slowly, if you must proceed with a damaged
drive line.
\_ J
If you are in an unfamiliar area without knowledge
of the hazards, proceed very slowly and have
someone watch for hazards.
Let others know where you are going. A float
plan describes your intended cruising course and
itinerary, boat description, and your expected time
and date of return.Give the float plan to a friend or
relative, so they can give the information to a national
boat agency, like the U.S. Coast Guard, in the event
you fail to return.
14. WATER SPORTS
A. SWIMMING
* Do not permit anyone to swim from a moving
boat, or a boat with an engine running.
Many localities prohibit swimming from boats
except in designated areas.
* Make sure boat's engines are turned off before
allowing people to swim anywhere near your
boat. Shut the engine OFF and remove the key
from the ignition switch so that nobody will
accidentally start the engine while swimmers are
nearby.
* Turn off engines when taking swimmers or skiers
aboard or when they are entering the water.
Never permit use of the transom or swim
platform while engines are running.
* Slow down and look for swimmers or skiers
when cruising in an area where there might be
persons in the water.
B. SKIING
While it is unlikely that anyone would ski behind
your 510 DA, it is advised that you become familiar
with water skiing safety and hand signals. You will,
on occasion, find yourself in the vicinity of water
skiing activity.
Anyone who water skis must know how to swim.
* Never drive the boat directly behind a water
skier. At 22 knots (25 m.p.h.), it takes only 5
seconds to overtake a fallen skier who was 60
meters (200 feet) in front.
SKIING SIGNALS
TURN RIGHT TURN LEFT STOP
=
GO FASTER a
Da
OK AFTER FALL SKIER IN WATER CUT MOTOR BACK TO DOCK
= J
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
1.9
SECTION 1 * SAFETY
* Keep a downed skier in sight and on the
operator's side of the boat when approaching
the skier. Never back up to anyone in the water.
Learn the signals to communicate with a skier.
The skier is to control the boat through hand
signals (Fig. 1.9.1).
Turn — Arm raised, circle with index finger
extended.
Skier in Water — Extend one ski vertically out
of water.
Back to Dock — Pat top of head.
Cut Motor — Draw finger across throat.
Slow Down — Thumb pointed down or palm
down, move hand up and down.
Faster — Thumb pointed up or palm up, move
hand up and down.
OK — Raise arm and form a circle with thumb
and index finger.
Stop — Raise arm with palm vertical and
facing forward.
Turn Right — Extend arm out from body to
the right.
Turn Left — Extend arm out from body to
the left.
OK After a Fall — Clasp hands together
overhead.
e |f the skier suddenly releases the tow rope, it
can backlash into cockpit. Spotters who are
watching the skier must be aware of this fact
and be prepared to deflect the rope by hand to
avoid injury.
c. DIVING
Recognize and respect diving flags (Fig. 1.10.1).
Keep at least 30 meters (100 feet) away.
Sport Divers Flag — Red flag with diagonal
white stripe marks a diver in the water.
Code Alpha Flag — Blue and white pennant
designates boat being used in dive operations.
| DIVERS FLAGS
(FiG. 1.10. 1 e
SPORT DIVER'S
FLAG FLAG
CODE ALPHA
\, J
IN GENERAL
When engaged in water sports, be safe and
courteous to others sharing the water:
Be considerate to fishermen.
Do not water ski in congested areas.
Keep the boat and skier away from navigation
markers.
e Stay well clear of other boats and skiers.
ASSISTING OTHER BOATERS
М. A
All boaters have a legal obligation to help other
boaters who are in distress, as long as rendering
assistance does not endanger you, your passengers
or your boat.
Na J
15. EMERGENCY SITUATIONS
Prevention is the safest approach. We hope that
you are never involved in an emergency situation.
If you are involved in an emergency situation, it is
Imperative that you know how to react, in order to
protect the lives in your care.
A. MEDICAL EMERGENCY
You may be far from professional medical help when
you are boating. At least two people on board your
boat should be CPR certified, and should have taken
a first aid course. Equip your boat with a first aid kit.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 1 * SAFETY
B. WATER RESCUE
A person who has fallen overboard will die from
hypothermia in water temperatures below 70°F if
not rescued quickly. Water rescue consists of three
steps: returning to the victim, making contact with
the victim, and getting the victim back on board.
RETURNING TO THE VICTIM
* Immediately make everyone aware of the
incident and keep the victim in sight.
e Slow the boat and keep pointing toward the
person overboard. At night, direct the best
available light source at the person.
* Throw a life preserver, even if the person is
wearing a PFD. It will serve as another marker.
MAKING CONTACT
e Stop or slow the boat and circle toward the
victim.
Try to approach heading into the wind or into
the waves.
Keep the victim constantly in sight.
* When almost alongside, stop the engine in gear
to prevent propeller “windmilling.”
GETTING BACK ABOARD
Tryto reach the victim with a pole, or by throwing
a life preserver. Do not swim to rescue the victim,
except as a last resort.
Assist the person in boarding the boat. The
person should normally be brought in over the
stern.
e Ifthe person is injured or cannot get into the
boat, a rescuer should put on a PFD with a safety
line attached to the boat and enter the water to
assist the victim.
Handle the victim with care. Spinal injuries may
have occurred.
C. FIRE
Fire is a serious boating hazard. Boats will burn
quickly. Do not remain on board and fight a fire for
more than a few minutes. If the fire cannot be
extinguished within a few minutes, abandon the boat.
Have fire extinguishers handy. À small fire can be
extinguished quickly with the right size and type of
fire extinguisher.
e Extinguish smoking materials, shut off blowers,
stoves, engines and generators.
Throw burning materials overboard, if possible.
If the fire is accessible, empty the contents of
fire extinguishers at the base of the fire.
e [Ifthe fire is inthe engine compartment and you
have an automatic extinguisher for the engine,
wait 15 minutes before opening the
compartment. Have a portable extinguisher
ready in case the fire flares up.
e Signal for help.
Grab distress signals and survival gear. Put on
PFDs. Prepare to abandon ship.
D. FLOODING, SWAMPING AND CAPSIZING
In the event of flooding, swamping or capsizing:
* Try to shut off engines, generators and blowers,
before leaving the boat.
* Have everyone put on Personal Flotation
Devices (PFD's).
e Account for all who were on board.
If the boat is floating stay with the boat. Hang
on, or climb on the boat and signal for help.
e Only as alast resort should you attempt to swim
to shore - itis further away than it looks and you
can tire and drown.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 1 * SAFETY
E. COLLISIONS AND LEAKING
In the event of collision and leaking:
* Slow down or stop to reduce water intake,
unless maintaining speed will keep the hole
above water.
e Switch on bilge pumps.
Operate the manual bilge pump if the powered
bilge pumps can’t handle the water flow.
Account for everyone on board and check for
injurys.
* Have everyone put on PFDs.
e Stay with the boat.
e Signal for help.
If a leak patch is attempted, it should be done
from the outside.
|n the event of a collision, you are required to
file an accident report. Contact a state
enforcement agency or the nearest Coast Guard
office. If you are boating outside of U.S. waters,
consult the nation you are visiting for accident
reporting requirements.
К. GROUNDING
In the event of running aground:
Check for leaks. If water is coming in, stop the
intake of water before attempting to get the boat
free.
e Inspect for damage to the hull, propulsion and
steering systems.
* Determine if the tide, wind and current will drive
the boat harder aground or will help to free it.
* Determine the water depth all around the boat,
and the type of bottom (sand, mud, rocks, etc.).
If it can be done without exposing persons to
risk of injury, the boat should be moved away
from hard obstructions and toward open water
with soft ground.
® Do not attempt to have your boat towed by other
than a trained and competent service, such as
the Coast Guard or a salvage company.
Recreational craft are not designed to tow other
recreational craft.
G. PROPULSION, CONTROL OR STEERING
FAILURE:
If the drive train fails, or controls or steering do not
respond properly at all:
e Shut off engine.
Put out the anchor to prevent drifting.
* Determine whether or not you can repair the
problem yourself. See the proper manuals for
assistance in troubleshooting the engine,
steering and engine controls.
е |f you are not sure you can fix the problem, or if
conditions are adverse, signal for help.
16. SAFETY HOTLINES
The safety information in the preceeding pages
gives only the general areas of concern for
boating safety. It is not intended to be, nor can
it be, exhaustive. You must take a boating safety
course, and get hands-on instruction in the
proper and safe operation of your boat from
experienced persons before cruising.
The U.S Coast Guard offers many pamphlets on
safety and other information not covered in this book.
Contact your local Coast Guard unit or call the toll-
free safety hotlines below for information.
* U.S. Coast Guard 1-800-368-5647
e (Canadian Coast Guard 1-800-267-6687
In other countries, ask your marine dealer for
information on how to contact the national boating
law enforcement agency.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 1 * SAFETY
17. INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS
This vessel andits systems have been constructed
in accordance with standards and specifications in
effect at the time of manufacture as published by
the various regulatory authorities listed below.
1. Ministere De La Mer - France
2. Registro Italiano Navale - Italy
3. Det Norske Veritas - Norway
4. Securite des Nauires - Canada
5. J.C.l. (Japan Craft Inspection) - Japan
6. N.K.K. (Nippon Kaiji Kyokai) - Japan
7.B.S.1. (British Standards Institute) - England
8. Ministerio Obras Publicas Y Transporters - Spain
9. EC Recreational Craft Directive - European
Community.
Further information concerning these requirements
may be obtained from Sea Ray? Customer Service:
1-800-SRBOATS.
18. NAUTICAL TERMS
Abeam — object 90 degrees to center line on either
side of boat.
Abaft — a point on a boat that is aft of another.
Aft — toward the rear or stern of the boat.
Beam — the width of a boat.
Bow — the fore part of a boat..
Bow Eye — Bolt with looped head mounted on
extreme forward part of bow.
Bulkhead — vertical partition in a boat.
Chine — meeting juncture of side and bottom of boat.
Chock — deck fitting, used as guides for mooring or
anchor lines. Also, a wedge to stop wheels from
rolling.
Cleat — deck fitting with arms or horns on which
lines may be made fast.
Cockpit — an open space from which a boat is
operated.
Deck — upper structure which covers the hull
between gunwales.
Draft — depth of water required to float boat and its
propulsion system.
Fathom — six feet.
Fenders — rope or plastic pieces hung over the side
to protect the hull from chafing.
Freeboard — height of exposed hull from water line
to deck.
Ground tackle — general term referring to anchors,
anchor lines, etc.
Gunwale (pronounced gun’l) — meeting juncture of
hull and deck.
Hatch — an opening in deck to provide access below.
Head — toilet or toilet area in a boat.
Headroom — vertical distance between the deck
and cabin or canopy top.
Helm — steering console.
Hull — the basic part of a boat that provides
buoyancy to float the weight of the craft and its load.
Keel — the major longitudinal member of a hull; the
lowest external portion of a boat.
Knot — unit of speed in nautical miles per hour.
Lee — the side that is sheltered from the wind.
PFD — Personal Flotation Device; life preserver.
Port — term designating left side of the boat.
Rudder — Movable fixture at the stern used for
steering.
Scupper — hole permitting water to drain overboard
from deck or cockpit.
Sheer — curve or sweep of the deck as viewed from
the side.
Snub — to check or tighten a line suddenly.
Starboard — term designating right side of the boat
Stern — the aft end of a boat.
Stern drive — outboard unit of an inboard/outboard
(1/0) engine installation.
Stringer — longitudinal members fastened inside the
hull for additional structural strength.
Transom — transverse part of stern.
Wake — disturbed water that a boat leaves behind
as a result of forward motion.
Windward — toward the direction from which the
wind is blowing.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 1 * SAFETY
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
19. 510 DA Warning Label Locations
и
WARNING LABEL LOCATIONS
(Fic. 1.15.1)
SHORE POWER
WARNING
To minimize shock hazard, connect and disconnect cable
as follows;
1. Turn off boat's shore power switch.
2. Connect cable at boat first.
3. If equipped with polarity indicator which activates,
disconnect and connect polarity.
4. Disconnect at shore outlet first.
5. Close inlet cover tightly.
DO NOT ALTER SHORE POWER CABLE CONNECTORS
DO NOT STAND OR WALK ON
THIS AREA SERIOUS INJURY
COULD RESULT.
MRP # 113562 SR-216
TRANSOM DOOR MUST BE
CLOSED AND SECURE WHEN
ENGINE IS RUNNING
TO AVOID RISK OF SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
SHUT OFF ENGINE WHEN NEAR SWIMMERS
OR PRIOR TO USING SWIM PLATFORM AND
BOARDING LADDER.
MRP 1112879 SR-214
PLATFORM MAXIMUM CAPACITY
800 Ib./363kG
MRP# 1087485 SR-202 J
Only with optional swim platform
STAY CLEAR OF MOVING PARTS
WHILE ENGINE IS RUNNING
MRP # 852624 SR-149
MRP# 956714 SR-137 MRP# 894741
120V 240V
MRP 811000 SR-102
STAY CLEAR OF MOVING PARTS
MRP # 921759 SR - 162
PRIOR TO TOWING VESSEL:
* LOCK PROPELLOR SHAFT(S) TO PREVENT
DAMAGE TO SHAFT SEAL AND TRANSMISSION
BEARINGS.
* CLOSE SEACOCKS ON NON-OPERATING
ENGINES TO PREVENT SEA WATER INGESTION.
MRP # 1089242
DISCHARGE OF OIL PROHIBITED
THE FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT PROHIBITS THE
DISCHARGE OF OIL OR OILY WASTE INTO OR UPON THE NAVIGABLE
WATERS OF THE UNITED STATES ORTHE WATERS OF THE CONTIGUOUS
ZONE IF SUCH DISCHARGE CAUSES A FILM OR SHEEN UPON OR A
DISCOLORATION OF THE SURFACE OF THE WATER OR CAUSES A
SLUDGE OR EMULSION BENEATH THE SURFACE OF THE WATER.
VIOLATORS ARE SUBJECTTO A PENALTY OF $5,000.
MRP # 258509
THIS BOAT IS EQUIPPED WITH
AN OPTIONAL DIRECT OVERBOARD
DISCHARGE VALVE. DISCHARGING
OF SEWAGE DIRECTLY OVERBOARD
IS FOR USE WHERE APPROVED ONLY
MRP 955278 SR-118
CHECK BATTERY CELL FUEL LEVEL
APPROXIMATELY EVERY 4 WEEKS AND
MORE OFTEN IN SUMMER AND HOT
MRP # 914341 ZONES. SR-139
MRP # 324756
SR-136
MRP 852616
- DO NOT LEAVE BOAT UNATTENDED WITHTHE
DOCKSIDE WATER HOSE CONNECTED.
- DOCKSIDE WATER SHOULD BE CONNECTED
DURING PERIODS OF HEAVY WATER USE ONLY.
LEAKING FUEL IS A FIRE AND
EXPLOSION HAZARD, INSPECT
SYSTEM REGULARY. EXAMINE
SR-124 FUEL TANKS FOR LEAKS OR
CORROSION AT LEAST ANNUALLY.
FUEL SHUT-OFF VALVE
MRP 222026 SR-41
ENCLOSED
On underside of engine room hatch
WARNING
— READTHE INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE OPERATING
THEWINDLASS.
—KEEP HANDS AND FEET AWAY FROM GYPSY AND
CHAIN AT ALLTIMES.
—WHEN WINDLASS IS NOT IN USE OR BEFORE
USINGTHE HANDLE, TURN OFFTHEWINDLASS
ATTHE MAIN SWITCH.
—ENGAGE THE CHAIN STOPPER AFTER ANCHORING.
WINDLASS MUST NOT BE USED AS SOLE MEANS
OF SECURING ANCHOR IN BOW FITTING. ANCHORS
MUST BE INDEPENDENTLY SECURED TO PREVENT
ACCIDENTAL RELEASE.
—BE SURETHE CLUTCH ANDTHE CHAIN STOPPER
AREWELL ENGAGED BEFORE SAILING.
FORE AND AFT SUNPADS
SHOULD NOT BE USED WHEN
VESSEL IS UNDERWAY
MRP # 852558 SR-140
DO NOT STAND OR WALK ON
THIS AREA SERIOUS INJURY
COULD RESULT.
MRP # 113562 SR-216
Vi
A STAY CLEAR OF MOVING PARTS
VA MRP # 921759 SR - 162
CS
On underside of hatch
Inside transom hatch
|_MRP # 852632 SR-151 |
Inside compartment behind seat back cushion
Sea Ray Boats
550 DA
MAXIMUM
16+ = 2,270 Ка
MRP# 1199363 SR-218
[ IIMPORTANT SAFETY AND OPERATIONAL INFORMATION |
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
510 DA Warning Label Locations
и
WARNING LABEL LOCATIONS
(16. 1.16.1)
IMPORTANT SAFETY AND OPERATIONAL INFORMATION!
MRP# 1199363
J
SLING
SR-218
)
USING SUNPADS , SWIM PLATFORM OR BOARDING LADDER.
| MRP 987727 SR-187
A CAUTION
DO NOT STORE HEAVY OR SHARP
OBJECTS INTHIS COMPARTMENT.
PRODUCT OR PROPERTY DAMAGE
COULD OCCUR
MRP # 852590 SA-110
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
1. DOCKING/LIFTING/STORAGE
Do Not use cleats for lifting.
BOW AND STERN CLEATS: (See Figure 2.1.1)
Cleats must not be used for lifting the boat, they
are intended for docking or mooring use only.
CLEAT LOCATIONS
(FIG. 2.1.1)
CLEAT
CLEAT
When lifting the boat always keep the bow higher than
the stern to drain the exhaust lines and to prevent
water from running forward through the manifold and
Into the engine where it can become trapped. It may
seem expedient to lift only the stern when changing a
propeller, but this can result in water entering the engine
cylinders, causing hydrostatic lock and resulting in
possible engine failure. Even a small amount of water
in the engine can cause rust and is to be avoided.
With fiberglass boats, severe gelcoat crazing or more
serious hull damage can occur during launching and
hauling if pressure is created on the gunwales by
the slings. Flat, wide belting-type slings and
spreaders long enough to keep pressure from the
gunwales are necessary. Cable-type slings should
be avoided. Do not place the slings where they may
lift on the propeller shaft or other underwater fittings.
The slings should be placed directly over the sling
tags imprinted on the deck (See Figure 2.1.2) to
assure the least amount of stress on the hull.
Never hoist the boat with an appreciable amount of
water in the bilge. Fuel and water tanks should
preferably be empty, especially if of large capacity.
A. SUPPORTING THE BOAT
A cradle is the ideal support for the boat whenever
it is not in the water. Properly designed and
constructed, it will provide support at the proper
points, which is essential to avoid stress on the
hull. Boat placement on the cradle should line up as
closely as possible to the sling tags on the side of
the deck. Do not rest boat on underwater fittings.
1
PROPER LIFTING AND STORAGE OF THE S10DA
(FIG. 2.1.2)
SLING STRAPS
—
> SLING TAG
CRADLE
LOCATIONS
Na
* SLING TAG SN
«ть Ру wl
Les
pe
All
——6' 10.5" 74" + 10.5"
\ x
RIGHT (NO GAP) WRONG (GAP)
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
2.1
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
2.
1.
PASSENGER LOCATIONS
When the boat is moving, all passengers must
be in the cockpit area or in the cabin and must
be on seating provided or, if standing, holding
on firmly (See Figure 2.3.1).
Boat motion can be erratic.
You can fall overboard or be injured by hitting
something in or on the boat.
All persons must be in cockpit area or cabin and be
prepared for sudden boat movement.
Use front or bow deck area only during anchoring,
mooring or emergencies.
While the person at the wheel must alert
passengers before any sudden or erratic boat
movement, such as crossing wakes, rapid turns,
sudden acceleration or deceleration, etc., an
emergency action may be necessary before
passengers can be warned. All passengers must
be prepared for rapid boat movement and be
able to hold on to prevent loss of balance.
When persons are on the working deck area,
for anchoring, mooring or in emergencies, they
must be holding on and be positioned so as to
prevent falling. In bad weather and/or rough
water, if it is essential to be on deck, persons
should be closely tied to cleats, railing
stanchions or other securely fastened boat
hardware.
Engines must be turned off if the boat is near
swimmers or persons are on the swim platform
or the swim ladder.
2.2
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
PASSENGER LOCATIONS
(CockPIT dz DECK) (FIG. 2.3.1)
WORKING DECK
(DECK AREA INTENDED FOR OCCUPATION
DURING ANCHORING, MOORING AND
FWD EMERGENCY OPERATION ONLY)
ACCOMODATION DECK
(DECK AREA INTENDED FOR OCCUPATION
DURING NORMAL OPERATION)
N
N
уу
NN
«ххх
``
У
DO NOT WALK ON THIS AREA
NNNANANNNSNSS =
NANA
> NS
NS
—
ANN
МК
N.
DA
NT
AAN] AAASASSSS Se
NN
МХ
«ААУ»
— <<<»
meses AANA,
AN
CTRL N NL Sg
PERSONAL INJURY
HAZARD
When underway, keep oc-
cupants clear of areas not
designed for riding. Espe-
cially hazardous areas in-
clude seat backs, bow,
gunwale, transom plat-
form and fore and aft
decks.
EN
———Асы ее
«< —————
SLIPPING HAZARD - Wet
decks are slippery. Wear
proper footwear and use
extreme caution on wet
surfaces.
| DA »
TO AVOID RISK OF SERIOUS INJURY
OR DEATH SHUT OFF ENGINE WHEN
O NEAR SWIMMERS OR PRIOR TO US-
ING SWIM PLATFORM AND BOARD-
ING LADDER.
NANA NN NN
N
КУ
№ \\\\
КУ
7
AL
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
3. FLOOR PLAN
a A
MID LEVEL
(Fıc. 2.4. 1)
MASTER
STATEROOM
BERTH MASTER
STATEROOM
TELEVISION
MASTER
STATEROOM
CLOSET
MASTER
STATEROOM
CLOSET
MASTER CENTRAL
STATEROOM VACUUM
HEAD
GUEST
STATEROOM
MASTER BERTH
STATEROOM
SINK
GUEST
MASTER STA O
STATEROOM
SHOWER СД
REFRIGERATOR/ GUEST
FREEZER STATEROOM
HEAD
STOVE
MICROWAVE
GUEST
STATEROOM
SINK SHOWER
PRIVACY
COFFEE MAKER CURTAIN
RECLINER
ELECTRICALLY OPERATED
SLIDE-OUT MINI BAR
DINETTE
MDP
ELECTRICALLY
OPERATED
SLIDE-OUT BED
WASHER/DRYER
STORAGE
HOLDING TANK SHORE POWER
\ J
2.4 510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
FLOOR PLAN — OPTIONAL
PLAN B
(FIG. 2.5.1)
(
GUEST STATEROO ) RES
HEA — I)
[| | | | | | — SHOWER
= J Г О
EST STATEROOM
GUEST STATEROOM BERTH GUEST STATEROOM
CLOSET A/C UNIT
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
2.5
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
FLOOR PLAN
COCKPIT
(Fıc. 2.6.1)
BOW ACCESS SHORE
UTILITIES (OPTIONAL) LOC
SUN PAD ee
(OPTIONAL)
TT~ WATER TANK FILL
G ATOR
GAUGES x
COC
REFRI GERATOR Su
| U LLS
COCKPIT —
WET BAR
CO1KPIT
ICE M
CROSSOV
UEL BOA
2.6 510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
4. FUNCTION AND LOCATION OF THROUGH-HULL FITTINGS AND CUTOUTS
a“ A
STARBOARD THROUGH-HULL FITTINGS
(FiG.2.7.1)
VACUUM WATER HEAD
EXHAUST TANK POWER
VENT VENT
GENERATOR CD OD >.
EXHAUST Se
Y | —
: 1
f À = ROPE LOCKER
/ \ N | DRAIN
STBD ENGINE / | \ N |
EXHAUST BYPASS PORT FUEL CENTER FUEL STBD FUEL
TANK VENT TANK VENT TANK VENT
\_ J
f A
PorT THROUGH-HULL FITTINGS
(Fıc. 2.7.2)
HEAD GALLEY
POWER POWER EXHAUST
VENT vor _
——— < HOLDING TANK
VENT
в: 1 AV. æ o Mr
| \ ess ——= COMMON
DO О <> © D <> 5 — DRAIN
HATCH E
DRAIN =
ROPE LOCKER
DRAIN
PORT ENGINE
EXHAUST BYPASS
= J
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®) 2.7
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
FUNCTION AND LOCATION OF THROUGH-HULL FITTINGS AND CUTOUTS
1
THROUGH-HULL FITTINGS
(FIG. 2.8.1)
PORT ENGINE ©
Pm
PICKUP
PORT ENGINE +
EXHAUST
PORT ENGINE
SHAFTLOG "——
OVERBOARD
DISCHARGE
SPEED
DEPTH
yema!
(OPTIONAL)
PORT RUDDER
port
ho
TRANSDUCER TRANSDUCER
A/C PICKUP
UE > Y Не
FA — AT O
Lo HT
pr |_| || — Las"
Of To 7
= | | | |] у
e e
STBD ENGINE
jm
~~ STBD ENGINE
nm SHAFT LOG
PICKUP
EXHAUST
STBD ENGINE
GENERATOR PICKUP
STBD RUDDER
2.8
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
5. BAsic BOAT DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES
| Boat DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES
(FIG. 2.9.1)
53' 6" (16.31 m)
50' 6" (15.39 т)
3' Std.
(91.44 cm)
17'7" 14'6"
(5.76 m) (4.77 m)
16'1" 13'0"
(4.96 m) (3.96 m)
14' 9" 11'8"
(4.50 m) (3.56 m)
WATERLINE
51"
(129.54 cm)
KEEL
Overall Length ------------- 50' 6 15.39m
w/Std. Swim Platform ----- 53 6 16.31m
w/Opt. Swim Platform ---- 55’ 0” 16.76m
Beam 15° 6” 4.72m
Draft 52” 132.08cm
Dry Weight (Ibs.) ----------- 38,500 17,635 kg
Fuel Capacity (gal.) ------- 600 2271 (liters)
Water Capacity (gal.) ----- 150 567.7 (liters)
Holding Tank (gal.) -------- 68 257.4 (liters)
Dead Rise 18° 18°
6. PROPULSION SYSTEM
STANDARD PROPULSION
Standard equipment on your 510 DA consists of | (Fıc. 2.9.2)
Inboard v-drive engines. ENGINE
The inboard engines on your 510 DA are the heart
of your Sea Ray®. Proper attention to and RUDDER =
maintenance of your engines will assure you of Nu
many hours of pleasurable, safe boating and will
prevent unnecessary engine problems. You must,
therefore, become thoroughly familiar with all
aspects of the engine's proper operation outlined in PROPELLER SHAFT SPARE
the Engine Operators Manual. A general CARRIER SEAL
maintenance program consists of proper lubrication, — U J
2.9
PROPELLER
NEN
HULL
SHAFT LOG & \ TRANSMISSION
STRONG SEAL
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
cleaning of the fuel filters, fuel lines and air filters.
When washing down, or any other time, take
care that water does not enter the air inlets.
Water entering the air inlets when the engines are
not operating may go directly into the cylinders,
resulting in rust and possibly internal engine
damage.
The engines are warranted directly by the
engine manufacturer, not by Sea Ray”.
Sea Ray® strongly urges you to fully comply with
the manual provided by the engine manufacturer.
Follow the recommended maintenance and warranty
schedule in your Engine Operators Manual included
in the owner's packet. Engine abuse or improper
maintenance may adversely affect the claims made
under the independent warranty provided by the
engine manufacturer.
A. ENGINE GAUGE PACKAGE
Each of your engines have been equipped with an
engine gauge package (Figure 2.10.1). This package
is provided as a safety feature in the event of an
electrical malfunction resulting in the helm gauges
becoming inoperative.
A. LOCATION
The engine gauge package is located on the inboard
side of each engine.
Gauge packages may differ with different engine
options. Refer to your Engine Operator's Manual
for proper gauge readings and gauge package
location.
7. PROPELLERS
Your Sea Ray® has been equipped with propellers
which our tests have shown to be the best suited
for general use under normal conditions and load.
Under no circumstances use a propeller which
allows the engine to operate at higher than maximum
RPM for your engine.
REFER TO ENGINE OPERATOR’S MANUAL FOR
MORE DETAILED INFORMATION.
8. DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR CONTROLS
A. GEAR SHIFTS AND THROTTLE CONTROLS
Standard on the 510 DA are dual hydraulic gear
shift and throttle engine controls. However, your
yacht may be equipped with hydraulic or electric
throttle control(s). There are different functions and
operating and maintenance instructions which must
be followed. Read and understand the information
in the Owner’s Manual Packet for your yacht model's
gear and throttle control.
Shift selector(s) to NEUTRAL before starting engines.
Shift only when engine is at IDLE.
Reversing at high speeds can cause flooding/
swamping due to water being pushed over the
transom.
f A
ENGINE GAUGE PACKAGE y J
(Fic. 2.10.1)
Shift quickly; easing into gear can damage the
transmission.
Hydraulic controls FORWARD and REVERSE
positions should always be in full travel extremes in
either direction for positive engagement and
minimum wear.
Ne J `. J
2.10 510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
ENGINE SHIFT & PORT STBD
THROTTLE FUNCTIONS DN DN
(HYDRAULIC) FORWARD NN
(Fic. 2.11.1)
NEUTRAL
REVERSE
ENGINE GEARSHIFTS
\
Your yacht has start in-gear protection. For safety’s
sake and as a good habit to get into, always put the
gear selector in the NEUTRAL position and the
throttle selector in the IDLE position before starting
the engines.
B. GEAR SHIFTS AND THROTTLE CONTROLS
(HYDRAULIC)
The gear shift lever for each engine (twin lever
controls on port side of the control station) (See
Figure 2.11.1) has three positions: FORWARD,
NEUTRAL and REVERSE. The control lever must
be in the NEUTRAL (center) position when starting
the engine(s). A positioning indent can be felt when
the control is in exact NEUTRAL. FORWARD and
REVERSE positions should always be in full travel
extremes in either direction for a positive
engagement and minimum wear.
The throttle controls (twin lever controls on starboard
side of control station) (See Figure 2.15.1) regulate
the RPM of the engines. Periodically check and
seasonally lubricate the linkage with medium weight
oll.
VARIABLE
IDLE
ENGINE THROTTLES
J
NOTE: Prior to starting engines, put throttles at IDLE
and gearshifts in NEUTRAL.
A. OPERATION (FiG. 2.11.1)
1. Throttle Levers:
Forward motion - increases Throttle
Aft Motion - Decreases Throttle
2. Gearshift Levers:
Forward Position - FORWARD
Center Position - NEUTRAL
Aft Position - REVERSE
B. MAINTENANCE
The clutch and throttle lever bodies are made of
anodized aluminum. To clean them, a warm soapy
water solution should be used. DO NOT use an
abrasive compound.
NOTE: Refer to your engine Owners Manual to
operate the throttle arm by hand for maintenance.
REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
2.11
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
C. ENGINE SYNCHRONIZERS
When the engine synchronizers are in operation, any
engine speed differential is immediately sensed and
automatically corrected. A single throttle movement
Is all that is necessary to ensure that both engines
maintain identical RPM.
The standard helm for the 510 DA is equipped with
Glendenning synchronizers and hydraulic gearshift
and throttle controls. The optional helms offer
synchronizers that accompany the electronic gauge
and electric gearshift and throttle controls package
(i.e. Twin Disc®). If you have this option, refer to your
Owners Manual Packet for the correct operating
instructions for your 510 DA engine synchronizers.
MANEUVERING/CONTROL HAZARD
Ensure continuous visibility of other boats,
swimmers, and obstacles during bow-up transition
to planing.
N J
A. GLENDENNING SYNCHRONIZERS:
1. Have both engines running and advance speed
slightly above idle.
2. Turn ON synchronizer switch located on the
control station switch panel (See Figure 2.15.1)
3. Move slave (starboard) engine throttle lever to
maximum speed position. Since the
synchronizer is now controlling the slave
engine, the lever is “limp” or noneffective.
Advancing the slave engine lever eliminates the
synchronizer of undue strain in moving the entire
control system.
D. HYDRAULIC TRIM TABS
The trim tabs on your Sea Ray® are operated with
a rocker type momentary switch at the control station
(See Figure 2.14.1and 2.14.2). They are protected
by a circuit breaker on the control station breaker
panel which must be ON to use the trim tabs (See
Figure 2.15.3).
To trim the bow of your boat down, push the top
halves of BOTH rockers down in momentary bursts.
If you hold the rockers down, you will over trim the
boat and the bow will dig in. To correct over-trimming,
push bottom halves of BOTH rockers to obtain
desired planing angle.
f в
RUNNING
ATTITUDE List PusH
BOWUP | TOP OF BOTH ROCKERS
BOW UP PORT TOP OF STARBOARD ROCKER
BOW UP STARBOARD TOP OF PORT ROCKER
BOW DOWN PORT BOTTOM OF STARBOARD ROCKER
BOW DOWN STARBOARD BOTTOM OF PORT ROCKER
Na J
The two trim tabs on the transom of your boat can
also be used to trim the list of your boat (See chart
below) that may be caused by improper storage
of gear, too many people on one side or a strong
cross wind. Operation of the rocker switch should
be momentary bursts to achieve proper attitude of
the hull.
f в
HYDRAULIC TRIM TABS
TRIM PLANE SWITCH
(AT HELM)
TRIM TAB
HYDRAULIC
RAMS
RESERVOIR
HYDRAULIC FILL
RAMS
STARBOARD
TRIM PLANE
2.12
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
When running wide open, most boats do not require
any trim unless heavily loaded.
In heavy following seas or when running in an inlet,
best maneuverability is obtained with a bow high
attitude. To be sure the tabs are full up in the zero
position, push the bottom halves of BOTH rockers
for several seconds.
The trim tab pumps are located on the aft bilge
bulkhead, mounted on the inside of the transom. To
service the units, remove the tinted plastic cover to
gain access to reservoir fill plug and motor parts.
Hydraulic trim tabs use Type A Dexron || automatic
transmission fluid, which should be filled up to the
FULL mark on the pump base. Add fluid with the
trim tabs in the up position only.
Your boat is designed to plane at a particular speed
and weight distribution. As speed decreases or weight
Increases, the stern will settle lower in the water and
the hull will push a hill of water, increasing drag and
requiring more power to move through the water.
Hydraulic trim tabs are adjusted independently of each
other, enabling adjustment of bow attitude up and down
as well as to correct for side to side list. Trim tabs also
provide attitude adjustment at lower speeds.
A. A PROPERLY TRIMMED BOAT:
Operates at a correct running attitude of a 3 to
5 degree angle to the water (bow slightly up).
Reduces drag and increases fuel efficiency.
Preserves good forward visibility.
Increases safety.
Use short bursts of rocker switches to adjust trim
tabs. Pushing switches too far at once may cause
sudden steering problems. Adjusting one trim tab
mare than the other will adjust list caused by improper
equipment storage, too many people on one side or
a strong cross wind.
REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
1
EFFECTS OF TRIMMING
(FIG. 2.13.1)
BOW-UP (“PORPOISING”)
EFFECTS OF PORT AND STBD TRIM TAB ADJUSTMENT
3 g
>= >
PORT TAB DOWN BOTH NEUTRAL STBD TAB DOWN
PORT STERN UP NO CHANGE IN LIST STBD STERN UP
STBD BOW DOWN PORT BOW DOWN
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
2.13
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
9. HELM GAUGE AND SWITCH LAYOUT
a AM
(Fıc. 2. 14. 1) POSITION FUEL TANK
PORT MULTI INDICATOR — GAUGE
MULTIFUNCTION ENGINE GAUGE
CHART RADAR AUTOPILOT INSTRUMENT COMPASS
PLOTTER WITH SR-NAV MAIN EMS TACHOMETER
DISPLAY
COCKPIT
STEREO MULTI
GAUGE STBD
ENGINE
MAIN EMS
DISPLAY
ENGINE
GEARSHIFT
CONTROLS
SPOT LIGHT
CONTROL PANEL
12V DC
RECEPTACLE
AN DA
/ \ TRIM TAB BOW THRUSTER
SWITCHES SS CONTROL PANEL
/
Ш SYSTEMS MONITOR > ACCESSORY
DISPLAY CONTROL SWITCH PANEL
MODULE (DCM)
AUTOMATIC FIRE
EXTINGUISHER
INDICATOR /
ENGINE
THROTTLE
CONTROLS
CONTROL STATION
SWITCH PANEL
f VHF MARINE
RADIO
WITH C-PHONE
EXT. SPEAKER MASTER UNIT
O (BEHIND ACCESS DOOR)
Ca
ED —
CONTROL STATION
BREAKER PANEL
SAFETY & OPERATIONAL
INFORMATION LITERATURE
NOTE: LAYOUT AND LABELING MAY VARY DUE TO CUSTOMIZING, OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT AND EQUIPMENT UPDATES.
\_
2.14 510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 2 *
GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
HELM GAUGE AND SWITCH LAYOUT
| CONTROL STATION SWITCH PANEL
(F16. 2.15.1)
fo
PORT IGNITION
EMER STOP/ START/RUN
STOP
EMERGENCY
START
STBD IGNITION
— PORT ENGINE
US/METRIC SLOW
VESSEL
SCROLL
\.
G
START/RUN EMER STOP/
STOP
O
LIGHTS SWIM BOW
PLATFORM THRU
WINDLASS
MAIN CONTROL
RUNNING ANCHOR DIMMER SPOILER COCKPIT SPOT STER
—— STBD ENGINE
SCROLL SLOW
VESSEL
BILGE BILGE PUMPS
US/METRIC BLOWERS FWD AFT
>
ACCESSORY SWITCH PANEL
(Fic. 2.15.2)
o
о
WIPERS
STBD
WINDSHIELD
WASHER
HORN PORT
VENT
Na
510 DA CONTROL ( о >)
STATION BREAKER TRIM — WIPERS — WINDSHIELD NAV TROLLING
PANEL TABS PORT STBD VENT LIGHTS VALVES ACCY
(Fra. 2.153) 9 © Ada A A A ©
SPOT ENGINE RETRACTABLE
LIGHT SYNC HORN LIGHTS SUNPAD ACCY ACCY
24VDC
O O
NN J
Na
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
(GAUGE PANEL
(F1G. 2.16.1)
PORT ENGINE
PORT ENGINE TACHOMETER
QUAD GAUGE
RUDDER POSITION
INDICATOR
STBD ENGINE
TACHOMETER STBD ENGINE
QUAD GAUGE
PORT ENGINE
MONITORING SYSTEM
STBD ENGINE
MONITORING SYSTEM
10. IMPORTANT GAUGES
A. ENGINE MONITORING SYSTEM (EMS)
Your yacht is equipped with the Caterpillar® Engine
Monitoring System (EMS) which incorporates three
individual gauge units per engine (See Fig. 2.16.1).
They are:
Main EMS Gauge
Quad Gauge
Tachometer
Refer to the Owner's Manual Packet for more
information about your gauge display operation and
Instructions.
MAIN EMS DISPLAY
EMS is an electronic monitoring system designed
to display various engine/transmission parameters.
~
MAIN EMS GAUGE UNIT
(Fic. 2.16.2)
©
o
$
SO)
©
_
© 7 © N
©
Zo
FUEL GAUGE
The main EMS gauge (Figure 2.16.2) has ten (two
rows of five) indicators to display system related
diagnostics. A digital LCD is functional to scroll
through the different engine/transmission
parameters monitored. A port and starboard
scroll switch is located on the lower control
station switch panel (See Fig. 2.15.1).
The parameters monitored by the EMS include the
following functions:
Engine Overspeed (Main and Back-up Speed
Sensors)
Engine Oil Pressure
Engine Coolant Temperature and Coolant Level
Transmission Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature
Percent Load (Actuator)
Fuel Rate (Throttle)
Engine Hours
2.16
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
B. HOURMETER
The hourmeters measure cumulative hours of
operating time. There are hourmeters on top of each
Caterpillar® engine and an hourmeter readout on
the main EMS display (See Figure 2.16.2) by
method of scrolling. They should be used to keep a
careful log of engine maintenance as well as
performance data and fuel consumption. Do not
leave ignition key on with the engines off, as this
will increase the engine hours on the hourmeter.
The generator hourmeter is located on the generator
gauge panel (See Figure 9.21.2).
C. TACHOMETER
The tachometer (See
Figure 2.17.1) indicates
the revolutions per
minute (RPM) of the
engine. (It does not
indicate the speed of
the boat.) Your Engine
Operators Manual
Indicates the maximum
TACHOMETER
(Fic. 2.17.1)
full throttle RPM at \ J
which your engine
should operate. This must not be exceeded or
serious engine damage will occur. The tachometer
should also be used to determine the most
comfortable and economical cruising RPM.
РЭ. O1L PRESSURE, WATER TEMPERATURE,
VOLTMETER AND FUEL GAUGES
Your yacht is equipped f )
with a quad gauge unit
which displays, in
analog format, engine
oil pressure, water
temperature, voltage
and respective port and
starboard fuel tank
levels. (See Figure
2.17.2)
QUAD GAUGE UNIT
(F16.2.17.2
у # 729 ped 0 ` X %
11 18 VOLT ou 0 |!
ii FE FUEL WATER240 |!
/ 4
120 > _
NN 1 12
FUEL GAUGE
The fuel gauge indicates
the amount of fuel in the
fuel tank. The most
accurate reading of the fuel
gauge is at idle speeds
when your boat is in an
approximately level |
position. At slow plane, \ J
when your boat is in a bow
up position the gauge will read inaccurately because
the fuel in the tanks travel to the rear of the tanks
and away from the fuel sending unit. Because gauge
readings are approximate, they should be compared
to the hours of use versus known fuel consumption
(GPH).
| (Вс. 2.17.3)
VOLTMETER
| (Рю. 2.17.4)
The voltmeter gauge
Indicates battery bank
voltage. Each engine
operating voltage will range
between 24.0 to 28.5 volts
when the alternator is
charging. Significantly * 7
higher or lower readings
indicate a battery problem, alternator ‚malfunction
or heavy battery drain.
On PRESSURE GAUGE
The oil gauge is often the
best indicator of engine
problems or difficulties.
Maximum pressure is
controlled by a preset valve
in the oil pump. Note the
reading which this gauge \ 5
records after the break-in-
period, as it is the “norm” which can be used as
reference during the life of the engine. IF A
COMPLETE LOSS OF OIL PRESSURE
OCCURS, TURN ENGINE OFF AT ONCE.
Continued running after loss of pressure will cause
engine damage. First, manually check the oll level.
If low oil level is not the cause, consult your Sea
(FIG. 2.17.5)
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
2.17
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
Ray® dealer. DO NOT RESTART THE ENGINE
UNTILTHE PROBLEM HAS BEEN CORRECTED.
Slight fluctuations in gauge readings are not
uncommon during operation and may be due to the
characteristics of the lubricating oil. Greater
fluctuations should be investigated. The cause may
be a clogged oil filter element which should be
replaced with every oil change.
WATER TEMPERATURE GAUGE
The water temperature
gauge indicates
temperature of the cooling
water circulating inside the
engine. Your engine is
equipped with a thermostat
so a predetermined engine —
(Fic. 2.18.1)
WATER 240 | |
80/ /
120 У
temperature should be “ /
reached soon after starting
the engine and maintained thereafter while the
engine is running. Refer to your Engine Operator's
Manual for proper gauge readings. If the
temperature approaches above normal on your
gauge, shut down engine at once.
E. MAGNETIC COMPASS
Your compass (See Figure 2.14.1), properly
corrected, will indicate magnetic North (not true
North). A compass must be adjusted by a qualified
person. The reason for this is that nearby
Instruments or objects containing magnets or
current-carrying electrical wires will influence the
compass reading. This is especially true if you add
electronic devices to the helm station.
After your compass has been professionally
adjusted. You will be given a deviation card or chart
Indicating the correction to be applied when laying
out a compass course or making navigational
calculations. Keep this correction card or chart
at the helm.
NOTE: The compass adjustment is only good for
the equipment arrangement that existed at the time
of the adjustment. If you place different equipment
or remove equipment from the vicinity of the
compass, you cannot rely on the compass reading.
The compass must be readjusted by a qualified
person after equipment is added or removed from
the vicinity of the compass.
NOTE: The compass roses shown on navigational
charts have both true North and magnetic North
directions superimposed. Make certain you plot
course compass directions from the magnetic North
compass rose.
When not in use, the compass should be protected
from excessive and prolonged sunlight. If your
compass becomes sluggish or erratic, it should be
serviced by an authorized repair station.
To keep the plexiglass dome free from scratches,
remove salt deposits and dust with a damp cloth.
An occasional treatment with paste wax will help
preserve the dome surface.
REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
F. SYSTEMS MONITOR
The Systems Monitor consists of a Display Control
Module (DCM) located at the control station and a
Bilge Interface Module (BIM) located on the bilge
SYSTEMS MONITOR DISPLAY CONTROL
Monitor (DCM)
(F1c.2.18.2)
f в
SYSTEMS MONITOR
O
AUDIBLE RESET
ALARM SELECT
TE
Na A
2.18
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
component board (See Fig. 6.5.1). The DCM and
BIM are connected to each other by a coax cable
and the BIM is continuously looking at all inputs for
an alarm condition.
The Systems Monitor is connected directly to the
24 volt battery bank through a circuit breaker and
continuously monitors two emergency high water
pumps, two bilge pumps and the bilge heat detector.
The engine and generator functions are only active
when ignition voltage is turned on. The circuit
breaker is on the main DC breaker panel located on
the bilge component board (See Fig. 6.4.1).
The BIM collects signals from critical engine
functions, generator oil pressure, bilge pumps, high
water emergency bilge pumps and bilge heat
detection and transmits that information to be
displayed on the DCM.
The features of the DCM include a two line LCD
display with backlighting of the display, audible alarm
and an Audible Reset/Alarm Select push button
switch.
The LCD display will read in two lines. For example,
at normal operation it will read:
SEA RAY BOATS
ALL SYSTEMS NORMAL
NOTE: Some functions only read on one line. See
page 2.21 (DCM functions) for all DCM display
readouts.
Backlighting of the LCD is achieved by turning ON
the navigation lights switch. Intensity is controlled
by the electronic dimmer control. Both are located
on the control station switch panel.
AUDIBLE ALARMS
An audible alarm will sound to alert the operator to
look at the DCM and determine the high level fault.
Only high level faults such as critical engine
functions, generator, emergency pumps and bilge
heat detector will have an audible alarm. The forward
and aft bilge pumps do not have an audible alarm,
instead the DCM will display those functions.
Never ignore an alarm.
AUDIBLE RESET/ALARM SELECT
The Audible Reset/Alarm Select push button
switch on the DCM is a dual purpose switch. It
enables the operator to reset an audible alarm or to
manually scroll the display during multiple alarms.
The Audible Reset is used to temporarily quiet an
alarm that is displayed on the LCD. If that function
IS not corrected within 30 seconds, the audible alarm
will sound again. Pushing the switch again will
permanently quiet (turn off) the audible alarm for
that function. The LCD will still display that fault until
It is corrected.
The Alarm Select is active only during multiple
alarms. For example, if the engine oil pressure,
forward emergency pump and transmission
temperature had faults at the same time, the
systems monitor would sound an audible alarm and
would display the alarm with the highest priority.
Each push of the switch will show the new alarm
and then the LCD will automatically scroll through
the multiple alarm functions approximately every
three (3) seconds. By pushing on the switch, the
operator will be able to manually scroll the LCD for
faulting functions.
To monitor critical engine functions and generator
oil pressure:
1. The 24 volt main battery solenoid switches must
be energized either at the main DC breaker
panel on the aft port engine room component
board or the DC distribution panel on the port
side just aft of the galley.
2. Atthe DC distribution panel, turn the port and
starboard master ignition key switches to the
ON position.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
2.19
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
3. At the control station, locate the port and
starboard START/RUN switches. Without
starting the engines, push the START/RUN
switches to the RUN position. The Display
Control Monitor (DCM) will display:
SEA RAY BOATS
ALL SYSTEMS NORMAL
NOTE: The generator and Detroit diesel engines
will have an alarm as soon as ignition is turned on.
4. Start the engines per the engine start
instructions in Section 3, page 3.4.
5. Start the generator per the generator start
instructions in Section 3, page 3.8.
With the main engines and generator engine
running, the yacht's Systems Monitor is fully
activated. When the engine and generator engine
ignition is turned OFF, approximately five (5) minutes
later the LCD will go into a “Sleep Mode” and the
display will be blank. Engine and generator functions
are disabled
because they are unnecessary, however, the bilge
heat detector and all pumps are still being
monitored.
The following DCM Function Table will name each
function, describe the function and show how it is
displayed on the DCM.
If your Systems Monitor does not operate or display
functions correctly per the instructions provided,
recycle the circuit breaker by pushing the circuit
breaker to the OFF position and then pushing it to
the ON position. Use a small tool that will fit through
the hole to push the breaker to the OFF position.
2.20
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
11. DispLAY CONTROL MODULE (DCM) FUNCTION TABLE
1
BIM Coax Cable to DCM
Bilge Heat Detector *
Forward Emergency *
Aft Emergency *
Forward Bilge
Aft Bilge
Oil Pressure *
Water Temperature *
Transmission Temperature *
Exhaust Temperature *
* function has an audible alarm.
Na
Cable Connection Fault
Sense Extreme (190°) Heat in the
Bilge or a 15° Increase in
Temperature
Forward Emergency Pump Under the
Master Stateroom Hatch is Running
Aft Emergency Pump in the Engine
Room is Running
Forward of Bilge Bulk Head
Aft Bilge Pump in the Engine Room
is Running
Engine Oil Pressure Too Low
Engine Cooling System Too Hot
Transmission Cooling System is Hot
Engine Malfunction, Exhaust Too Hot
| FUNCTION DESCRIPTION DCM )
Normal Operation No Alarms SEA RAY BOATS
ALL SYSTEMS NORMAL
DATA LINK FAILURE
ALARM SYSTEM OFF-LINE
HEAT DETECTOR
(No second line reading)
PUMP ALARM
FORWARD EMERGENCY
PUMP ALARM
AFT EMERGENCY
PUMP ALARM
FORWARD BILGE
PUMP ALARM
AFT BILGE
PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM
OIL PRESSURE
PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM
WATER TEMPERATURE
PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM
TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE
PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM
EXHAUST TEMPERATURE
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
2.21
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
12. NAVIGATION AND ANCHOR LIGHTS
A. CONSOLE DIMMER
There is a DIMMER control switch located on the
control station switch panel (Figures 2.15.1) which
controls the intensity of the gauge and switch panel
lights. The gauge and switch panel lights are
energized when the navigation running lights are
turned on.
Navigation lights MUST be on while underway from
sunset to sunrise or in conditions of reduced
visibility. “Underway” means the boat is not docked
or at anchor. Trolling or drifting with engine off is
considered “underway” and navigation lights must
be used.
If you are anchored in open water, i.e. where other
boats can approach yours, you must display your
anchor light: a white light that can be seen from all
possible directions, i.e. 360 degrees.
Read the “Federal Requirements and Safety Tips
for Recreational Boats” provided in your kit.
To OPERATE THE RUNNING LIGHTS:
Push RUNNING switch on control station switch
panel to the ON position.
To OPERATE THE ANCHOR LIGHTS:
Push ANCHOR switch on control station switch
panel to the ON position.
Your boat is equipped with a sport spoiler. If you
opt to install additional equipment on the spoiler or
optional hard top, it then becomes your responsibility
to reevaluate your lighting situation to make certain
the navigation lights on your boat meet government
navigational lighting requirements. You will most
likely have to raise the mast light. Consider the
weight of the equipment you install; be certain it is
not to heavy for your sport spoiler or optional hard
top.
| NAVIGATION LIGHTS
(16. 2.22.1)
RED LIGHT
(VISIBLE 2
NAUTICAL MILES)
GREEN LIGHT
(VISIBLE 2
NAUTICAL MILES)
N
ALL-ROUND
LIGHT,
STERN LIGHT,
WHITE LIGHT
(VISIBLE 2
NAUTICAL MILES)
WHITE LIGHT
(VISIBLE 3
NAUTICAL MILES)
2.22
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
13. SWITCH AND RECEPTACLE LAYOUT
(Fic. 2.23.1)
> ра A A
INDIRECT LIGHTS — 10 mm FWD SWIVEL LIGHTS
7 й 7
FUSE
/
7 7 ES
E Ds 1 7 Y
чето ДИ UT p=
N
7 7
POWER VENT НЕ L— O ero EL
HEAD LIGHTS — | \
7
11 3 N 9 OVERHEAD LIGHTS
GFI RECEPTACLE 30D , — DIMMER
(IN CABINET) 1 =
a x a |
a =H —— FUSE
7 7
INDIRECT LIGHTS
GALLEY о ZZ 7
OVERHEAD LIGHTS — uj [Er |__ RECEPTACLE
GALLEY — > AC -
7
7
SALON LIGHTS mee | [= _
| nfm hr |
POWERVENT — >= o
MINI BAR IN/OUT
г
[1 7
RECEPTACLE ——- " AH HEAD LIGHTS
A N -—— POWER VENT
7
7
— STBD OVERHEAD
PS oT 7) LIGHTS DIMMER
me
GFI RECEPTACLE
(IN CABINET)
=
[=],
Ya
N
N
GFI RECEPTACLE
(LOWER CABINET)
7 ~~ AFTSALON
Y INDIRECT LIGHTS
POWER SOFA
2
BOTTOM IN/OUT
— |
POWER SOFA —— +
7
BACK UP/DOWN
INDIRECT SWIVEL
LIGHTS
-
COCKPIT LIGHTS
INDIRECT LIGHTS ="
CENTER — г
OVERHEAD LIGHTS
2
GFI RECEPTACLE —
COCOKPIT LIGHTS
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®) 2.23
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
14. LIGHTING LAYOUT
LIGHTING
(FIG. 2.24.1)
Drawing No. 09-500 1 of 2
2.24 510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 3 * USING Y OUR BOAT
1. PREPARING TO DEPART
As the owner/operator of a Sea Ray® yacht, you
are responsible for the safe operation of your boat
and the safety of your passengers. Always be sure
that required documents, navigational equipment
and Coast Guard required safety equipment is
aboard and in proper working order.
GENERAL
1. Weather forecast - Safe conditions existing for
length of trip.
2. Passengers/Crew - Instructed in duties for
getting underway and fitted for a correct size
PFD. One (1) PFD for every person aboard.
3. Tool Box - Stocked with a variety of appropriate
tools.
4. Lines, Fenders and Anchor - Ready for use.
5. Float Plan - shared with friend or relative not
on trip.
6. Navigation Charts - Available for trip.
BOAT SYSTEMS
1. Equipment - Make sure all equipmentis stored
properly.
2. Radio and Navigation Equipment - Check for
proper working condition.
3. Bilge/Engine Compartment - “Sniff” the bilge/
engine compartment for fuel odor. Run the bilge
blowers for at least Four (4) minutes. Confirm
air flow through hull vents.
4, Bilge Pumps - Assure that all bilge pumps
function properly.
5. Shore Power Cable - Disconnected from
dockside power inlet.
6. Trim Tabs - Full range of motion. No excessive
play or binding.
7. Fresh Water Tank - Filled and sanitized.
8. Head System Holding Tank - Empty
9. Seacocks - Open (handle parallel to hose).
ENGINE
1. Fuel - Be sure that you have sufficient
recommended fuel for the trip.
2. Fuel System - Check for leaks.
3. Racor Fuel Filters - Check that filters are clean,
tight and free of water.
4. Fluid levels - Check engine oil and steering fluid
levels.
5. Coolant Drain Plugs - Secured
6. Batteries - Fully charged (Check water cell
levels).
7. Battery Switches - Check for proper working
condition.
8. Fuel valves - Open
9. Engine Alarm - Test. Should sound after a few
seconds.
10. Gear Shift and Throttle Controls - Full range
of motion. In NEUTRAL and IDLE positions.
2. WHILE UNDERWAY
GENERAL
1. Passengers/crew - Safely seated with PFD’s
on or immediately accessible. Keep passengers
safe.
2. Lines, fenders and anchor - Safely stowed.
3. Opeation - Gradual acceleration/deceleration
and turning.
4. Surroundings - Be aware of other boats,
swimmers, floating debris, etc. at all times.
5. Carbon Monoxide (CO) - Operate so as to
prevent buildup.
6. Weather - Monitor frequently.
7. Navigation - Adhere to navigational aids in the
water and on shore.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
3.1
SECTION 3 * USING Y OUR BOAT
8. Fuel - Check consumption regularly.
BOAT SYSTEMS
1. Trim Tabs - Bring boat to “On Plane”.
2. Navigation lights - On at night or in reduced
visibility.
ENGINE
1. Tachometers - Engines operating in safe RPM
range (refer to the Engine Owners Manual for
your specific engine).
2. Engine Gauges - Monitor continually.
3. Engine Operation - Check idle and shift. Listen
for abnormal noises and visually check the
engine compartment while underway.
3. RETURNING TO PORT
GENERAL
1. Passengers/crew - Instructed in duties for line
handling.
2. Lines, fenders and anchor - Ready for use.
BOAT SYSTEMS
1. Anchor Light - ON if necessary.
2. Bilge/Engine Compartment - “Sniff” the bilge/
engine compartment for fuel odor. Run the bilge
blowers if necessary. Check for water in the
bilge. Run bilge pumps if necessary.
ENGINES
1. Gearshift & Throttle Controls - Bring to
NEUTRAL and IDLE positions.
2. Tachometers - Idle the engines for five (5)
minutes to cool down.
3. Ignition - Depress EMERGENCY STOP/STOP
switches on the helm switch panel when engines
are cooled down.
4. Engine Operation - Check idle and shift. Listen
for abnormal noises.
4. SECURING THE BOAT
GENERAL
1. Shore Power Cables - Connected to dockside
power inlet.
2. Fenders and Lines - Fenders in place, lines
tied securely to dock.
3. Equipment - Dry and stored.
4. Float Plan - Notify person who had float plan
that you have returned.
5. Canvas - Properly install canvas covers
6. Hull - Inspect for damage
BOAT SYSTEMS
1. Seacocks - Closed (handle perpendicular to
hose).
2. Helm Switch Panel - All switches in the OFF
position.
3. Gearshift/Throttle Controls - In the NEUTRAL
and IDLE position.
4. Navigation Lights - Turned OFF.
ENGINES
1. Ignition - Switched in the OFF position (lights
off) and master ignition keys removed from DC
distribution panel.
2. Battery Switches - In the OFF position.
3. Fuel Valves - Closed (handle perpendicular to
hose).
5. FUELING THE BOAT
| NOTICE |
RECOMMENDED FUEL:
#2 Diesel Fuel
Certain precautions must be carefully and
completely observed every time a boat is fueled,
3.2
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 3 * USING Y OUR BOAT
even with diesel fuel. Diesel fuel is nonexplosive
but it will burn.
A. GENERAL
Fuel during daylight.
e Fire extinguisher — close at hand.
Mooring — boat tied securely to fueling pier.
* Crew — at least one knowledgeable person
present.
Passengers — unnecessary people off the boat.
* Engines — stopped.
e Electrical equipment, including blowers — power
off.
* Close all hatches, doors and keep engine
compartment closed to prevent fumes from
entering the cabin or cockpit areas.
Smoking material — extinguished.
Inboard tanks — grounded.
e Filler pipe — marked DIESEL.
Fuel nozzle —in contact with filler pipe to prevent
static sparks.
Avoid spills —fill less than rated capacity of tank;
allow for fuel expansion.
Trim — fuel weight distributed equally.
B. FILLING THE TANK
e Check the fill plate label to ensure that fuel is
placed ONLY in the fuel tank. The fuel fill plates
are located on the port and starboard deck
walkways (Figure 3.3.1).
* Know your fuel capacity and consumption.
Record the amount of fuel used since your last
fill up, and compute the engine's hourly fuel
usage. As a fuel gauge backup check, deduct
the average hourly fuel usage from fuel tank
capacity.
| FUEL FILL LOCATIONS
(FIG. 3.3.1)
STARBOARD
FUEL TANK FILL
CENTER FUEL
TANK FILL
PORT FUEL
TANK FILL
* (Observe the “Rule of Thirds”: one-third fuel for
trip out, one-third for return and one-third for
reserve.
e Allow an additional 15 percent fuel reserve when
operating in rough seas.
Listen as the tank fills and stop adding fuel
before it spills from the fuel fill opening.
C. AFTER FILLING
Windows, doors, hatches - open.
e DO NOT wash spilled fuel overboard. Wipe up
any spill with rags or paper towels and dispose
of them properly on shore.
e Snifftest- if fuel fumes remain, operate blowers
until fumes are gone.
Fuel tank - secure filler cap.
6. BOARDING
e DO NOT overload the boat. Refer to Coast
Guard capacity plate located near the helm
(See Figure 1.6.1), and load to less than
capacity in adverse conditions.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
3.3
SECTION 3 * USING Y OUR BOAT
If there are passengers not wearing PFDs, the
PFDs must be readily accessible. “Readily
Wet decks are slippery. accessible” means out of the storage bag and
You can be seriously injured if you slip and fall. unbuckled.
Wear slip-resistant footwear secured to your feet and * All'throwable flotation devices (cushions, rings,
hold onto rails or boat structure. etc.) must be right at hand.
\. J
Board one person atatime and give assistance 8. PASSENGER INSTRUCTION AND
ded.
as NEECE LOCATION
Transfer gear and equipment by handing it from
a person on the dock to a person on board. You
can lose your balance and be injured if you
attempt to board while carrying equipment or + Before the operator does any high-speed
gear. maneuvers or rapidly accelerates or decelerates
the boat, passengers must be warned to sit and
hold on and must heed the warning.
Everyone on board must be told about the boat's
behavior from starting to getting up on plane.
e Distribute the weight of equipment and
passengers as evenly as possible to keep the
boat balanced. * The operator may have to make rapid changes
in speed and/or direction to avoid a problem,
with little or no time for alerting passengers. Itis
critical that all passengers be seated in the
designated seating areas and holding on to
prevent falling overboard or getting knocked
about in the boat at all times when the boat is
underway.
e Stow gear and equipment so that it is accessible,
but everything is to be stored in places so as to
prevent it from flying about if the boat encounters
rough water or weather.
7. PERSONAL FLOTATION DEVICES
(PFD’s) 9. STARTING THE ENGINES
The engine operation and maintenance manual
furnished with your boat describes pre-start and
starting procedures. The following notes are basic
reminders and not intended to cover every detail of
* Children less than sixteen (16) years of ageand ~~ Starting. We urge you to thoroughly read and
all non-swimmers, adults as well as children, understand your engine manual.
must wear properly-sized PFDs at all times when
aboard. 1. Check battery solenoids for
ENERGIZED position (see
Section 6 — Electrical System, CS
Fig. 6.16.1). N
* Operator must instruct all passengers on
location and use of PFD’s (See Section 1-
Safety, page 4 for type and usage).
e ALL passengers should wear PFDs. By the time
someone falls overboard, it can be to late for
them to put on a PFD and fasten it properly.
This is especially true in colder waters, below
70°F, where survival time, before hypothermia
sets In, IS measured In minutes. DO NOT run the engine or generator in an enclosed
area, such as a closed boat house, as there is the
possibility of buildup and inhaling of carbon
monoxide.
34 510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 3 * USING Y OUR BOAT
2. Check the fuel tank levels.
3. Check the oil and coolant
levels. See your Engine
Operators Manual for proper
readings.
4. Check engines for coolant
drain plug installations.
5. Check seacocks for open
position
6. Make sure strainers are clean
and water tight (see Section
4 — Bilge and Underwater
Gear, page 4.13).
7. Check fuel filters for tightness
8. Check the bilge for fuel fumes
or liquid. Do not start the
engines until the source of
fumes is determined and
corrected and the bilge area
is safely ventilated.
9. Turn on the master key
switches located on the DC
distribution panel (see
Section 6 — Electrical System,
pg. 6.16). Listen for alarms
which indicate ignition power.
MASTER IGNITION
7=XN =
NOTE: Ignition switches on the
control station must be in the RUN position.
NOTE: If your yacht is equipped with the Caterpillar®
EMS (Engine Monitoring System), the Caterpillar®
gauges on the control station gauge panel will
undergo an automatic self-test on power-up. While
executing this internal test, the display will also
provide a visual indication by ramping gauges and
displaying all digits to the operator that the panel is
(or is not) functioning properly. Refer to your Engine
Owner's Manual in the Owner's Manual Packet.
NOTE: Electric Twin Disc® shift and throttle controls
require that the STATION SELECT button be pushed
twice: once before the start of the port engine and
again before the start of the starboard engine, or
vice versa (refer to the Original Equipment Manual
in the Owners Manual Packet).
10. After ignition power is («= ma
verified, check the gear Fo mo
shift lever(s) in the
NEUTRAL position and
the throttle lever(s) at |... - E
DLE. EEE
11. Push onthe top of the ignition |... a,
switches until the engines - E >
start. Do not operate starter =
PORTIGNITION + EMERGENCY STBDIGNITION
ERSTOP/ START/RUN + START + START/RUN EMER
for more than 10 seconds
without allowing starter to cool for two (2)
minutes. This will also allow the batteries to
recover between starting attempts. Once
engine has started and sufficient oil pressure
is achieved, alarm buzzer will stop.
Important: Check engine RPM on tachometer
as soon as engine starts. Do not allow RPM
to exceed 1,500. Move throttle lever down to
decrease RPM.
Note: Alarm will sound when:
e Engine oil pressure is too low.
* Engine temperature is too hot.
* Transmission oil is too low.
Transmission temperature is too hot.
* Engine stalls.
* Exhaust temperature too high.
12. Check the oil pressure and look at exhaust port
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
3.5
SECTION 3 * USING Y OUR BOAT
to assure that engine is
pumping water.
13. Let the engines warm up at
idle and check for leaks. |!
engine is cold, run for a short
period of time at fast idle | …
speed that does not exceed |
1500 RPM.
14. Shut down the engines and
recheck fluid levels; top off if necessary.
NOTE: For general operation of the boat, its
instruments and the engine, follow detailed
instructions on “Engine Break-in” in the Engine
Operators Manual.
REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
10. SHIFTING To DRIVE THE BOAT
Standard on the 510 DA are dual hydraulic gear
shift and throttle engine controls. However, your
yacht may be equipped with hydraulic or electric
throttle control(s). There are different functions and
operating and maintenance instructions which must
be followed. Read and understand the information
in the Owner’s Manual Packet for your yacht model's
gear and throttle control.
Your yacht has start in-gear protection. For safety’s
sake and as a good habit to get into, always put the
gear selector in the NEUTRAL position and the
throttle selector in the IDLE position before starting
the engines.
A. GEAR SHIFTS AND THROTTLE CONTROLS
The gear shift lever for each engine (twin lever
controls on port side of the control station) (See
Figure 2.14.1) has three positions: FORWARD,
NEUTRAL and REVERSE. The control lever must
be in the NEUTRAL (center) position when starting
the engine(s). A positioning indent can be felt when
the control is in exact NEUTRAL. FORWARD and
REVERSE positions should always be in full travel
extremes in either direction for a positive
engagement and minimum wear.
The throttle controls (twin lever controls on
starboard side of control station) (See Figure 3.7.1)
regulate the RPM of the engines. Periodically check
and seasonally lubricate the linkage with medium
weight oll.
NOTE: Prior to starting engines, put throttles at IDLE
and gearshifts in NEUTRAL.
Shift selector(s) to NEUTRAL before starting engines.
Shift only when engine is at IDLE.
Reversing at high speeds can cause flooding/
swamping due to water being pushed over the
transom.
Shift quickly; easing into gear can damage the
transmission.
Hydraulic controls FORWARD and REVERSE
positions should always be in full travel extremes in
either direction for positive engagement and
minimum wear.
Cockpit can fill with water if boat is moving forward,
when it is put into reverse.
Before shifting into reverse, shift to neutral, wait for
the boat to stop moving forward, then shift into
reverse.
\. J
B. OPERATION (HYDRAULIC) (FIG. 3.7.1)
1. Throttle Levers:
Forward motion - increases Throttle
Aft Motion - Decreases Throttle
2. Gearshift Levers:
Forward Position - FORWARD
Center Position - NEUTRAL
Aft Position - REVERSE
3.6
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 3 * USING Y OUR BOAT
ENGINE SHIFT AND THROTTLE FUNCTIONS
(HYDRAULIC)
(FIG. 3.7.1)
PORT STBD PORT STBD FULL
FORWARD / “ / % UN, THROTILE
NEUTRA ; VARIABLE
ул бо
Y UN
`
REVERSE | ¡o!
IDLE
ENGINE GEARSHIFTS ENGINE THROTTLES
NN J
MAINTENANCE
The clutch and throttle lever bodies are made of
anodized aluminum. To clean them, a warm soapy
water solution should be used. DO NOT use an
abrasive compound.
NOTE: Refer to your engine Owners Manual to
operate the throttle arm by hand for maintenance.
REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
11. STOPPING THE ENGINES
1. Bring throttle controls to a Ea mm pt )
IDLE position. | 7 X Fo
2. Bring gear shift controls | =r
to NEUTRAL position. | +
TA
ENGINE GEARSHIFTS
3. Secure mooring lines.
4. Idle for five (5) minutes to cool the engines.
5. Switch momentary start
switch or ignition key to OFF
position.
PORT IGNITION
6. Turn battery switches OFF.
ENERGIZE
12. EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH
Your Sea Ray® is equipped with an emergency stop
switche. The emergency stop switch gives the boat
operator the ability to shut down the engines in an
emergency situation.
OPERATION OF EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH
1. If the momentary start switch
Is in the RUN position, switch
to OFF position.
2. Press and hold emergency
stop switch until engine(s)
stops completely. Release switch.
PORT IGNITION EMERGENCY
EMER STOP/ START/RUN START
NOTE: Run bilge blowers for 4 minutes before
restarting engine(s). Follow engine starting
instructions.
13. STEERING SYSTEM
The hydraulic power steering system (Figure
3.8.1) uses the boat's engines to provide the
“power” for the steering system, via a mechanical
or electrical motor driven hydraulic pump.
A manual hydraulic steering system, consisting
of a helm and a hydraulic cylinder (fitted with an
integral servo cylinder and a power steering
valve), supplies the “control” portion of the
steering system.
Under normal conditions, with engines running, a
hydraulic oil supply is in a standby mode, ready
to be directed to the steering cylinder as dictated
by the steering wheel, servo cylinder and power
steering valve. Turning the steering wheel left or
right makes the system go from “standby” into
“operating” mode and move the steering cylinder
accordingly.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
3.7
SECTION 3 * USING Y OUR BOAT
In the event of a power source failure, hydraulic
oil from the steering helm is automatically diverted
into the servo and steering cylinder, providing the
helmsman with manual backup steering.
An engine room mounted oil reservoir allows easy
fill and assists the in-line cooler in cooling the
hydraulic oil. An in-line oil filter helps to protect the
steering system components against contaminants.
REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
14. STARTING THE GENERATOR
i NOTICE
N
\. À
Pre-start generator prior to getting underway
as there is a possibility that it will not pick up water if
started underway. Make sure the MAIN GENERATOR
breaker is OFF and there is no load on the generator
before starting it.
DO NOT run the engine or generator in an enclosed
area, such as a closed boat house, as there is the
possibility of buildup and inhaling of carbon
monoxide.
Sea Ray® strongly urges you to fully comply with the
manual provided by the generator manufacturer. The
generator is warranted separately by the
generator manufacturer, NOT Sea Ray®. Follow the
recommended maintenance and warranty schedule
in your Generator Operators Manual included in the
Owner's Manual Packet. Generator abuse or improper
maintenance may adversely affect claims made under
generator manufacturer separate warranty.
(Remote control switches are located on the main
distribution panel or local switches on the generator.)
1. Check fuel tank levels.
Check oil and coolant levels.
See Generator Operator’s
Manual for proper readings.
Check generator for coolant
drain plug installation.
Open the generator seacock.
Run the bilge blowers for at
least four minutes before
starting and any time the
generator is running. If fuel
fumes are detected, do not
start the generator until the
source of fumes is
determined and corrected and the bilge area
is safely ventilated.
1
TYPICAL HYDRAULIC POWER STEERING ASSEMBLY
(FIG. 3.8.1)
STEERING CYLINDER
COMPLETE WITH INTEGRAL
SERVO, CYLINDER & POWER
STEERING VALVE
POWER STEERING HELM
(OPTIONAL TILT VERSION
SHOWN)
OIL
RESERVOIR N
MECHANICAL OR
ELECTRIC MOTOR
DRIVEN PUMP
OIL COOLER
J
3.8
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 3 * USING Y OUR BOAT
6. While holding the PREHEAT
switch depressed, depress
the START switch. The
starter motor will run, thereby
cranking the engine. As soon
as the engine runs, release
the START switch, but continue to hold the
PREHEAT switch depressed for 2 or 3
seconds. Release the PREHEAT switch when
the oil pressure reaches approximately 20 psi.
This bypasses the Low Oil Pressure shutdown
until the engine's oil pressure rises to its normal
running pressure. Now release the PREHEAT
switch.
7. Check generator exhaust port to verify that
water is flowing. If not, shut generator down
and refer to your Generator Operators Manual.
NOTE: To start the Westerbeke* generator from
the generator mounted controls, a bypass switch,
located on the side of the generator mounted control
box, must be turned ON. The bypass switch must
be OFF to start and stop the generator from the
DC main distribution panel.
READ THE OWNER’S MANUAL IN THE
OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR YOUR
GENERATOR MODEL.
15. SHIFTING FROM SHORE POWER TO
GENERATOR POWER.
A. Bow ACCESS SHORE UTILITIES
Your 510 DA is equipped with a Bow Utilities
Access package located in the port side bow
locker (Figure 3.9.1) for situations where shore
power and utilities are more conveniently
accessed from the forward end of the yacht. The
package includes shore power cable, automatic
source selector switch, dockside water hookup
and TV/telephone inlet.
Main shore power breakers for bow access shore
power are located in the upper forward corner of
the master stateroom port side hanging locker.
REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
Bow AccEss SHORE UTILITIES
(Fic. 3.9.1)
STANDARD 120 VOLT (U.S.)
OR 220 VOLT (INT'L)
SHORE POWER CORD
STANDARD 240 VOLT
(U.S.) OR 220 VOLT
(INT'L)
SHORE POWER CORD
Q
Lo
TV/TELEPHONE
INLET
7
WATER
WASHDOWN
1. Turn all AC systems and
branch circuit breakers OFF. |—- == =.
Turn both main breakers on = 8:38
the main distribution panel E
OFF.
2. Start the generator.
3. Slide the source select
shuttle mechanism on the
main distribution panel to
expose the GENERATOR
breaker(s) and turn it ON.
4. Turn the individual system
breakers ON.
N J
16. STOPPING THE GENERATOR
1. Prior to generator shut down
turn OFF all AC equipment | Tr
=
and breakers including main
breakers and allow the
generator to run a few
minutes to cool down. If
desired, transfer to shore power.
2. Stop the generator by switching
START/STOP switch on DC | cues
distribution panel to STOP | =
position or holding stop switch
on generator until generator
stops.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
3.9
SECTION 3 * USING Y OUR BOAT
3. Leave stop switch on main distribution panel in
the stop position when generator is not in use
to prevent overheating electric fuel valve.
Note: After the generator stops, the multiplex
system must reset for 20-30 seconds and then may
be restarted at any time.
REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
17. ANCHORING
To anchor, bring the bow into the wind or current and
put the engine in neutral. When the vessel comes to a
stop, lower the anchor from the bow. The anchor line
should be 5 to 7 times the depth of the water.
A. ANCHORING ARRANGEMENT
The 510 DA is equipped with a windlass and an
anchor chute (see Fig. 3.10.1). Stow the anchor in
the chute when not in use.
NOTE: Before using the anchor, be sure the anchor
safety hook is removed from the anchor, the chain
stop is released from the chain and the anchor is
secured to the windlass chain.
ANCHOR ARRANGEMENT
(F16. 3.10.1)
WINDLASS
EMERGENCY
HANDLE
ANCHOR IN
CHUTE
SAFETY HOOK
“IN WINDLASS
CHAIN LOCKER HATCH FOOT SWITCHES
CHAIN STOP
WINDLASS
\.
B. ANCHORING
Proper anchoring requires knowledge of RODE and
SCOPE. Read this section carefully, understanding
the relationship between rode, scope and anchor
performance.
The rode is the line connecting the anchor to the
boat. The 510 DA utilizes an all-chain anchor rode.
The scope is technically defined as the ratio of the
rode length to the vertical distance from the bow to
the sea floor.
SINKING HAZARD - Anchor from the bow if
using one anchor. A small current can make a stern-
anchored boat unsteady; a heavy current can drag a
stern-anchored craft under water.
COLLISION HAZARD — Anchor only in areas
where your boat will not disrupt other boats. Do not
anchor in a channel or tie up to any navigational aid.
It is dangerous and illegal.
NOTICE
Use the safety hook supplied to ensure that
the anchor is held in place should the windlass fail.
Do not use the safety hook to support the anchor in
a stored position. The windlass should always
support the anchor and ensure that it is held in the
roller device securely.
\. J
Since you want to know how much rode to use
when anchoring, the formula is:
Rode Length
Bow Height + Water Depth
Scope =
Rode Length = (Bow Height + Water Depth) x Scope
о Scope depends on the type of anchor, bottom,
tide, wind and sea conditions.
e Minimum is 5:1 for calm conditions; norm is 7:1;
severe conditions may require 10:1.
Example:
Rode Length = (3 feet + 10 feet) x 7*
Rode Length = 13 feet x 7*
Rode Length = 91 feet
* Scope factor may range from 5 to 10 or
more. Less than 5, the anchor breaks out
too easily.
3.10
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 3 * USING Y OUR BOAT
| ANCHORING CZ |
(Fi. 3.11.1) HEIGHT
TRIPLINE ARRANGEMENT oar 7
(Fic. 3.11.2) ODE _ ==
C. LOWERING ANCHOR E. WEIGHING ANCHOR
e Be sure there is adequate rode. * Run the boat slowly up to the anchor, taking in
the rode as you go.
* Secure rode to both the anchor and the boat.
The anchor will usually break out when the rode
* Stop completely before lowering anchor. becomes vertical.
* If using windlass, refer to windlass operators Be careful that trailing lines do not foul in the
manual. propeller.
* Keep feet clear of coiled line. NOTE: Use the fresh water washdown spigot in the
port bow locker (see Fig. 3.13.1) to hose down the
® Turnonanchorlightat night and in reduced visibility. E |
chain in the locker after haul-in .
D. SETTING ANCHOR
| F. CLEARING A FOULED ANCHOR
* There is no best way to set an anchor.
Experiment to see how your anchor performs. Afouled anchor can test your patience and ingenuity.
One of the best methods of breaking free is to set a
* One method is to turn the rode around a bit tripline (see Fig. 3.11.2) before you lower anchor.
and slowly pay out as the boat backs from the
anchor site. When the proper scope has been.
reached, snub the rode quickly, causing the
anchor to dig into the bottom.
Attach a line to the crown or head of the anchor
and the other end to a float.
The line should be just long enough to reach
* Reverse engine slowly to drive the anchor in the surface of the water, allowing for tides.
and prevent it from dragging.
A polypropylene line is a good choice because
* Close chain stop (see Fig. 3.12.1). it is light, strong and floats.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®) 3.11
SECTION 3 * USING Y OUR BOAT
e Ifthe anchor snags, pull vertically on the tripline
to lift the anchor by the crown.
G. A FINAL WORD
An anchored boat is affected by wind and sea
conditions. Because there is no headway, there is
no control. Be alert! If leaving the boat, be sure the
anchor will hold under all circumstances.
We suggest you read this section on anchoring
again and fully understand rode and scope and their
affect on anchor performance.
18. WINDLASS
The windlass is wired to the 24 volt system through
the WINDLASS thermal breaker (See Fig. 6.5.1)
located in the bilge on the forward component board.
WINDLASS SAFETY LANYARD ANDCHAIN
(16. 3.12.1) —
WINDLASS
ANCHOR
\. À
The windlass facilitates the anchoring of your yacht
by automatically raising and lowering the anchor. To
operate the windlass the WINDLASS MIAN switch
on the control station switch panel must be ON.
N
NOTICE
lt is important that the windlass clutch is tight for
proper operation and safety. Periodically check the
clutch and tighten if necessary.
J
To Tighten Clutch:
With the anchor in the stowed position, tighten the
windlass clutch by inserting the emergency handle
into the clutch nut (see Fig. 3.12.2) and turn clockwise.
Keep hands, feet, hair and loose clothing clear of
moving parts. Entanglement may cause severe bodily
injury (i.e. lose of fingers or toes).
A. TO OPERATE FROM THE HELM;
Make sure that the safety lanyard and chain stop
(see Fig. 3.12.1) are removed from the anchor
chain.
e Turn the WINDLASS MAIN rocker switch ON.
* Push the toggle switch (located beside the
rocker switch on the control station switch panel)
UP to raise the anchor. To lower the anchor,
push the toggle switch DOWN.
| WINDLASS (MAINTENANCE PROFILE) |
(Fic. 3.12.2)
EMERGENCY HANDLE
CLUTCH NUT
CHAIN PULLEY
LOWER CONE
3.12
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 3 * USING Y OUR BOAT
B. TO OPERATE FROM THE BOW:
* Make sure that the safety lanyard and chain
stop (see Fig. 3.12.1) are removed from the
anchor chain.
e Lift protective cap on foot switches (see Fig.
3.10.1) and depress UP or DOWN switch for
the desired result.
C. TO OPERATE MANUALLY:
* Make sure that the safety lanyard and chain
stop (see Fig. 3.12.1) are removed from the
anchor chain.
* Insertthe emergency handle into the clutch nut
(see fig 3.12.2)
e Turn handle clockwise to retrieve anchor.
D. MAINTENANCE:
Periodically check the motor and control box
electrical connections, remove any residue and
cover the connections with a small coating of grease.
4h DANGER
Make sure that the power is off before any work is
performed on the windlass.
lt is recommended at least once a year to
disassemble the windlass (see Fig. 3.12.2) and
remove any residue build-up.
* Using the emergency handle, unscrew the
clutch nut by turning the handle
counterclockwise.
* Remove the drum, upper cone, chain wheel and
lower cone.
* Wash down with fresh water and remove any
residue.
e (Coat contact surfaces with a light film of
lubricant.
e Reassemble the unit and tighten clutch by
turning the handle clockwise.
NOTE: Use the fresh water washdown spigot in
the port bow locker (see Fig. 3.13.1) to hose down
the chain in the locker after haul-in.
f A
PORT CHAIN LOCKER
(Fıc. 3.13.1)
FRESH WATER WASHDOWN
REFER TO WINDLASS OPERATOR’S MANUAL IN
YOUR OWNER’S PACKET FOR DETAILED
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
3.13
SECTION 3 * USING Y OUR BOAT
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
3.14
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER GEAR
1. BILGE
A. FUEL & OIL SPILLAGE
Regulations prohibit discharging fuel or oily waste
in navigable waters. Discharge is defined as any
action which causes a film, sheen or discoloration
on the water surface, or causes a sludge or emulsion
beneath the water surface. A common violation is
bilge discharge. Use rags or sponges to soak up
fuel or oily waste, then dispose of it properly ashore.
If there is much fuel or oil in the bilge, contact a
knowledgeable marine service to remove it. Never
pump contaminated bilge overboard.
Fill fuel tank(s) less than rated capacity. Allow for
fuel expansion.
2. BILGE Pumps
The 510 DA is equipped with four (4) bilge pumps,
including one (1) emergency high water bilge pump
(Fig. 4.1.1). Your yacht is also equipped with a
shower sump pump and a condensate sump pump,
each equipped with a float switch.
Each of the bilge pumps are equipped with switches
on the control station switch panel. These switches
have MANUAL and AUTO positions. When the
switch is in the MANUAL position, the pump will run
continuously. When the switch is in the AUTO
position, the pump is activated when there is enough
water in the bilge to raise the float switch to its
highest position; and deactivated when the water
recedes. The pumps should NOT be left in the
MANUAL mode unless the bilge is being
pumped out for servicing.
The emergency bilge pumps and high water float
switches are wired to the systems monitor located
on the dash at the control station (see “SYSTEMS
MONITOR” in Section 2 - page 2.18).
Whenever a bilge pump turns ON, either manually
or automatically, the systems monitor will display
which pump is active. Should the high water
alarms become activated, immediate attention
| 510 DA BiLGE Pumps & FLOAT SWITCHES
(Fıc. 4.1.1)
HATCH AT
PORT
INBOARD STRINGER
HIGH WATER
PUMP AND
FLOAT SWITCH
STBD
TT INBOARD
STRINGER
FLOAT
SWITCH
BILGE PUMP
HOLDING TANK x BILGE PUMP
HIGH WATER PUMP
STBD FLOAT SWITCH
INBOARD
STRINGER
AFT BILGE PUMPS 8 FLOAT SWITCH
SINKING HAZARD - Ensure the bilge pumps are
operating properly.
Run bilge pumps in the manual position only as
long as necessary to remove water. Running bilge
pumps dry can damage the pump motor.
to the area indicated on the systems monitor
panel is required.
Each pump is protected by a breaker on the main
DC breaker panel located on the forward component
board in the bilge. (See Fig. 6.4.1).
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
4.1
SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER GEAR
| BILGE PUMP ASSEMBLY
(FIG. 4.2.1)
PUMP HEAD/
MOTOR ASSY
LOCK TAB
IMPELLER
PUMP
DISCHARGE
WATER INLET
MAINTENANCE:
Frequently inspect the area under the float switches
to ensure they are free from debris and gummy
bilge oil. To clean, soak in heavy duty bilge cleaner
for 10 minutes, agitating several times. Check for
unrestricted operation of the float. Repeat the
cleaning procedure if necessary.
Inspect the bilge pump intakes and keep them
free of dirt or material which may impede the
flow of water through the pump. To clean the
pump strainer, depress the lock tabs on both sides
of the pump and lift the pump motor.
TROUBLESHOOTING:
If water does not come out of discharge hose:
1. Depress the breaker on the main DC breaker
panel located on the forward component board
in the bilge (see Fig. 6.4.1) to ensure it has not
tripped.
2. Remove the motor module to see if the impeller
rotates with the power on.
3. Remove any debris that may have
accumulated in the nozzle section or strainer
base.
4. Check hose and connection on hull side for
debris and proper connections.
510 DA MaNuAL BILGE Pump (OPTIONAL)
(Fic. 4.2.2)
SELECTOR \
SWITCH х DS
MANUAL BILGE PUMP
(UNDER STARBOARD
— SIDE COCKPIT FWD
SEATING, )
COCKPIT
FLOOR
PUMP HANDLE
A. MANUAL BILGE Pump (OPTIONAL)
If equipped, the manual bilge pump (see Fig. 4.2.2)
Is located behind the control station in the cockpit.
It can be accessed by lifting the cushion on the
FWD cockpit seat.
To operate, turn the selector switch (see Fig. 4.2.2)
to the FWD or AFT position and begin moving the
handle up and down quickly and smoothly.
REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
3. BILGE BLOWERS
The two (2) bilge fans in the engine room remove
odors and excessive heat and provide ventilation
through the hull vents. The blowers are wired
through circuit breakers on the DC breaker panel
located on the forward bilge component board and
with switches on the control station switch panel
(see Fig. 2.15.1) and on the salon main DC
distribution panel (See Fig. 6.16.1).
Run the blowers when operating below cruising
speed and when vessel is at rest with the generator
running to dissipate heat buildup in the bilge.
4.2
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER GEAR
510 DA BILGE BLOWER
(FIG. 4.3.1)
FWD STBD
PORT > AFT
VENTILATION
BLOWER
STBD SIDE ILLUSTRATED (PORT SIDE TYPICAL)
EXPLOSION/FIRE HAZARD - Run blower at least
four (4) minutes before starting engine or generator.
Check bilge and engine compartment for fumes.
Do not allow obstructions to interfere with bilge
blower or ventilation intake operation.
performance may be adversely affected.
Engine
MAINTENANCE:
The bilge blowers should be checked periodically
to ensure that all electrical connections are
secured in place and that the blower motors are
operating efficiently.
TROUBLESHOOTING:
If your bilge blowers fail to operate, depress
the breakers on the main DC breaker panel in
the port side aft bilge area to ensure that they
have not tripped.
4. BILGE HEAT DETECTOR
f в
The bilge heat detector detects heat buildup in the
engine room bilge area. The heat detector alarm is
connected to the systems monitor panel on the
control station panel (see Figure 2.14.1).
Never ignore an alarm.
In the unlikely event of a heat detection alarm:
Immediately shut down engines.
Feel around engine room hatch for excessive
heat before opening (See Section 1 C. Fire,
pg. 1.11).
e |dentify and correct problem before restarting
the engines.
e Heat detector must be replaced if it has been
activated.
5. ENGINES
The inboard engines on the 510 DA are the heart of
your Sea Ray®. Proper attention to and maintenance
of your engines will assure you of many hours of
pleasurable, safe boating and will prevent
unnecessary engine problems. You must, therefore,
become thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the
engine’s proper operation outlined in the Engine
Operators Manual. A general maintenance program
consists of proper lubrication, cleaning of fuel filters,
fuel lines and air filters. When washing down, or
~
| 510 DA INBOARD V-DRIVE
(Fic. 4.3.2)
ENGINE
PROPELLER
RUDDER
AN
The 510 DA is equipped with a bilge heat detection MOLE
device. STRONG SEAL TRANSMISSION
PROPELLER SHAFT SPARE
CARRIER SEAL
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®) 4.3
SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER GEAR
at any other time, take care that water does not
enter the air inlets. Water entering the air inlets
when the engines are not operating may go directly
into the cylinders, resulting in rust and possibly
internal engine damage.
The engines are warranted directly by the
engine manufacturer, not by Sea Ray”.
Sea Ray® strongly urges you to fully comply with
the manual provided by the engine manufacturer.
Follow the recommended maintenance and warranty
schedule in your Engine Operators Manual included
in the owners packet. Engine abuse or improper
maintenance may adversely affect the claims made
under the independent warranty provided by the
engine manufacturer.
0. ENGINE GAUGE PACKAGE
Each of your engines have been equipped with an
engine gauge package. This package is provided as a
safety feature in the event of an electrical malfunction
resulting in the helm gauges becoming inoperative.
Gauge packages may differ with different engine
options. Refer to your Engine Operators Manual for
proper gauge readings and gauge package location.
N
ENGINE GAUGE PACKAGE
(FIG. 4.4.1)
7. ENGINE MOUNTS
The adjustable type engine mounts permit
adjustment sideways as well as vertically. Vertical
adjustment nuts lock up or down on the threaded
vertical stud, with a slot provided to allow side to
side adjustment on the engine.
HEX HEAD BOLTS
W/FLAT WASHERS
ENGINE MOUNT
(FiG.4.4.2)
STRINGER
CAP
PLASTIC CAP
W/URETHANE
TORQUE ESNA NUT CAULK
75-85 FT. LBS.
STRINGER
A
IMPORTANT: The large adjustment locknuts on
these mounts must be tightened properly to
retain alignment. It is also advisable to spray a
protective coating on the studs and nuts to
prevent corrosion.
8. MARINE GEARS
A. REDUCTION GEARS
A reduction gear reduces the rotating speed of the
propeller shaft in relation to the engine RPM. This permits
the use of a larger propeller while allowing the engine to
attain its rated RPM, thereby increasing efficiency.
B. REVERSE GEARS
The reverse gear incorporates the clutch and
controls the rotation of the propeller. The position
of the clutch control or shifting lever indicates the
motion which the clutch and reverse gear are
transmitting. The center position of the lever
indicates neutral. Engine RPM should never
exceed 1000 when engaging or disengaging the
clutch. Higher RPM will result in unnecessary
wear and shortened life of the unit, and perhaps
breakage.
Marine reverse gears are hydraulically operated,
thereby making it imperative to periodically maintain
and check oil level. If the correct oil level is not
maintained, slippage occurs, causing damage to the
clutch plates. Too much oil will cause foaming and
4.4
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER GEAR
erratic clutch operation. For additional information
see the Engine Operators Manual.
9. ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM
The exhaust system on Sea Ray® boats with
inboard engines is designed so that water from the
raw water cooling system enters the exhaust
system through elbows (engine side) where water
and exhaust are mixed. Water and exhaust are then
pumped through the mufflers and then overboard
through the exhaust outlet. Make sure water is
flowing from the exhaust outlets while the engines
are operating. Prior to every boat use, examine the
exhaust system fittings to ensure tightness.
A drain plug is located on each bypass muffler.
When servicing or winterizing, remove the plug to
drain the water out of each muffler. Replace the plug
after all water has drained from the muffler.
10. ENGINE REMOVAL
Hose clamps must be tight at all times to avoid
exhaust leaks.
Should the removal of an engine become necessary,
see your Sea Ray® dealer or an authorized
service representative of the engine
manufacturer. The following is only a generalized
procedure to follow.
510 DA ENGINE EXHAUST
(F16.4.5.1)
EXHAUST
OUTLET TUBE
BY-PASS
EXHAUST
MUFFLER
BY-PASS
EXHAUST
TUBE
\
No
N
ae
y NE
EA o.
NO eA
EXHAUST
HOSE RAW WATER INLET
FROM HEAT
EXCHANGER
EXHAUST
HOSE
STAINLESS STEEL
EXHAUST ELBOWS
/
N
ОЛ
y
x
Ne BY-PASS
EXHAUST
MUFFLER
EXHAUST
OUTLET
TUBE
BY-PASS
EXHAUST
TUBE
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
4.5
SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER GEAR
Shut off the fuel lines and close the engine
seacocks. Remove all electrical wires, fuel lines
and raw water intake hoses from the engine. Unbolt
the engine coupling from the shaft coupling and slide
the shaft and coupling back from the engine. Detach
both throttle and shift connections. Cap off hoses
to avoid hydraulic fluid loss. Do not bend or twist
the hoses, as damage may result. Remove the
mounting bolts for the engine and lift the engine out,
leaving the mounts bolted to the stringer caps.
To reinstall, reverse the above procedure. Check
the coupling and shaft alignments, as well as water
hoses and wiring connections. Also check for fuel
and exhaust leaks and make sure seacocks are
open before starting engines.
11. VIBRATION & CAUSES
Some vibration is to be expected in your boat
because of the action of the engines and the propeller.
But excessive vibration indicates conditions which
must be promptly corrected to avoid damage.
Contact your Sea Ray® dealer immediately if you
are experiencing severe vibration. The following are
some conditions which may cause vibrations.
A. FOREIGN OBJECT INTERFERING WITH
PROPELLER ACTION
Weeds, ropes, fishing lines or nets can become
wrapped around the propeller and/or shaft, causing
vibration and loss of speed. Always stop and then
reverse the propeller after going through a weedy
area to unwrap and clear away any weeds which
may have accumulated. Although reversing will
sometimes help to unwrap lines and nets, they are
difficult to remove without hauling the boat.
Always check for loose or trailing dock lines before
getting underway. When towing a dinghy, remember
that a long line may easily become entangled with
the propeller when backing down.
B. BENT PROPELLER AND/OR SHAFT
A badly damaged or distorted propeller or shaft is
an obvious cause of vibration. Even when the
propeller appears to be perfect, make sure it has
not been pulled off-center by the propeller key.
C. ENGINE AND SHAFT OUT OF ALIGNMENT
Although the shaft is properly aligned when it leaves the
factory, after transit and after the boat has been in the
water a few days, the alignment should be rechecked.
The shaft coupling is the connecting point between the
shaft and the engine and the alignment should be set at
.005 or less. Referto SHAFTS (pg. 4.10) in this section
of this Owner's Manual.
D. COUPLING OUT or TRUE
Although an extremely unlikely condition, check the
couplings if other efforts to correct the vibration fail.
Check the engine half of the coupling (with dial
indicator on the face) to see that it runs true with
the shaft coupling. Also check the coupling keys.
They must fit correctly to prevent forcing the
couplings off center.
E. ENGINE PART HITTING BOAT STRUCTURE
Engines are flexibly mounted to reduce transmission of
vibration to the hull structure. If some part of the engine,
such as the oil pan, reverse gear or reduction gear
housing, contacts a stringer, brace or part of the hull,
vibration will result. The flexible shaft log allows a limited
side motion of the shaft, but an excessive “whip” can
cause the shaft to strike the sides of the shaft hole or
the shaft log with resultant vibration.
F. OTHER POSSIBLE CAUSES
Other causes of vibration include the following:
engine out of tune, a bent rudder, a worn strut
bearing, a component of the exhaust system
vibrating against the hull or improper contact
between shaft taper and the propeller hub bore.
12. FRESH WATER COOLING SYSTEM
The fresh water cooling system is a closed system
which helps protect engines from internal corrosion
and provides more even distribution of engine
temperature. Change the coolant annually.
4.6
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER GEAR
A. COOLANT RECOMMENDATIONS:
The standard mixture of water and coolant is a
mixture of 30% environmentally safe, non-toxic
antifreeze and 70% water, which protects to 0°F
(-18°C). This will allow the coolant to expand
properly and maintain normal operating engine
temperature. In colder climates, the coolant level
should be increased to 50/50, which protects to -
34°F (-37°C), for proper coverage. To find engine
coolant requirements for the specific engine on
your yacht, refer to your Engine Owner’s Manual
in the Owner’s Manual Packet.
13. OIL CHANGE SYSTEM
The oil change system, located on the inboard port
stringer, center of the port engine, simplifies
changing the oil in the engines, transmissions and
generator. The pump is self-priming and pumps in
either direction. The oil change pump is protected
by the 24 volt OIL CHANGE PUMP breaker on the
DC breaker panel on the port component board in
the engine room.
OIL CHANGE PUMP
(FIG. 4.7.1)
GENERATOR
STARBOARD ENGINE PORT ENGINE
TRANSMISSION
PORT ENGINE
TRANSMISSION
STARBOARD
ENGINE
OPEN/CLOSED | E
VALVE MANIFOLD
FLOW
SWITCH
PUMP
SUCTION/
DISCHARGE
HOSE
f =
A. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS:
(SERVICE ONE (1) ENGINE AT A TIME.)
1. Run engines or generator for several minutes
to warm the oil and mix the sludge.
2. Selectthe first unit to be serviced. Turn the valve
to the open position, in line with valve body.
3. Turnthe pump on (switch position indicates the
direction of flow) and pump the old oil into
containers to be disposed of properly.
f =
OrL CHANGE (USED OIL)
(Fic. 4.7.2)
STARBOARD
ENGINE
STARBOARD GENERATOR
ENGINE
TRANSMISSION
PORT
ENGINE
PORT ENGINE
TRANSMISSION
= EN =
FLOW
SWITCH
M
N
\
E ’
I Bhat
| ТО
В
37 4)
à |
Ure
(VE
=
Have only one (1) valve open at a time. Make sure
other valves are closed to prevent accidental
over filling.
\. J
4. After oil has been pumped out of unit being
serviced, place the pump discharge hose into
a container of pre-measured fresh oil and
reverse the pump switch to pump the fresh oil
into the engine. NOTE: Fresh oil should be
at least 60° F (16 C).
OrL CHANGE PUMP (FRESH OIL)
(Fic. 4.7.3)
STARBOARD ENGINE
TRANSMISSION
STARBOARD
ENGINE
GENERATOR
PORT
ENGINE
PORT ENGINE
TRANSMISSION
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
4.7
SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER GEAR
5. When pumping is complete, shut the pump off
and close the valve leading to the unit being
serviced. Check oil level and adjust if necessary.
6. Repeat for each engine, generator or
transmission to be serviced.
REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
14. UNDERWATER GEAR
A. PROPELLERS
Propellers should be free of nicks, excessive
pitting and any distortions that alter them from
their original design. Badly damaged propellers
should be replaced, but those that are chipped,
bent or merely knocked out of shape can be
reconditioned by your marine dealer.
When doing extensive cruising, it is advisable
to carry extra propellers aboard. Extra
propellers can be stored on the optional
propeller mounts in the engine room.
BASIC PROPELLER CHARACTERISTICS
Propellers have two basic characteristics:
e Diameter
e Pitch.
Diameter is that distance measured across the
propeller hub line from the outer edge of the 360°
that is made by the propeller’s blade during a single
rotation. Pitch is that distance in inches that a
propeller will travel if rotated one revolution without
any slippage (Figure 4.8.1).
-
PROPELLER PITCH AND DIAMETER
(FiG.4.8.1)
\
/ \ |
| |
/ N N
— PITCH —]
С
>=
~
N
N
\
> \
|
|
/
/
/
/
7
7
~ и
DIAMETER
For example, a propeller with a 12-inch pitch, when
rotated 360° would, theoretically, advance 12 inches
through the water. Actually, no propeller applied to
any boat is 100% efficient. No 12-inch pitch blade
will, in a single rotation, advance a boat 12 inches.
This variance is referred to as slippage.
VENTILATION, ITS CAUSES AND CORRECTIONS
I
While often called “cavitation,” ventilation is
really a different effect. At times when a boat
enters or leaves a sharp turn, the propeller
seems to slip and lose thrust and the engine
may over-speed (Figure 4.8.2). This problem is
normally caused by air or aerated water
entering the propeller. (A damaged propeller
can also cause ventilation.) Ventilation can
usually be corrected by one or more of the
following:
1. Replace the damaged or incorrect
propeller with the recommended one.
2. \With stern drives, set the outdrive at a
lesser trim angle (trim the unit downward).
| NN
PROPELLER VENTILATION
(FIG. 4.8.2) Lee” >
A
7
>< À
e
OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE ~~ VENTILATION ++.
` J
CAVITATION, ITS CAUSES AND CORRECTIONS
Cavitation is a phenomenon that occurs in all
propeller-driven craft under certain conditions. The
surface of propeller blades are not perfectly flat, and
as water is drawn through the blades to be
discharged aft into the propeller's slip stream, the
water flowing over the curved surface of the blade
encounters areas of greater and less pressure.
In those areas of reduced pressure, air bubbles are
formed. When they move out of the low pressure
area these bubbles collapse. If they collapse while
in contact with an object, such as part of the propeller
4.8
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER GEAR
blade or trim plane, the bubbles create such highly
localized forces that they erode the surface of the
object. In the case of the propeller, such damage is
sometimes called a “burn.” It may be caused by an
irregularity in the propeller’s leading edge, and it
should be corrected by reconditioning the propeller
or by replacement.
Cavitation is a normal occurrence in modern sport
boats, and prop inspection should be part of routine
maintenance.
PROPELLER TORQUE AND ITS CORRECTION
Some of the more powerful motors create a
considerable torque effect; that is, a twisting motion
causing the boat to ride with one sheer lower than
the other. This twisting reaction is caused by the
direction of propeller rotation lifting one side of the
boat. This causes an uneven drag, so that a boat's
bow may tend to fall off in one direction or the other
from the intended course given by the wheel.
Torque action may occur when maximum or close
to maximum rated horsepower is applied. Any slight
torque may be offset by shifting passenger or gear
weight laterally to the high side of the boat.
COUNTER-ROTATING PROPELLERS
On twin engine yachts, one propeller turns in a
clockwise direction while the other turns
counterclockwise in order to maintain a straight
course through the water.
When removing or replacing propellers, be sure to
Install the correct propeller on the correct drive.
| COUNTER-ROTATING PROPELLERS
(F16.4.9.1)
PROPELLER INSTALLATION:
For proper rotation, the installation of propellers on
Inboard engine boats requires the right hand
propeller to be installed on the starboard side and
the left hand propeller to be installed on the port
side. Install in the following manner:
1. Inspect the key. It must be chamfered so that
the corners of the key do not touch the keyway
fillets (see Fig. 4.10.1, illustration #2).
2. Install the propeller on the shaft without the
key in the keyway. Slide the propeller all the
way on the shaft until it seats. Mark the shaft
on the leading edge of the hub with a felt tip
marker and remove the propeller.
3. Install the key in the keyway and slide the
propeller on the shaft. If the key is not
pinned, tap the key back slightly as the
propeller slides up the taper. This will
ensure that the propeller does not ride the
key up the keyway end radius, thus forcing
the propeller off-center. The propeller is
properly seated if the hub is in the same
position as previously marked.
4. Install a board (2 x 4) against the hub
perpendicular to the keel and rotate the propeller
clockwise until one blade rotates against the
board. Do not put a board between the strut
and the rudder. (Fig.4.10.1, illustration #4.)
5. Install the large bronze prop nut on the propeller
shaft and seat the propeller (Fig. 4.10.1) with
the correct torque as listed on the table below.
| Jam Nut
Shaft Thread | Prop Torque | Torque
Diameter Size Nut Ft. Lbs. | Ft. Lbs.
1" 3/4" Bronze | 100-125 100
11/4" 7/8" Bronze | 150-175 100
11/2" 11/8" | Bronze | 250-275 100
1 3/4" 1 1/4" | Bronze | 275-300 100
2" 11/2" | Bronze | 325-350 100
21/2" 13/4" | Bronze | 400-425 100 J
6. Install the jam nut and torque to 100 ft. Ibs.
7. Install the cotter pin.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
4.9
SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER GEAR
TOP RADIUS IN KEYWAY
SHOULD BE 1/2 THE
FILLET RADIUS WITH NO
SHARP EDGES
-
PROPELLER INSTALLATION
(FiG.4.10.1)
IMPROPER CHAMFER
ON KEY WILL RESULT
IN KEY RIDING UP IN
KEYWAY
CHAMFER ON KEY
SHOULD BE LARGER
THAN FILLET IN
KEYWAY
KEY SHOULD SEAT IN
KEYWAY
CORRECT FIT
KEY RIDING UP IN KEYWAY
INCORRECT FIT
>
ones PIN
PROP
If the jam nut and prop nut are installed properly,
the propeller should not loosen. If you tighten both
nuts holding only the propeller blade, the nuts
could possibly thread back on the shaft to the
cotter pin. It is important that the above procedure |
=
B. SHAFTS
The shaft coupling is the connecting point
between the shaft and the engine (Figure 4.10.2).
The alignment should be set at a maximum of
.005" (0.13mm). A slight misalignment will cause
loss of power, excessive wear, noise and
vibration and should not be tolerated. When
checking for parallel coupling faces (the proof of
proper alignment), use a feeler gauge not more
than .003 to .005 of an inch thick (0.08 —
0.13mm).
f SHAFT MISALIGNMENT
(FiG.4.10.2)
TRANSMISSION
SHAFT
COUPLING
MAX .005 — -
ILLUSTRATION #1 ILLUSTRATION #3
ALL CORNERS OF KEY SHOULD BE CHAMFERED
BLOCK
ILLUSTRATION #2 ILLUSTRATION 44
r y With coupling faces brought together by hand —
| NOTICE ] not bolted — the feeler gauge should be tightly
gripped at all points around the edges of the
couplings. Next, hold the engine coupling flange
stationary and rotate the shaft coupling flange
90 degrees in either direction. The feeler gauge
should still be tightly gripped at all points around
the edges of the couplings.
SHAFT LOG & STRONG SEAL”
The shaft log is a fiberglass tube which provides
an opening through the bottom of the boat for
the propeller shaft (Figure 4.10.3). The Strong
Seal” is connected to it by a short length of
special flexible hose which serves to absorb
normal shaft vibration (see Fig. 4.11.1). The
N
510 DA SHAFT LOG & STRONG SEAL
(F16.4.10.3)
WATER
INJECTION
FITTING
HOSE CLAMPS
SHAFT LOG TUBE
CARRIER SEAL KIT
\. J
4.10
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER GEAR
1
SHAFT LOG & STRONG SEAL" ASSEMBLY
(Fic. 4.11.1)
SHAFT LOG
HOSE CLAMPS
WATER SEAL CARRIER KIT
INJECTION FITTING
HULL
Na
Strong Seal” prevents water from leaking
around the shaft and into the boat. Shaft
alignment and straightness must be correct to
assure proper operation of the Strong Seal™.
Refer to the Strong Seal™ information for the
seal carrier kit in the Owner’s Manual packet.
C. CARRIER SEAL KIT
Your 510 DA is equipped with spare carrier seals
located on the port and starboard engine shafts
(Figure 4.11.2). Seal failure can be corrected by
replacing the seal with the spare seals provided.
| CARRIER SEAL KIT
(FIG. 4.11 2) SCREW
SEAL
HOUSING
a CARRIER SEAL
8
SHAFT LOG &
STRONG SEAL
PROPELLER SHAFT
To REPLACE THE CARRIER SEAL:
1. Clean any accumulated dirt and scale from the
exposed shaft. MAKE SURE THERE ARE NO
SHARP EDGES OR BURRS ON THE SHAFT.
2. Separate the two halves of the Carrier Seal Kit
housing by removing the screws. If there are
two lip seals in the carrier kit, move the
forwardmost one forward on the shaft until out
of the way.
FLEXIBLE HOSE
>
)
STAINLESS STEEL STRONG SEAL™
BANDS
J
Remove the retaining ring from the Strong
Seal™ using a small screwdriver (for a
spiral ring) or snap-ring pliers (for a snap
ring). Work the retaining ring around the
new lip seal and move the ring forward out
of the way.
Re-assemble the empty Carrier Seal Kit
housing onto the shaft just forward of the
new lip seal with the small diameter facing
aft. Leave the screws loose enough that the
housing can move along the shaft. The
Carrier Seal Kit housing is now ready to
be used as a lip seal installation tool.
Push needle-nose pliers or a hook into the
exposed body of the lip seal and pull it out of
the Strong Seal™ housing. Cut the old seal off
the shaft with wire cutters. BE CAREFUL NOT
TO SCRATCH THE SHAFT.
Inspect and clean the inside of the Strong
Seal™ housing and the newly exposed area
of the shaft that was under the old lip seal.
Push the new lip seal and installation tool aft
until the lip seal contacts the Strong Seal™
housing. Using a rubber mallet, tap the face
of the installation tool until the lip seal is
seated within the Strong Seal™ housing. You
will know the lip seal is fully seated when the
retaining ring groove is exposed.
Remove the Carrier Seal Kit housing from
the shaft. Re-install the retaining ring into its
groove in the Strong Seal™ housing.
If the Carrier Seal Kit came with two lip seals,
position the remaining lip seal back onto a
convenient location on the shaft at least 2"
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
4.11
SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER GEAR
forward of the Strong Seal™. Re-assemble the
Carrier Seal Kit housing around the lip seal with
the smaller diameter facing forward. Tighten the
screws and make sure the assembly is firmly
secured on the shaft.
NOTE: As the Carrier Seal Kit is turning with the
shaft and the Strong Seal™ is not, it is important
that the two do not touch.
D. STRUT
The strut is the bronze casting fastened to the
bottom of the hull to support and form a bearing for
the propeller shaft (Figure 4.12.1). A replaceable
rubber bearing is inserted to minimize wear and
protect the shaft where it passes through the strut
hub. During lay up periods, squirt castor oil into this
bearing to keep it from freezing to the shaft. Never
use machine oil or grease on rubber bearing.
Periodically check all strut fastenings to assure that
they are secure.
| STRUT
(FIG. 4.12.1)
SHAFT LOG
15. RUDDER & RUDDER STUFFING
Box
The rudder (Figure 4.12.2) is the vertical flat
surface aft of the propeller that pivots about a
vertical axis and changes the direction of the
boat through the water. The rudder stuffing box
prevents water from leaking into the boat where
the rudder post enters the hull. Spot check for
leaks before and after using your boat.
| RUDDER & RUDDER STUFFING Box
(F16.4.12.2)
RUDDER POST
SPACER
RUDDER
STUFFING BOX
RUDDER
\. J
16. SEACOCKS & STRAINERS
Seacocks and strainers provide cooling water to
the engines, generator and A/C units located
throughout the bilge area.
To open the seacock, turn the handle in line with
water flow (vertically). To close, turn the handle
against water flow (horizontally). The strainers
should be inspected frequently and cleaned out
when plugged. If operation of the air conditioning is
excessive it is important that the A/C unit strainers
are inspected more frequently than other strainers.
As a safety measure, close all seacocks when
leaving boat for any length of time to impede water
ingress in the event of water hose failure.
The seacock body should be inspected and
lubricated annually.
TO CLEAN THE STRAINER
Close the seacock by turning the handle
against water flow direction (horizontally)
(Figure 4.13.1).
NOTE: Some seacocks are equipped with
locking tee handles which must be loosened
before operating the handle
4.12
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER GEAR
Loosen strainer cap with the adjustable spanner
wrench provided (Figure 4.13.2). It is stowed
on the stringer adjacent to the strainer.
SEACOCK & STRAINER
(Fic. 4.13.1) SD
Г САР
STAINLESS STEEL
STRAINER MAINTENANCE
(Fic. 4.13.3)
SCREEN
STRAINER
HANDLE
(OPEN POSITION)
SEACOCK
Na J
( A
STRAINER MAINTENANCE
(Fıc. 4.13.2)
SPANNER
WRENCH
(SUPPLIED)
«a A
Na À
Rotate strainer cap clear of strainer housing.
Pull upward on stainless steel screen basket
handle(Figure 4.13.3).
17. HYDRAULIC POWER STEERING
CONTROL
The hydraulic power steering ram (Figure 4.13.4)
ensures identical positioning of the port and
starboard rudders. Check that rudder arms are tight
and free of play. Ensure that fluid resevoir is up to
level and filter is clean. Sea Ray® recommends
Sea Star hydraulic steering fluid or Dextron 3 auto
transmission fluid for the 510 Sundancer power
steering system.
1
POWER STEERING RAM
(Fic. 4.13.4)
ENGINE ROOM
BULKHEAD
f A
RUDDER INDICATOR PORT
MEDALLION GAUGE RUDDER POST
POWER = >
STEERING RAM ААС SN
STBD — D
RUDDER POST > A
AS >
OPT.
AUTO
PILOT
N
POWER
STEERING
COOLER
POWER
STEERING
PUMP
TO HELM
PRESSURE
GAUGE
RESERVOIR
FILTER
AUTO-PILOT
PUMP OPT.
STEERING RAM
(SEE FIG. 2.11.4)
GAUGE
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
4.13
SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER GEAR
Г N
BILGE GFI
FWD GROUNDING HEAT HYNAUTIC
18.510 DA Port BILGE BUSS Eon DETECTOR CONTROLS
(FIG. 4.14.1) / |
LEO TI TI TT TT e TT TT TT TIT TT QC
HORN COMPRESSOR [NE = Eo | IE © SE]
ASSEMBLY mee SET)
“m | © SYSTEMS
Е MONITOR MODULE
TWIN DISC 5 | ||
mB SWITCH и Fim qu qu AUTOMATIC FIRE
7 | N INSTRUMENT | EXTINGUISHER
ISOLATION ISOLATION — A/C RELAY PANEL DIGITAL
TRANSFORMER TRANSFORMER INTERFACE
(120V) (240V)
um 1 Le) [Lem © e =
HYNAUTIC
WD eg e wrote VA CONTROLS
> al =
TWIN DISC es | UU \
HORN COMPRESSOR — PT \
ASSEMBLY A 7 N Ni
A/B SWITCH HEAT ISOLATION ISOLATION BILGE GFI GEAR THROTTLE
(OPTIONAL) DETECTOR TRANSFORMER TRANSFORMER RECEPTABLE CONTROL
(120V) (240V) (120V) RESERVOIR
+ т . J K
L
|
E
F
С
В 7
“, a M
A 2
O
P
R
S
о T
Y S
U
X
V
(A) MAIN BATTERIES (J) PORT FUEL TANK (€) PORTENGINE SEACOCK
(E) COMMON DRAIN (K) CENTER FUEL TANK © suwe
©) BATTERY EQUALIZERS (1) FRESH WATER HOLDING TANK (U) OIL CHANGER
(©) BILGE DC BREAKER PANEL (MV) FRESHWATER MANIFOLD (V) OILEXCHANGE RESERVOIR BOTTLES
(E) MAIN BATTERY SOLENOIDS (N) FRESH WATER PUMPS (W) GENERATOR EXHAUST
(E) PORT HEAD VACUUM GENERATOR © STBD ENGINE EXHAUST (X) CABLEMASTER TUB
(E) MASTER STATEROON A/C COMPRESSOR (E) AC STRAINER (Y) GENERATOR BATTERY
(E) PORT ENGINE EXHAUST (Q) STBD ENGINE STRAINER (2) GENERATOR
(D) wc PUMP (6) STBD ENGINE SEACOCK (4) STBD FUEL TANK
\ J
4.14
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER GEAR
1
19. 510 DA S1BD BILGE
(F16.4.15.1)
240 VAC SHORE POWER
MAIN BREAKER
BOW THRUSTER
© =D. CHARGER
= BOW THRUSTER
а = MAIN SOLENOID
120 VAC SHORE POWER
MAIN BREAKER
К
J
D Ss
A BOW THRUSTER
CONTROL
FUSES
BOW
THRUSTER
MAINFUSE GENERATOR
HOLDER TRIM TAB
BATTERY PUMP
CHARGER
A STBD FUEL TANK
©
CENTER FUEL TANK
© SALON AIC COMPRESSOR
© GUEST STATEROOM A/C COMPRESSOR
(E) STBD ENGINE EXHAUST
(©) STBD ENGINE FUEL FILTERS
@ PORT ENGINE FUEL FILTERS
(E) POWER STEERING RESERVOIR
O AUTO PILOT PUMP
(D) GENERATOR FUEL FILTER
(K) POWER STEERING FILTER
N
(D CABLEMASTER TUBS
(М) GENERATOR
(N) MACERATOR DISCHARGE PUMP
©) SWIM PLATFORM PUMP
(E) HOLDING TANK
@ GENERATOR STRAINER
(6) AFTBILGE PUMP
© vaccen
(T) AFT HIGH WATER BILGE FLOAT SWITCH
© WATER FILTER
(V) WATER MANIFOLD
W FRESH WATER TANK
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
4.15
SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER GEAR
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
4.16
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 5 * FUEL SYSTEM
1. FUEL SYSTEM
Section 3 - Using Your Boat contains important
fueling information. Take time to read all the fuel
related information in the owner's manual.
Fuel lines, filters and all fuel system components
should be checked at the start of each season and
periodically thereafter, particularly after any work
has been done aboard the boat which might have
affected any part of the system. Be certain that all
are in proper condition and that the entire system is
fuel tight. Each fuel tank has manual shut-off valves
on the top of the tank to close off the fuel system in
case of leakage or line failure.
| 510 DA FUEL TANKS
(FIG. 3.1.1)
FUEL FILL LINES
FUEL VENT
ENGINE
ROOM
BULKHEAD
STARBOARD
FUEL TANK
CENTER
FUEL
TANK
STARBOARD
FUEL TANK FILL
CENTER FUEL
TANK FILL
PORT FUEL
TANK FILL
STARBOARD
WALKWAY
| FUEL CROSSOVER BOARD
(Fic. 5.1.2)
A. FUEL TANKS
The 510 DA has three (3) aluminum tanks (see
Fig. 5.1.1). The two outboard tanks each have a
capacity of 151 gallons (571.5 liters). The center
tank has a fuel capacity of 298 gallons (1,128
liters). The fuel fill inlets for all three tanks are
located on the starboard deck walkway by the
control station.
Your Sea Ray® is equipped with a fuel tank vent
(see Fig 5.2.1) for each tank which serves as a
pressure/vacuum release and safety overflow.
The through-hull fitting has a flame arrester,
making it imperative that you keep the screen
clean and in excellent repair. Replace the screen
immediately if it becomes damaged or displaced.
Periodically check the vent to assure that it is not
clogged.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
5.1
SECTION 5 * FUEL SYSTEM
FUEL VENT WITH SCREEN/FLAME ARRESTER
(F16. 5.2.1)
FUEL VENT
EFE
AEREA
ASE
Arr
SCREEN/FLAME
2. FUEL RECOMMENDATIONS
The quality of the fuel is very important for
satisfactory engine performance and long engine
life. Fuel should be clean and free of contamination.
Your fuel tanks should be kept full of fuel whenever
possible. This will reduce the amount of water
condensation and reduce the possibility of
contamination.
A. RECOMMENDED FUEL: #2 DIESEL FUEL
NOTE: In rough seas, allow approximately 15%
reserve when planning fuel consumption.
3. FUEL FILTERS: (DIESEL)
Primary and secondary fuel filters are located on your
Sea Ray” to help keep the fuel as clean as possible.
Primary fuel filters are the Racor® water separating
fuel filters installed on the aft engine room bulkhead,
starboard side (see Fig. 5.3.1). The secondary fuel
filters are located on the engines and should be
replaced in accordance with the Engine Owners
Manual.
NOTE: Use of any methanol, gasohol or alcohol
based fuel additive will damage the fuel filter.
f Rn
FUEL LINE ROUTING PORT TANK el E
FUEL FILL
(FIG. 5.2.2) STBD ENGINE STBD FUEL
CENTER TANK FUEL FILTER GENERATOR FILTER
FUEL FILL FUEL FILTER TO STBD
PORTTANK STBDTANK ENGINE
VENT FUEL FILL
7
CENTER TANK ‘ ASS Ex
VENT a =
GENERATOR
STBD TANK
PORT FUEL
FILTER TO
PORT
ENGINE
STBD ENGINE
RETURN
STBD
FUEL
TANK
TBD
За PORT ENGINE
VENT LINE RETURN
DR CENTER FUEL
a TANK ENGINE ROOM
5 BULKHEAD
PORT TANK > A PORT FUEL
VENT LINE TANK
= J
5.2 510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 5 * FUEL SYSTEM
RACOR® FUEL FILTERS
(FIG. 5.3.1)
Na A
Maximum efficiency can be accomplished by the on-
line selection of the left or right fuel filter individually.
This will give you a clean, efficient filter on-line while
allowing maintenance on the off-line filter.
A. PRIMARY FUEL FILTER SELECTION VALVE:
Arrow Up: ALL OFF
Arrow Right: RIGHT
ON
Arrow Down: ALL ON
Arrow Left: LEFT ON
REFER TO THE ENGINE OPERATOR'S MANUAL
FOR MORE DETAILED INFORMATION.
4. FUEL FILTER MAINTENANCE
A major cause of poor starting or power loss is the
result of a clogged filter element or a fuel system air
leak. Check that the filter lid and drain plug are
properly tightened.
Inspect or drain the collection bowl of water daily.
A. TO DRAIN WATER:
1. Shut down the engine.
2. Loosen the T-handle on the top lid to break the
vacuum within the filter (see Fig. 5.4.1).
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
5.3
SECTION 5 * FUEL SYSTEM
RACOR® FUEL FILTER MAINTENANCE
(Fic. 5.4.1)
\. J
| Влсов® FUEL FILTER MAINTENANCE
(FIG. 3.4.2)
LID
HEAT
DEFLECTOR
DRAIN PLUG
\. J
3. With a suitable collection container in place,
remove the drain plug and allow water and
contaminants to drain. (see Fig. 5.4.2).
4. Replace the drain plug and, if necessary, prime
the filter by removing the lid (see Fig. 5.4.3)
and filling the filter with clean fuel.
5. Replace the lid and tighten the lid T-handle by
hand only. Do not overtighten.
Replace the filter element at regular intervals or if a
power loss is detected.
B. To REPLACE THE FILTER (FIG 5.4.3):
1. Shut down the engine.
2. Remove the lid.
3. Remove the old rubber lid seal and dispose of
the old seal properly.
| RACOR® FUEL FILTER MAINTENANCE
(FIG. 5.4.3)
LID
RUBBER LID SEAL
FILTER ELEMENT
Na A
4. Apply a coating of clean fuel or motor oil to the
rubber lid seal supplied with the new element.
5. Place the new seal in position on the lid.
6. Remove the filter element by holding the
molded handle and slowly pulling upward with
a twisting motion.
7. Insert the new filter element with a slow
downward twisting motion.
8. Fill the filter with clean fuel, then replace the
lid. Tighten the lid T-handle by hand only. Do
not overtighten.
9. Start the engine and check for any leaks.
10. Correct any leaks with the engine shut down.
It is recommended that spare filter elements be carried
aboard as contaminated fuel can easily plug a filter.
REFER TO THE ENGINE OPERATOR'S MANUAL
FOR MORE DETAILED INFORMATION.
5. FUELING PRECAUTIONS
Certain precautions must be carefully and
completely observed every time a boat is fueled,
even with diesel fuel. Diesel fuel is nonexplosive
putit will burn.
5.4
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 5 * FUEL SYSTEM
A. GENERAL:
Fuel during daylight.
Check fill plate label to ensure fuel is placed
only in fuel tank. Fuel fill plates are located on
the stbd deck walkway by the control station (see
Fig. 3.3.1).
Avoid spills.
Know your fuel capacity and consumption.
Record the amount of fuel used since your last
fill up, and compute the engine's hourly fuel
usage. As a fuel gauge backup check, deduct
the average hourly fuel usage from fuel tank
capacity.
Observe the “Rule of Thirds”: one-third fuel for
trip out, one-third for return and one-third for
reserve.
Allow an additional 15 percent fuel reserve when
operating in rough seas.
B. BEFORE & DURING FUELING —
CHECKLIST:
Fire extinguisher — close at hand.
Mooring — boat tied securely to fueling pier.
Crew — at least one knowledgeable person
present.
Passengers — unnecessary people off the boat.
Engines — stopped.
Electrical equipment, including blowers — power
off.
Windows, doors, hatches — closed.
Smoking material — extinguished.
Inboard tanks — grounded.
Filler pipe — marked DIESEL.
Fuel nozzle — in contact with filler pipe to prevent
static sparks.
Fill level — fill less than rated capacity of tank;
allow for fuel expansion.
Trim — fuel weight distributed equally.
C. AFTER FUELING — CHECKLIST:
Windows, doors, hatches — open.
Sniff test — if fuel fumes remain, operate blowers
until fumes are gone.
Fuel tank — secure filler cap.
Spills — wipe; dispose of rags ashore.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
5.5
SECTION 5 * FUEL SYSTEM
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
5.6
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1. DC SYSTEM
The 24/12 volt direct current (DC) electrical system
derives its power from the batteries, which are kept
charged by an engine-driven alternator and/or AC
converter. The battery voltage is indicated by the
voltmeter on the main distribution panel and control
station instrument panel. Each battery bank can be
checked with the battery voltage test switch only
on the DC distribution panel. The batteries supply
power to the circuit breakers on the main DC
breaker panel in the bilge, then to the control station
breakers and DC distribution panel breakers in the
salon. The 24/12 volt dash systems are protected
by the ACCESSORY (12V), ELECTRONICS (12V)
and CONTROL STATION MAIN (24V) breakers on
the main DC breaker panel in the aft port side of
the bilge. The 24 volt functions on the salon DC
distribution panel are protected by the breakers on
the main DC breaker panel.
The negative terminal of each bank of batteries is
attached to the grounding studs of the propulsion
engines and the generator. This “negative ground
system” is the approved system for marine DC
electrical systems.
2. BATTERIES
The batteries in your boat have been selected for
their ability to furnish starting power based on engine
and generator starting requirements as well as their
ability to supply power to the DC system.
The following table describes the recommended
marine cranking batteries to install in your boat.
Application | Group | Volts | CCA* | Reserve | Qty.
Engines 8-D 12 925 167 4
Generator 31 12 - - 1
Bow Thruster 8-D 12 - - 2
*COLD CRANKING AMPS
The main engine cranking batteries consist of two
(2) 12 volt batteries for each engine, connected in
series to create the 24 volts required for starting
each engine. The generator has a single battery. If
the yacht is equipped with the optional bow thruster,
there are two (2) 8-D, 12 volt marine batteries
connected in series dedicated to its operation.
‘BATTERY LOCATIONS
(FIG. 6.1.1)
PORT BATTERY BANK —
GENERATOR
BATTERY
Na A
BATTERY LOCATIONS WITH OPTIONAL Bow THRUSTER |
(FIG. 6.1.2)
PORT BATTERY BANK
STBD BATTERY BANK
GENERATOR
BATTERY
BOW THRUSTER
BATTERY
Na A
Recommended batteries are available through your
local Sea Ray dealer.
* Never use an open flame in the battery storage
area.
* Avoid striking sparks near the batteries.
* A battery will explode if a flame or spark ignites the
free hydrogen given off during charging.
To REMOVE THE BATTERY CABLES:
1. Turn OFF all items drawing power from the
batteries.
2. Turn OFF the “CONVERTER” breaker at the
main distribution panel.
3. Turn OFF battery solenoid switches.
4. Remove the positive cable first, then the
negative cable. To replace the cables, reverse
the procedure.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
6.1
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
While the engine or generator is running, the battery
terminal clamps must not be loosened or detached nor
should the battery solenoid switch(es) be turned off.
The alternator and other electronic units will be
damaged.
Na A
BATTERY MAINTENANCE:
* Check the fluid level in the cells approximately
every 4 weeks, and more often in summer and
hot zones.
e The fluid level must be between the lower and
the upper markings.
Only replenish with distilled water. Do not use
metal funnels.
* Coat battery terminal clamps with silicone
grease. Keep battery clean and dry.
Only use a battery charger designed to charge
automotive/marine type batteries when batteries
are disconnected from the boat’s electrical circuit.
Always disconnect battery cables before doing any
work on the engine's electrical system or alternator
wiring to prevent arcing or damage to the alternator.
3. MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL
The main DC breaker panel (Figure 6.4.1) is
located on the port engine room component board.
The breaker panel contains switches for various
equipment plus the 24VDC and 12VDC battery
switches.
The bilge pumps, emergency bilge pumps, bilge
blowers, engine event recorder (Caterpillar
equipped only) and systems monitor remain
energized at all times and CANNOT be turned
OFF with the battery solenoids. The entire
remaining DC system CAN be turned OFF with
the battery switches.
”
(Fic. 6.2.1)
DC MAIN SoLENOID PANEL (ON THE AFT PORT SIDE OF THE ENGINE Room)
AN ©
N STBD 24VDC
PORT 24VDC
BATTERY SOLENOID ——
J
a
PORT 12VDC
BATTERY SOLENOID
—
24V ACCESSORY STUD
Deo BATTERY SOLENOID
я 77
STBD 12VDC
7 BATTERY SOLENOID
CONTROL STATION
12VDC ACCESSORY
STUD
NOTE: PANEL SHOWN WITH COVER REMOVED
\.
EMERGENCY START SOLENOID
6.2
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
4. MAIN BATTERY SWITCHES AND
SOLENOIDS
Battery switches for the 24VDC and 12VDC
systems are located on the Main DC Breaker
Panel in the bilge (see Figure 6.4.1). The 12V and
24V battery solenoids are located in the Main
Battery Solenoid Access Panel on the bilge
component board (see Figure 6.5.1). Battery
switches are also located on the DC distribution
panel in the salon (Figure 6.13.1). When the
switches are in the OFF position all 24/12 volt
current to the engines and accessories are turned
off except power to the bilge pumps and other
line side circuits (i.e. systems monitor, blowers,
etc.). The battery switches must be ON to start
the engines or generator. Turn battery solenoids
OFF when leaving boat for extended duration.
NOTE: The bilge pumps, emergency bilge pumps
and stereo memory CANNOT be turned OFF with
the battery solenoid switches. The entire remaining
DC system CAN be turned OFF with the battery
solenoid switches.
510 DA BATTERY SWITCHES ON SALON DC
DISTRIBUTION
(Fic. 6.3.1)
24V
ENERGIZE
® STBD
A ) IF SWITCH IS TURNED OFF WHILE ENGINE
® Ca CAUTION IS RUNNING ALTERNATOR WILL BE DAMAGED ©
\
DE-ENERGIZE
N MAIN BATTERY SOLENOIDS
12V
—> <...
re
—— m
—]—————]
CF
ell
GEN STBD
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
6.3
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
f N
MiaN DC BREKER PANEL
(Fic. 6.4.1)
a N
O MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL O
PORT 24 VDC STBD
— MAIN BATTERY SOLENOIDS к
CABIN CONTROL
MAIN O O f ) O O STATION
ENERGIZE
ENGINE ENGINE
IGNITION O O O O IGNITION
CABLEMASTER #1 O O O O CABLEMASTER #2
BILGE HORN
LIGHTS O O O O COMPRESSOR
ELECTRONIC DE-ENERGIZE О ELECTRONIC
CONTROL O о > “8 O CONTROL
/N CAUTION OIL
ACCESSORY O O C ) © O CHANGE PUMP
IF SWITCH IS TURNED OFF
WHILE ENGINE IS RUNNING
ACCESSORY O O ALTERNATOR WILL BE DAMAGED О O ACCESSORY
O
ENGINE EVENT
RECORDER O O O O ACCESSORY
EMERGENCY ENGINE EVENT
BILGE PUMP © O O O RECORDER
FWD SYSTEMS
EMERGENCY PUMP © © O O MONITOR
FWD AFT
BILGE PUMP © O O O BILGE PUMP
AFT FWD
SUMP PUMP © O O O SUMP PUMP
BLOWER# O O O O BLOWER #2
12 VDC
= MAIN BATTERY SOLENOIDS «==
CABIN O O / N O O ELECTRONICS
|| OPT eNÉnoIze-—STBP_ © [| |] ©
CONTROL
ACCESSORY OO O O O... STATION
STEREO
MEMORY © O O O ACCESSORY
Ö —H—m—Öa— DE-ENERGIZE — —Ó
O O
= J
NOTE: Panel layout and labeling are subject to variance due to customized optional accessories and equipment upgrades
Ч J
6.4 510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1
\
MASTERVOLT
O e] AMP oO) O
o
~ [9 Op] e
\
BILGE COMPONENT BOARD
N
\
В
a
Del © D
(Fic. 6.5.1) ;
o MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL o
Au
PORT 24VDC
BATTERY
SOLENOID
24V MAIN PORT 12VDC 24VDC MAIN STBD 24VDC
CONVERTER METER SHUNT BATTERY DISCONNECT STBD 12VDC BATTERY VANNER
FUSEBLOCK METER SOLENOID SOLENOID — BATTERY SOLENOID
SHUNT 24V STUD FUSES SOLENOID
NA
\
N
DN
Bin = MJ
m
O
Cc
>
ID
2
E
£ | enemrons
O NR ON
3 jelelojejojojojeje!
TAR FORD
12 END 24 ||g
Cf
12 GND 24 ||
N \
ООО
ЭВ] В
\
ТОПОТ
О
MODULE
=) = [eo _ —
© 000000 E ©
000000 e Et EY
WINDLASS MAIN \ N CONTROL STATION
DISCONNECT 12VDC
SOLENOID GANGPLANK WINDLASS SWIM PLATFORM ACCY STUD
BREAKER BREAKER BREAKER
MAIN DC
GROUND BUSS MODULE EMERGENCY
CONVERTER START
ISOLATOR EXTINGUISHER SOLENOID
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
6.5
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
A. IGNITION PROTECTION
To avoid the possibility of creating sparks, electrical
components in the bilge are ignition protected.
Protective terminal covers, such as rubber boots
on electrical connections, must be in place when
engine is operating or working in the bilge.
Use ONLY Marine Rated parts to replace such
items as starters, distributors, alternators,
generators, etc. Do not use Automotive Parts
because they are not ignition protected and could
cause a fire or explosion.
5. CONTROL STATION BREAKER
PANELS
The control Station breaker panel is located
behind the starboard cockpit access panel under
the control station switch panel (Figure 6.6.1).
The breaker panel contains breakers for the trim
tabs control panel, windshield wipers, windshield
power vent, navigation lights, trolling valve
control panel, spot light control panel, engine
synchronizer, horn, lights and other
accessories.
In the event one of the breakers trip, determine
and correct the fault, then reset by depressing
the tripped breaker.
6. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FUSE BLOCKS
& BREAKERS
Fuse blocks utilizing automotive type blade fuses
(Figure 6.6.2) are used to provide overload
protection. The control station accessory fuse
block protacts the various stereos, 12V
receptacle and other accessories. The
electronics fuse block protects the VHF radio,
radar, depth/speed indicator, GPS, chart plotter,
autopilot and other electronic accessories.
The control station fuse block is located
on the forward wall under the control station. It
can be accessed by a door directly below the helm.
~
| Fuse BLOCK, TYPICAL
(FIG. 6.6.2)
=
a
Ts
\. J
There is also a set of accessory and electronic
fuse blocks on the MDP accessory board located
behind the MDP board in the salon.
fr NN
BRIDGE CONTROL
STATION BREAKER (o o)
PANEL TRIM — WIPERS — WINDSHIELD NAV TROLLING
(FIG 6.6 1) TABS PORT STBD VENT LIGHTS VALVES ACCY
SPOT ENGINE RETRACTABLE
LIGHT SYNC HORN LIGHTS SUNPAD ACCY ACCY
24VDC
O O
Ne J
< J
6.6
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
In the event it becomes necessary to replace a
fuse or an electrical breaker, REPLACE THE
FUSE OR BREAKER ONLY WITH A FUSE OR
BREAKER OF THE SAME RATING. The amperage
is marked on the fuse or breaker.
If a fuse or breaker is replaced with one of lower
amperage, it will be insufficient to carry the electrical
load of the equipment it is connected to and cause
nuisance tripping or blowing.
Conversely if a fuse or breaker is replaced with
one of higher amperage, it will not provide
adequate protection against an electrical
malfunction and could create a possible fire
hazard. Some of the various types of breakers
used on your boat are as follows:
This type is an in-line fuse
holder and uses an
automotive-type blade fuse.
(Fic. 6.7.1)
This type of breaker is found
on the control station DC
breaker panel located behind
the access panel below the
control station switch panel.
These breakers protect the
trim tabs, wipers, windshield
vent, navigation lights, hatch
lift, spot light, engine synchronizer, horn, instrument
lights, 12V receptacle and accessories.
This type of breaker is
typically found on the main
distribution panel. It selects
the electrical power source,
either from the generator or
from shore power.
| (Вс. 6.7.3)
This type of breaker is found
on the main DC breaker
panel. Itis used to protect the
bilge pumps, sump pumps,
bilge blowers, control station
main, electronics, systems
monitor, oil change pump,
stereo memory and
accessories.
(Fi. 6.7.4)
This type of breaker is used
to protect high amperage
equipment. They are found in
the bilge and protect the
windlass and the swim
platform lift.
”
7.12 VOLT SYSTEM
Although the boat's DC system is primarily a 24
volt system, the control station electronics require
12 volts to operate. Also operating on the 12 volt
system are the control station stereo. The 12 volt
system derives its power from the 12V tap of the
24V battery bank and is regulated by the vanners
located on the port electrical component board in
the bilge.
A. 12 VoLT ACCESSORY RECEPTACLE
Your Sea Ray® is equipped with a 12 volt
accessory receptacle (Figure 6.7.6) located at the
control station. (See Fig. 2.14.1 for location.) ltis
a cigarette lighter style receptacle to be used with
any 12 volt accessories using this type of plug.
N
| 12 VoLT ACCESSORY RECEPTACLE
(FIG. 6.7.6)
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
6.7
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
8. EMERGENCY START SYSTEM
The emergency start system utilizes one
momentary rocker switch located on the control
station switch panel and one emergency start
solenoid located on the DC main solenoid panel
(Figure 6.5.1). Holding the switch energizes the
solenoid which parallels the batteries to assist in
starting.
Use the emergency start system when the charge
of one bank of batteries is insufficient to start its
corresponding engine.
To engage the engine emergency start system, start
whichever engine has sufficient battery power, then
hold the emergency start switch while starting the
other engine.
9. XELOGEN LIGHTING
The 510 DA uses 24 volt Xelogen lights throughout
as the primary lighting system. The system is
powered by the 24 volt batteries and the AC low
voltage lighting system. It is activated by the lighting
breakers on the DC distribution panel in the salon.
f в
XELOGEN BULB ©
(LU)
\ 2
(Fic. 6.8.1)
The filament bulbs used in all Xelogen-cycle
lamps generate intense heat. To avoid the
possibility of fire, do not use lamp at close range
to materials that are combustible or affected by
heat or drying. Xelogen-cycle bulbs are
pressurized and could shatter if scratched or
damaged. Glass Xelogen-cycle bulbs should be
protected against contact with liquids when
operating.
A. AC Low VOLTAGE LIGHTING
Overhead lighting in the forward stateroom, guest
stateroom, master stateroom and the port and
starboard salon are powered by the generator or
the shore power system. Transformers in various
locations throughout the boat (Figure 6.8.2) reduce
the voltage from 120VAC to 24VAC supplying the
lighting with a stable, constant power source.
Use appropriate protection, such as a clean cloth
or gloves when handling or disposing of all Xelogen-
cycle bulbs. Wear eye protection. Turn power off
when installing or before removing lamp. Allow lamp
to cool before removal.
Remove grease or fingerprints from new Xelogen
bulbs with a grease-free solvent before use.
f NN
XELOGEN LIGHTING CONVERTERS & TRANSFORMERS
(FIG. 6.8.2)
EQUALIZER
~~ 120VACTO
o AZVAC
STEP DOWN
TRANSFORMER
== 24VDCTO
12VDC
BEHIND LOWER
(> CABINET
BEHIND ACCESS
ABOVE TV
UNDER LOWER
BUNK
AZ >
BEHIND ACCESS
ABOVE SOFA
BEH
DISTRIBUTION
PANEL
\. J
6.8
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
10. ELECTRONICS CIRCUIT
The 50 amp electronics circuit utilizes a circuit
breaker on the main DC breaker panel on the
forward component board in the bilge to energize
the electronics fuse block at the control station.
There is a static ground buss located at the control
station for connection of electronic equipment
static grounds only, not for current carrying
grounds. Itis grounded via a ground plate mounted
on the bottom of the hull. Do not use bottom paint
on the ground plate as it will destroy the
effective area of grounding.
11. AC SYSTEM
Á DANGER
EXTREME HAZARD - Swimming near a boat
operating on AC electrical system can lead to severe
shock and death. Never swim or allow swimming
when AC system is in use.
The 510 DA’s AC standard electrical system
operates on a 240V/50 amp shore power system.
An optional 240/120V/50 amp system with bridge
A/C is available.
Take time to look at your yacht's Main Distribution
Panel and read the MDP breaker descriptions on
pages 6.13 - 6.18.
NOTE: Actual usage of equipment will depend on
the amperage output of the power source available.
Line voltage from the generator or shore power is
shown by the voltmeters on the main distribution
panel. The ammeters indicate amperes being
drawn through the selected power source's circuit
breakers on the main distribution panel.
The main distribution panel main breakers are
equipped with a source selector slide to prevent
Under no circumstances override the source
select system.
the generator and shore power from being energized
at the same time and damaging the electrical
system. Both breakers must be in the OFF position
before switching to an alternate power source.
The 240 volt system wiring consists of four (4) color-
coded wires. The black and black/red wires are the
“hot” feeds, the white is the common, or neutral,
and the green wire is the safety ground. The shore
main circuit breakers protect the white neutral feed
and the black hot feed wires. All branch breakers
and switches for AC equipment are installed on the
“hot wires. The green conductor of the shore power
IS connected through the galvanic isolator, and then
connected to the AC grounding buss bar behind
the main distribution panel.
Never operate 240 volt shore power at less than
205 volts.
The 120 volt wiring installed on Sea Ray® boats
consists of three (3) color-coded wires. The black
wire is the “hot” feed, white is the common, or
neutral, and the green wire is the ground. All branch
breakers and switches for AC equipment are
installed on the “hot” wire. The green conductor of
the shore power is connected through the galvanic
isolator and then connected to the AC grounding
buss bar behind the main distribution panel.
Never operate 120 volt shore power at less than 105
volts.
The main breakers may trip if there is a surge in line
voltage, an electrical storm or an onboard system
overload. The main breaker interrupts both the neutral
and hot feeds in the AC circuit to prevent equipment
damage due to internal overloads and external surges.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
6.9
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
12. SHORE POWER
A. ISOLATION TRANSFORMERS
Your yacht is equipped with an isolation transformer.
The boat's electrical system and grounding
conductor are not actually connected to the
dockside system. The lsolation Transformer
transfers power from the dockside electrical system
to the boat's electrical system by magnetic coupling.
This means there is no direct electrical connection
between the earth-grounded shore AC power and
boat AC power. Isolating the power this way has
several benefits which are listed below:
1. Eliminates shock hazards to people swimming
around the boat.
2. Prevents reverse polarity due to a miss-wired shore
power pedestal providing futher protection to people
onboard as well as sensitive AC appliances.
3. Prevents galvanic current corrosion due to the
direct connection to AC shore power.
REFER TO OWNERS MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
B. GLENDENNING CABLEMASTER
The 510 DA is equipped with 240/120/50amp and
120/50amp shore power cords for hookup to
dockside power. A cablemaster system provides
remote control access to automatically advance/
retrieve the power cords (See section 3 - Using
Your Boat for operation of the cablemaster
system). The power cables are accessed from
the port side aft transom of your yacht.
C. Bow AccCESS SHORE UTILITIES
Your 510 DA is equipped with a Bow Utilities
Access package located in the port side bow
locker (Figure 3.9.1) for situations where shore
power and utilities are more conveniently
accessed from the forward end of the yacht. The
package includes shore power cable, automatic
source selector switch, dockside water hookup
and TV/telephone inlet.
Main shore power breakers for bow access shore
power are located in the upper forward corner of
the master stateroom port side hanging locker.
REFER TO OWNERS MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
D. MAIN SHORE POWER BREAKER BOX
The 510 DA is equipped with 120VAC and
240VAC main shore power breaker boxes (Figure
6.10.2). The 240VAC main breaker box is located
on the port hull in the bilge (See figure 4.14.1)
and the 120VAC breaker box is located on the
port hull in the engine room (See figure 4.14.1).
If your yacht is equipped with the optional Bow
Access Shore Utilities package, the main shore
power breaker boxes will be mounted in the upper
forward corner of the V-berth hanging closet.
The breaker(s) must be ON at all times to operate
the shore AC power system.
Г A
MAIN SHORE POWER BREAKER BOXES
(F16. 6.10.2)
(9 D, or д
SACAN ven
И
“и
7
a © е 6
E. SHORE POWER Hookvr (U.$.)
Your 510 DA 240/120 volt main distribution panel
distributes the required voltage for all the boat's AC
equipment and accessories. lt is very important to
know and understand where the power originates
and how the power is distributed to the different
voltage equipment and accessories.
6.10
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
To access the shore power cable(s), become
familiar with the instructions in Section 7 -
Accessories and Options, page 7.17 for
“Cablemaster With Remote,” then follow these steps:
1. Make sure the shore power breaker(s) and all
AC branch breakers on the AC main distribution
panel are OFF.
2. Advance shore power cord(s) to dockside
power box. Ensure dockside breaker is OFF,
then plug the shore power cord(s) into the shore
power outlet box on the dock. Thread the
locking ring on the outlet to secure cable and
prevent accidental unplugging.
3. Plug the dockside cord into the shore power
outlet box on the dock and turn the circuit
breaker on the dock to the ON position.
It is imperative that the shore power outlet
before plugging into the dock power inlet.
Shore power cord should be secured or routed to
avoid laying or falling into water and to avoid stress
on shore power plug and inlet.
4. Check the POWER lights on the main distribution
panel. The POWER lights should be on. If not
have the dockmaster check the dockside power.
5. Individual DC breakers and switches can now
be energized.
The use of extension shore power cords is not
recommended. Excessive power cord extensions
can cause a voltage drop and may prevent some
electronic devices from operating correctly.
TO USE THE GENERATOR:
1. Startthe generator by following the generator start-
up procedures in Section 3 - Using Your Boat, page
3.8 or in your generator owners manual.
2. Make sure the shore power breakers and all
AC branch breakers on the AC main distribution
panel are OFF.
3. Slide the source selector to the right to expose
the three (3) breakers marked GENERATOR.
Push up on the three breakers to energize the
240 volt side of the AC MDP.
F. SHORE POWER HooKkur (INTL.)
The 220 volt main distribution panel distributes the
required voltage for all the boat's AC equipment and
accessories. It is very important to know and
understand where the power originates and how the
power is distributed to the LINE 1 and LINE 2
equipment and accessories.
Your 510 DA is equipped with 220 volt AC service.
There are two (2) shore power cables. Both are for
220 volt AC power.
By looking at the AC main distribution panel (AC
MDP), notice there is a LINE 1 and LINE 2 side for
equipment and accessories. There are two (2) ways
to supply shore power to both lines.
1. Make sure the MAIN shore power breaker and
all AC branch breakers on the main AC
distribution panel are OFF.
2. Advance shore power cord(s) to dockside
power box. Ensure dockside breaker is OFF,
then plug the dockside cord into the shore
power outlet box on the dock. Turn the circuit
breaker on the dock to the ON position.
Check the polarity lights on the main
distribution panel. The POWER lights should
be on. If the REVERSED lights are on, have
the dockmaster check the dockside power
for a reversed connection.
o
lt is imperative that the shore power outlet is dry
before plugging into the dock power inlet.
Shore power cord should be secured or routed to
avoid laying or falling into water and to avoid stress
on shore power plug and inlet.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
6.11
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
USING ONLY ONE 220 VOLT SHORE POWER CORDS
Follow the shore power hookup sequence above.
Take the LINE 1 220 volt cable and plug it into
the proper dockside outlet. Check the power/
reversed polarity indicator lights to insure proper
polarity and slide upper source selector to the
left to expose the two (2) breakers marked
SHORE. By pushing the two (2) breakers up you
will be supplying 220 volts of AC power through
the AC MDP to only the LINE 1 side.
Do not energize main breaker under reversed
polarity conditions.
To supply power to the LINE 2 side of the AC MDP,
slide the lower source selector to the right to expose
the two (2) breakers marked TRANSFER. Push up
on the two (2) breakers. This will take the 220 volts
supplied by the LINE 1 shore power cable and
transfers 220 volts to the LINE 2 side of the AC MDP.
NOTE: Keep in mind that utilizing only one power
cord will severely limit the amount of equipment that
can be used.
USING THE TWO 220 VOLT SHORE POWER CORDS:
Take both 220 volt cables and plug into the proper
dockside outlets. Check the power/reversed
polarity indicator lights to insure proper polarity and
slide the upper and lower source selectors to the
left to expose the two (2) breakers marked SHORE.
Push up on the two (2) breakers to energize the
220 volt LINE 1 and LINE 2 sides of the AC MDP.
TO USE THE GENERATOR:
1. Startthe generator by following the generator start-
up procedures in Section 3 - Using Your Boat, page
3.8 or in your generator owner's manual.
2. Once the generator is started, slide upper
source selector to the right to expose the two
(2) breakers marked GENERATOR and push
the two (2) breakers up to energize LINE 1.
3. Slide the lower source selector to the right to expose
the two (2) breakers marked TRANSFER and
push the two (2) breakers up to energize LINE 2.
Disconnect the power cable from power source
before performing maintenance.
G. MAINTENANCE FOR SHORE POWER
CABLE SET & SHORE POWER INLETS
The metallic parts of your cable set and inlet are
made to resist corrosion. In salt water environment,
life of the product can be increased by periodically
wiping the exposed parts with fresh water, drying
and spraying with a moisture repellent.
A soiled cable can be cleaned with grease-cutting
household detergent. A periodic application of vinyl
protector will help both ends and cable maintain their
original appearance.
It is imperative that the shore power outlet is dry
before plugging into the dock power inlet.
In case of salt water spray or immersion: Rinse
plug end and/or connector end thoroughly in fresh
water, shake or blow out excess water and allow
to dry. Spray with a moisture repellent before reuse.
13. SERVICING THE MAIN
DISTRIBUTION PANEL
NOTE: Servicing should be referred to a qualified
electrician.
A. To REPLACE A FAULTY COMPONENT ON
THE MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL:
1. Turn all breakers OFF.
2. Make sure the generator is OFF.
3. Unplug the shore power.
4. Remove screws from all sides except the
hinged side of panel. The main distribution panel
Is hinged to swing open for servicing.
5. Reverse the procedure for closing the panel.
6.12
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
14. MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL CONTROLS & FUNCTIONS
The following main distribution panel descriptions are based on standard construction with the 240/120/60hz
AC electrical system.
| 510 DA MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL
MG
8 )5
240 VAC 7
(FiG. 6.13.1)
=
(© =
GENERATOR SHORE
VOLTS VOLTS
240VAC 9 2
VOLTAGE
SELECT
ON FOR GENERATOR OR
240V ONLY SHORE CONNECTION
6
\
N DISTRIBUTION PANEL
о
Neo
Boe
ON FOR 120V SHORE
CONNECTION
If
Otal
o
AC
—
а To
80
100
—
о 4%
ros
300 0
— à
w
о о
1. (U.S.) POWER INDICATOR LIGHTS
POWER / POWER
97 93
Indicates wiring connections condition for
240 volt main shore power system. When
shore power connection is correct, the
POWER”light will be lit.
2.
40v BREAKER
ON FOR 240V
SHORE CONNECTION
3.
N FOR GENERATOR
CONNECTION
U.S.) SHORE POWER MAIN BREAKER
Power source selection. Supplies power to
240 volt branch breakers on main distribution
panel from generator.
U.S.) GENERATOR MAIN BREAKER W/15kw
ENERATOR: 240V/70 AMP BREAKER
Power source selection. Supplies power to
240 volt branch breakers on main distribution
panel from shore power.
NOTE: Panel layout and labeling are subject to variance due to customized optional accessories and equipment upgrades
AN
о 10 O
120 VAC 7
>
10 20 30 4
A
100
0
75,
+ a
5 ACAmperes
4. (U.S.) POWER INDICATOR LIGHTS
POWER / POWER
97 93
Indicates wiring connections condition for 120
volt main shore power system. When shore
power connection is correct, the POWER
light will be lit.
5. (U.S.) TRANSFER BREAKER
Power source selection. Supplies power to
120 volt branch breakers on main distribution
panel from either 240 volt shore power or
generator.
6. (U.S.)120V MAIN BREAKER 120V BREAKER
ON FOR 120V
Power source selection. Supplies power
to120 volt branch breakers on main
distribution panel from shore power.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
6.13
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
7. (U.S.) AC VOLTMETER
Indicates the 240 volt AC power source voltage.
vos
8.(U.S.) AC AMMETER
Indicates the amount of 240 volt amperage being
used by the equipment that is energized on 240
volt branch breakers and 120 volt branch
breakers if transfer breaker is energized.
9. (U.S.) AC VOLTMETER
Indicates the 120 volt AC power source voltage.
10. (U.S.) AC AMMETER
Indicates the amount of 120 volt amperage being
used by the equipment that 1s energized for 120
volt shore power.
11. (U.S.) STOVE 240V BREAKER
Supplies 240 volt AC power to the stove.
STOVE
of | le
12. (U.S.) WATER HEATER 240V BREAKER
Turns on water heater. WATER HEATER MUST
BEFULL OF WATER.
WATER
| © | HEATER
13. (U.S.) Port BLOCK HEATER 240V
BREAKER
of | le
Supplies 240 volt AC power to the port engine
block heater.
PORT BLOCK
HEATER
14. (U.S.) STARBOARD BLOCK HEATER
Supplies 240 volt AC power to the starboard
engine block heater.
STBD BLOCK
HEATER
EL
15. (U.S.) CockriT A/C 240V BREAKER
Supplies 240 volt AC power to the optional port
17. (U.S.) A/C WATER Pump & RELAY
A/C WATER
PUMP & RELAY
of | le
Turns on air conditioner raw water cooling pump
and relay to cycle water pump on and off with
air conditioner compressors. It must be ON
when any A/C unit 1s on.
18. (U.S.) MASTER STATEROOM A/C
MASTER
STATEROOM
АС
oll
Supplies 240 volt AC power to the master
stateroom A/C unit.
19. (U.S.) SALON A/C
SALON A/C
EL
Supplies 240 volt AC power to the salon A/C
unit.
20. (U.S.) GUEST STATEROOM A/C
T
STATEROOM
AC
E Li
Supplies 240 volt AC power to the guest
stateroom A/C unit.
21. (U.S.) CONVERTER (24V) 240V BREAKER
E Li
CONVERTER
(24V)
Turns on the main batteries 120V AC to 24V/
12V DC converter/battery charger.
22. (U.S) Accrssory 240V BREAKER
ACCESSORY
EL
For future use.
23. (U.S.) GALLEY SYSTEMS 120V BREAKER
E Li
GALLEY
SYSTEMS
Supplies power to 120 volt galley equipment,
light switch and GFI receptacle.
24. (U.S.) MicrROWAVE 120V BREAKER
==
y
|
o | MICROWAVE
Supplies 120 volt AC power to microwave.
25. (U.S.) GALLEY REFRIG/ FREEZER 120 V
REAKER
TT 1l | GALLEY REFRIG/
ol LT Te FREEZER
Supplies 120V AC power to the galley
refrigerator/freezer.
[13| weer | cockpit A/C unit. 26. (U.S.) ACCESSORY 120V BREAKER
— For future use.
16. (U.S.) ACCESSORY 240V BREAKER "EL [ee
For future use.
of | e ACCESSORY
6.14 510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
27.(U.S.) CONVERTER (12V) 120V BREAKER
Turns on the generator battery 120V AC to 12V
DC converter. This converter keeps the
generator battery charged.
o [TT o
CONVERTER
(120
28. (U.S.) Bow THRUSTER CONVERTER (24V)
20V BREAKER (OPTIONAL)
Turns on the bow thruster 120V ACto 12V DC
converter. This converter keeps the bow
thruster batteries charged.
THRUSTER
CONVERTER
EL
29. (U.S.) WASHER/DRYER 120V BREAKER
Supplies 120 volt AC power to the washer/
dryer unit
WASHER/
DRYER
EL
30. (U.S.) Accrssory 120V BREAKER
For future use.
ACCESSORY
E Li
31. (U.S.) POrT SYsTEms 120V BREAKER
Supplies 120 volt AC power to the port systems.
SYSTEMS o o
32. (U.S.) STBD SYsTEms 120V BREAKER
Supplies 120 volt AC power to the starboard
systems.
STED =
SYSTEMS | © [| o
E
33. (U.S.) ENTERTAINMENT CENTER 120V BREAKER
CENTER
EL
Supplies 120 volt AC power to the salon
entertainment center.
34. (U.S.) ACCESSORY 120V BREAKER
ACCESSORY
EL
For future use.
35. (U.S.) BiLGE/CocKPIT 120V BREAKER
BILGE/
COCKPIT
EL
Supplies 120V ACto 12V AC power to bilge and
cockpit receptacles.
36. (U.S.) Cockpit ICEMAKER 120V BREAKER
COCKPIT
ICEMAKER
o CT Je
Supplies 120 volt AC power to the cockpit
icemaker.
37.(U.S.) TRASH COMPACTOR 120V BREAKER
TRASH
COMPACTOR
o CT Tle
Supplies 120 volt AC power to the optional
trash compactor.
38. (U.S.) ACCESSORY 120V BREAKER
ACCESSORY
o CT Je
For future use.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
6.15
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
15. 24V DC DISTRIBUTION PANELS CONTROLS & FUNCTIONS
The following main distribution panel descriptions are based on standard construction with the 240 volt/50 amp
AC electrical system.
fr >
510 DA MAIN DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL (U.S. VERSION)
(Fic. 6.16.1)
(39) (40) G1) (42) 43
(0 O O
2ANDC DISTRIBUTION PANIEIL
STBD 12
12 16 7 2 28 PORT GEN 0 20 30 w |
ST 24V 12V a
DCVOLTS DC Amperes
BATTERY
BANK
MONITOR a
SYSTEM CONTROL
— 9 © (50) DISCHARG
o | O |[mehwaren PoWERVENTS | O 1 O ones они
ECTLY OVERBOARD. 12
Jo [mmm man | of | о ЗВЕНЕ
NSTRUCTIONS OF EMPTY
Gof | O LIGHTING GUEST HEAD O Eis POWER
INDICATOR UN - NORMAL
о DE Jo ve gE | © | ECO 63) Q 60) ©
Q Г о INDIRECT INTERCOM/ O _ BILGE GENERATOR
(48) C | LIGHTING PHONE SYSTEM | 59) SLOWERS РЕВНЕАТ STARTÁON
O O ACCESSORY ACCESSORY O | У О Энни == Энни
© 5 5 —s
o IF SWITCH IS TURNED OFF WHILE ENGINE o = = \
IS RUNNING ALTERNATOR WILL BE DAMAGED STOP
24V 12V SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
ENERGIE | — — 03
Энн — — AN
@
— A
DE-ENERGIZ E | = = PORT STBD
POR s78D PORT GEN TBD
O MAIN BATTERY SOLEN S o MASTER IGNITION
o Gi) © ©
NOTE: Panel layout and labeling are subject to variance due to customized optional accessories and equipment upgrades
\ J
39. (U.S.) VOLTMETER DC 40. (U.S.) BATTERY BANK SELECTOR
Indicates the amount of DC volts being y ome Selects which bank of batteries is indicated on
UN: produced by the selected bank. w the voltmeter and ammeter.
MONITOR
6.16 510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
41. (U.S.) AMMETER DC
Indicates the amount of DC amps being used
by the selected bank.
42. (U.S.) WATER LEVEL INDICATORS
Displays level of water in fresh
water tank.
43. (U.S.) WATER LEVEL SWITCH
WATER LEVEL
Supplies momentary power to water level
indicators.
44. (U.S.) FresH WATER Pump #1 24V BREAKER
o CT Tle
FRESH
WATER PUMP
#
Supplies 24 volt DC power to fresh water pump
#1.
45. (U.S.) FrREsH WATER Pump #2 24V BREAKER
E Li
FRESH
WATER PUMP
æ
Supplies 24 volt DC power to fresh water pump
#2.
46. (U.S.) FWD LIGHTING BREAKER
o o
a
||
PND
LIGHTING
Supplies DC power to master stateroom, master
head and guest stateroom.
47. (U.S.) AFT LIGHTING BREAKER
o CT Tle
AFT
LIGHTING
Supplies DC power to guest head, salon/dinette
and galley light switch.
48. (U.S.) INDIRECT LIGHTING BREAKER
E Li
INDIRECT
LIGHTING
Supplies DC power to step lights and
INDIRECT LIGHTS switch on salon entrance
way panel.
49. (U.S.) AcCcEssory 24V BREAKER
E Li
ACCESSORY
For future use.
50. (U.S.) POWER VENTs 24V BREAKER
POWER
VENTS
EL
Supplies 24 volt DC power to power vent
switches in galley and heads.
51. (U.S.) MASTER HEAD 24V BREAKER
MASTER
HEAD
E Li
Supplies power to the master stateroom Vacu-
Flush® head system.
52. (U.S.) Guest HEAD 24V BREAKER
GUEST HEAD
E Li
Supplies power to the guest stateroom Vacu-
Flush® head system.
53. (U.S.) DiscHARGE Pump 24V BREAKER
DISCHARGE
PUMP
EL
Supplies power to the holding tank discharge
pump or macerator.
54. (U.S.) INTERCOM/PHONE SYSTEM 24V BREAKER
INTERCOM/
SYSTEM
EL
Supplies 24 volt DC power to the intercom and
phone system.
55. (U.S.) ACCESSORY 24V BREAKER
ACCESSORY
o CT Je
For future use.
56. (U.S.) WASTE LEVEL INDICATOR
—
FULL
DO NOT FLUSH
1/2
EMPTY
POWER
Indicates power to head system and amount of
waste in holding tank when head system breaker
1s ON.
57. (U.S.) WASTE SYSTEM CONTROL SWITCH
=———=\| DISCHARGE
—
Operates holding tank discharge pump or
macerator when DISCHARGE PUMP breaker 1s
ON.
58. (U.S.) BILGE BLOWER ON/OFF SWITCH
BILGE BLOWERS
Turns the bilge blowers ON and OFF.
59. (U.S.) GENERATOR PREHEAT SWITCH
PREHEAT
Е
Energizes the generator preheat.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
6.17
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
60. (U.S.) GENERATOR START/RUN/STOP SWITCH
Starts and stops the generator.
START/RUN
-
61. (U.S.) MAIN BATTERY SOLENOIDS: 24V PORT
AND STARBOARD BATTERY BANK SWITCHES
— aw — | Energizes and de-energizes the 24 volt port
and starboard battery bank solenoids.
JU.
62. (U.S.) MAIN BATTERY SOLENOIDS: 12V PORT
AND STARBOARD BATTERY BANK SWITCHES
Energizes and de-energizes the 12 volt
port, starboard and generator battery bank
solenoids.
12V
63. (U.S.) PORT IGNITION KEY SWITCH
/
O
PORT
Master keyswitch for providing 1gnition power
to control station 1gnition switch.
64. (U.S.) STARBOARD IGNITION KEY SWITCH
/
O
STBD
Master keyswitch for providing ignition power
to control station ignition switch.
16. BATTERY CHARGER
The battery charging unit located on the forward
bilge bulkhead along side the main battery solenoid
access panel (Figure 6.18.1) is fully automatic and
is designed specifically for the marine environment.
The high frequency characteristic has allowed these
chargers to achieve a huge size and weight
reduction over their previously used equipment.
Commonly called high frequency or smart chargers,
these units bring a new sophistication to the battery
charger field. These units feature a built-in
amperage indicator located on the front panel. This
gives an accurate reading of the combined battery
current and load current. If the batteries are fully
BATTERY CHARGER
(FIG. 6.18.1)
BATTERY
CHARGER
MASTERVOLT
50 AMP
op ANP IT
и
MAIN BATTERY
SOLENOID ACCESS
PANEL
\. J
charged and no load is present, the ammeter will
read near zero. To verify that the charger is
functioning properly, turn on lights or other load. The
ammeter should register and increase.
Never block air circulation through the unit. Never
| store any gear on top of the units.
NOTICE
Leave the converter running at all times to
maintain the 12 volt system voltage.
Na À
Charging characteristics contain three (3) elements:
Bulk Charge - this is initiated at power up and
provides the chargers full-rated current to the
battery bank until a predetermined voltage level
of 14.2V to 14.4V is achieved and/or a certain
time has passed.
Absorption Charge - this stage immediately
follows the bulk charge mode. It maintains the
battery voltage at the bulk charge voltage level,
but gradually decreases the current as the
battery accepts the charge until it reaches a
predetermined current level.
6.18
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Float Charge - this stage is designed to hold
the battery at a safe, low voltage (typically 13.3V)
providing up to the chargers full rated amperage
to accommodate DC load requirements. The
charge will remain in this mode until the AC
power is cycled off and then on again.
REFER TO OWNERS MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
17. GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER
RECEPTACLE (GFI)
Ground fault interrupter receptacles (Figure
6.19.1) are located in the galley inside the port
cabinet, master head lower storage cabinet
under the sink, guest head lower starboard
cabinet under the sink, and in the cockpit under
the wet bar. The GFI receptacles are out of
sight and wired in-line with the exposed Vmar
receptacles throughout the yacht. This allows
your yacht to have an elegant exposed
receptacle while still providing protection from
shock hazards. Please read and understand
the CAUTION block for GFI receptacles.
Persons with heart problems or other conditions
which make them susceptible to electric shock may
still be injured by ground faults on circuits protected
by the GFI receptacle. No safety devices yet designed
will protect against all hazards or carelessly handled
or misused electrical equipment or wiring.
GEI OUTLET
(FIG. 6.19.1)
« с 7 J
The GFI receptacle does not protect against
short circuits or overloads. This is the function
of the circuit breaker.
A. INTERNATIONAL RECEPTACLE
All readily accessible 220V outlets are protected
by a Residual Current Circuit Breaker (RCCB)
(Figure 6.19.2). This current breaker is mounted in
an accessible, out-of-sight location such as under
a cabinet and includes a test switch to verify proper
operation. lts function is similar, but not identical to
the 120V GFI.
'RCCB OUTLET
(FIG. 6.19.2)
Premere
mensilmente
test
IAN= 10mA
\. J
The GFI receptacle is designed to protect
people from the line-to-ground shock hazards
which could occur from defective power tools
or appliances operating from this device, or
from down-line outlets protected by it. It does
not prevent line-to-ground electric shock, but
does limit the time of exposure to a period
considered safe for normally healthy persons.
It does not protect persons against line-to-line
or line-to-neutral faults.
\. J
REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
6.19
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
18. GENERATOR
Sea Ray® strongly urges you to fully comply with
the manual provided by the generator manufacturer.
The generator is warranted separately by the
generator manufacturer, NOT Sea Ray”. Follow the
recommended maintenance and warranty schedule
in your Generator Operators Manual included in
the Owners Manual Packet. Generator abuse or
improper maintenance may adversely affect claims
made under generator manufacturer separate
warranty.
Do not run the generator in an enclosed area,
such as a closed boathouse, as there is a
possibility of build-up and inhaling of carbon
monoxide.
\. J
| GENERATOR SEACOCK, STRAINER
(F16. 6.20.1)
GENERATOR
SEACOCK
и
и
STRAINER ны
РОВТ
INBOARD
STRINGER
A. STARTING THE GENERATOR
(Remote control switches are located on the main
distribution panel or local switches on the
generator.)
NOTICE
Pre-start generator prior to getting underway as there
Is a possibility that it will not pick up water if started
underway. Make sure the MAIN GENERATOR breaker
is OFF and there is no load on the generator before
starting it.
f в
Ne J
1. Check fuel tank levels.
2. Check oil and coolant levels. See Generator
Operator's Manual for proper readings.
3. Check generator for coolant drain plug
installation.
4. Open the generator seacock.
5. Run the bilge blowers for at least four minutes
before starting and any time the generator is
running. If fuel fumes are detected, do not
start the generator until the source of fumes
Is determined and corrected and the bilge
area is safely ventilated.
6. While holding the PREHEAT switch depressed,
depress the START switch (Figure 6.20.3). The
starter motor will run, thereby cranking the
engine. As soon as the engine runs, release
the START switch, but continue to hold the
PREHEAT switch depressed for 2 or 3
seconds. Release the PREHEAT switch when
the oil pressure reaches approximately 20 psi.
This bypasses the Low Oil Pressure shutdown
until the engine’s oil pressure rises to it's normal
running pressure. Now release the PREHEAT
switch.
GENERATOR
PREHEAT
-
GENERATOR
SWITCHES - DC
DISTRIBUTION
PANEL
(FIG. 6.20.2)
START/RUN
STOP
SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
= J
7. Check generator exhaust port to verify that
water is flowing. If not, shut generator down
and refer to your Generator Operators Manual.
NOTE: To start the Westerbeke* generator from the
generator mounted controls, a bypass switch,
located on the side of the generator mounted control
box, must be turned ON. The bypass switch must
be OFF to start and stop the generator from the
DC main distribution panel.
READ THE OWNER'S MANUAL IN THE OWNER'S
MANUAL PACKET FOR YOUR GENERATOR MODEL.
6.20
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
B. SHIFTING FROM SHORE POWER TO
GENERATOR POWER:
1. Turn all AC systems and branch circuit breakers
OFF. Turn both main breakers on the main
distribution panel OFF.
2. Start the generator.
3. Slide the source select shuttle mechanism on
the main distribution panel to expose the
GENERATOR breaker(s) and turn it ON.
4. Turn the individual system breakers ON.
C. STOPPING THE GENERATOR
1. Prior to generator shut down turn OFF all AC
equipment and breakers including main
breakers and allow the generator to run a few
minutes to cool down. If desired, transfer to
shore power.
2. Stop the generator by switching START/STOP
switch on DC distribution panel to STOP
position or holding stop switch on generator until
generator stops.
3. Leave stop switch on main distribution panel in
the stop position when generator is not in use
to prevent overheating electric fuel valve.
Note: After the generator stops, the multiplex
system must reset for 20-30 seconds and then may
be restarted at any time.
REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
19. ELECTROLYSIS & ZINC ANODES
Electrolysis corrosion of metals on power boats
can result in serious deterioration. The boat owner
must be aware of the possibilities of galvanic action
(the deterioration of metals due to dissimilar
characteristics when placed in salt water), and/or
electrolysis. It is the owner's responsibility to check
for and replace damaged parts due to galvanic
deterioration. Refer to your Sea Ray® dealer to
investigate the source of stray corrosive currents.
Zinc plates are installed on the transom and trim
tabs (Figure 6.21.1) to protect underwater
hardware. Zinc, being much less “noble” than
copper based alloys and aluminum used in Sea
Ray® underwater fittings, will deteriorate first and
protect the more noble parts.
Replace zinc sacrificial anodes if they are corroded
50% or more.
Zinc anodes generally require replacement
about once a year. (In salt water areas, replace
every six (6) months). The need to replace anodes
more frequently may indicate a stray current
problem within the boat or at the slip or mooring. If
zinc anodes do not need replacing after one year,
they may not be providing proper protection. Loose
anodes or low-grade zinc may be the problem.
DO NOT PAINT BETWEEN THE ZINC AND THE
METAL IT CONTACTS, AND DO NOT PAINT
OVER THE ZINC.
| ZINC PLATE LOCATIONS
(F16. 6.21.1)
ZINC ANODES
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
6.21
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
When an AC shore power system is connected to
the boat, the underwater metal fittings will, in effect,
be connected through the water to grounded metals
ashore. The zincs will be consumed at a faster rate
unless the marina maintains a protective system
to prevent this. In this case, hanging a zinc in the
water bonded to the metal outlet box on the dock
will reduce zinc loss on the boat. Do not connect
this zinc to the boat's ground system.
It is extremely important that all electrically
operated DC equipment and accessories be
wired so that the ground polarity of each device
is the same as that of the battery. Sea Ray® boats
have a negative ground system, which is the
recommended practice throughout the marine
industry. All metal items (fuel tanks, underwater
gear, etc.) in the boat are connected to the zinc
anode by the green bonding wire.
Electrolysis can also be caused by “stray currents”
due to a fault in an electrical item, even though
correctly grounded. A galvanic current blocker (zinc
saver) is standard on all Sea Ray® boats. It is
installed between the shore power ground and the
boats AC ground connection to the DC bonding
system. This connection maintains the safety
ground from dockside power while stopping the
back-flow of DC corrosive currents.
20. AC < DC ELECTRICAL
SCHEMATICS & WIRING
HARNESSES
This owner's manual contains electrical
schematics and wiring harness illustrations for
your boat (See pages 6.27 thru 6.51). These
electrical schematics were generated by electrical
CAD designers at the engineering division for
technical reference and service technicians. Sea
Ray® does not recommend that you attempt to
work on the boat’s electrical system yourself.
Instead we recommend that you take your boat to
your authorized Sea Ray® dealer for service. Sea
Ray® reserves the right to change or update the
electrical system on any model at any time without
notice to the consumer and is NOT obligated to
make any updates to units built prior to changes.
6.22
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
f A
MAJOR COMPONENT LOCATIONS
(Fıc. 6.23. 1) BOW SHORE POWER (OPTIONAL)
LF co й
CO- a © o = я РР > o
a= co В “=:
Frege [TI] _ a el PL Jo
|
| | 00 CON DEC DD,
DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL
© © © © © © ©
o 24VDC o
CONTROL STATION BREAKER PANEL
(LOCATED AT HELM)
/ Y
PT o
+ : - | —H
DC MAIN SOLENOID PANEL |
(LOCATED IN THE ENGINE ROOM)
— О
—
=’
STANDARD SHORE POWER
WITH CABLEMASTER
SHORE MAIN > SHORE MAIN $
DC MAIN BREAKER PANEL
(LOCATED IN THE ENGINE ROOM)
à JO, à JO,
SHORE POWER MAIN BREAKERS
(LOCATED IN THE ENGINE ROOM)
\_ J
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
6.23
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
AC & DC ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS & WIRING HARNESSES
-
WINDSHIELD WIPER HARNESS PLUG 71
(FIG. 6.24.1)
PLUG 16
CD CHANGER CABLE
STBD WIPER
SALON DC CEILING
LIGHTS
NM Nx
TCH N
. NN
A CABLE/CD \
ER CABLE N
PORT WIPER
HORN SOLENOID
WINDSHIELD VENT
MOTOR
\_
-
MASTER STRM PORT
HARDTOP HARNESS PORTSPEAKERS — NAVLIGHT BOW TV/PHONE INLET
(FIG. 6.24.2) SALON TV ANTENNA MASTER STRM (OPTION)
PORT HANGING
MASTER HEAD LOCKER MASTER STRM
GALLEY VENT CAP 28 PHONE
MOTOR М BOSE SPEAKERS
GALLEY DC Y =>,
SWITCH PANEL > _ E, MASTER STRM
P8S SALON SPEAKERS > TT | STBD HANGING
’ В AS N. LOCKER
STEREO >, > A ! 7
PLUG 15 A | ANITA MASTER STRM
PLUG 35 | | J Si e STBD SPEAKER
CAP 33 > PORT NAV
Г, и LIGHT SPLICE
ENTRYWAY A | AF
SWITCH PANEL > я /
У MASTER STRM
LIGHTS SWITCH
MASTER STRM
SALON PHONE TV ANTENNA
RECEPTACLE CPHONE/TV SPLITTER
LIGHT/SOFA
SWITCHES
STEP LIGHT
\ Jj
6.24
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1
BILGE HARNESS COCKPIT GFI, GEN
INSTALLATION REMOTEGAUGE, =
WINDSHIELD/WASHER A
(Fıc. 6.25 . 1) VALVE, ROUTE TO # ВОЧТЕ ТО МОР
COCKPIT VA MASTER HEAD
VACUUM GENERATOR
A/C RELAY
FWD DC
GROUND BUSS
HORN
ACCUMULATOR BOTTLE
PORT BLOCK
HEATER
EXTINGUISHER
ha
id a „ба
г т
a rs
+ AE
и E
- A
Ta
] re ’ Pa
3 =
= ~~ =
р
OIL CHANGER
STBD BLOCK
HEATER
N J
Г à
BILGE HARNESS ROUTE TO CONTROL ISO TRANSFORMER
INSTALLATION STATION DS N
(Fıc. 6.25.2) GUEST STATEROOM HEAD Mu GUEST STATEROOM A/
VACUUM GENERATOR À ^ C COMPRESSOR
P&S THROTTLE PHONE/CABLE, TRIM
SENSOR P&S FUEL TABS, CABLE MASTER,
CONDITION AUTO PILOT, BOW
Na
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
THRUSTER CON,
GENERATOR CON,
SHORE POWER &
STBD BLOWER
MEDALLION MMDC
SYSTEM
MONITOR
ISO TRANSFORMER
AFT SUMP PUMP
6.25
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
6.26 510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
(F1G. 6.27.1)
BUSS BAR
BUSS BAR —
BUSS BAR —
Na
DC WIRING SCHEMATIC (1 OF 6)
14 RED/VIO
14 RED/VIO
14 GRY
14 RED/VIO
14 RED/VIO
14 RED/VIO
14 RED/VIO
14 RED/VIO
14 RED/VIO
10 RED/VIO
14 ORN/RED
14 ORN/GRN
14 RED/VIO
PLUG 47
REF SHEET 4
|
Y Y Y Y Y Y YY Y
CAP 48
—<| 1 |E— 10 REDVIO
—<| 2 |G— 14 ORN/RED
—<| 3 |<G 14 ORN/GRN
—Н< | 4 |S— 14 RED/VIO
PLUG 48
CONTROL STATION MAIN
TRIMTABS 410
ENG SYNC | K7> |
NAV LIGHTS |K 1
LIGHTS |K 12
ACCY | Eo
SPOTLIGHT |K7>
HORN > 5
PORT WIPER |K 5 + |
STBD WIPER | 5%
WINDSHIELD || —~
VENT >
TROLLING ||;
VALVES 10°
RETRACTABLE
SUNPAD AD
cov | le
ACCY | Kxx>
BREAKER PANEL
\_ REF DWG 09-904
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
10 RED/VIO — 0 5/16
PLUG 49
REF SHEET 4
UNUSED 3
14 BLU 2
14 BLK +
Y
WIRE LIGHT CAP 16
REF SHEET 3
HORN
Ar 16 ORN/BLK 213 +<
LOW— 16 ORN/RED 239 <
| PARK |
= al 2, 1 16 ORN 240 <<
PORT WIPER > 16 REDVIO 241 +
9 J + 16 ORN/GRN 242 +
H 16 ORN 243 +
LOW: 16 RED/VIO 244 <
Г РАВК 16 RED/VIO 244 +
> N 16 BLK/RED 245 —+<
Ш п 5] 4 — 16 BLK/RED 246 +
— 10 RED/VIO 214 +
HIGH E
WINDSHIELD
WASHER и”
1
WINDSHIELD VENT
6 4
SES PAR,
\_ REF DWG 09-903 |
© O y ©) dd PannN 4
—. — —
N a O
Drawing No. 09-601 (1 of 6)
6.27
8C 9
(gl89UBPUNS GGG) „деоиерипс 0 |5
(9 10 Z) 109-60 'ON Buimeiq
4
ESS „и
A
NOTES:
1) PORT ENG HRNS CONNECTORS TO BE IDENTIFIED WITH RED HEATSHRINK,
STBD ENG HRNS CONNECTORS TO BE IDENTIFIED WITH GREEN HEATSHRINK.
2) SWITCH INDICATOR GROUNDS ARE TO BE WIRED TO THE PANEL GROUND CIRCUIT.
CONTROL STATION
GROUND BUSS
TO 12VDC ACCESSORY
FUSE BLOCK
CONTROL STATION SWITCH PANEL W/CAT ENGINES
STBD SLOW
VESSEL
_ ovo Qs er
INSTRUMENT 2 |<7— 16 PNK/BLK 202 16 BLU —<|3 REF DWG 09-810
PANEL PLUG 19 3|<7— 16 BLU +<|4 NOTE 1
( N/A 510 DA) 4 |€4+— 16 BLK + —— 16YEVRED —K|5
5| € 16 vIO PNL GND 16BLKRED —<|6
6 | E— 16 VIO 16 BLK/ +
<] | L—T RED Je BRN IP1 la
EMERSTOP +] JUMPER 16 YEL IP2
— —16ORN/BLK —<|9 16 YEL/RED
PLUG 1 1|<7— 16 PINK 200 —
BILGE HARNESS „|<}__ 16 PINK/BLK 202 CAP52 PLUG 52
REF SHEET3 3|€@};— 12 REDVIO 207 — 16YEL/RED — +<|1|< D
4 | €H— 10 BRN 322 —— 16 YEL/RED +] 2|€ у
5|<+— 10 BRN 328 | | | 16 YEL/RED +<| 31< >
6| € 14 REDNIO 223 я | Г 16УЕНВЕО <]4|€
7/|< 14 RED/VIO 224 sranieN J/23 Es
6 ] | 16 BLK/RED CAP 8P
8 | €&— 14 VIO 239 | JUMPER —
9|<t— 14 VIO 240 EMER STOP | me 16 BLK US/METRIC +K|1 PORTENG
— + | 16 GRY SCROLL FWD +<|2 HARNESS
16 GRY/RED SCROLL BKWD +<|3 REF DWG
LJ" 09-810
NOTE 1
ENGINE SYNCH Г
En GND — i 16 BLK USMETRIC ~~ —<| 1 CAP 8S
PLUG 91 1 14 BLK — ``? 16 GRY SCROLLFWD —K<| 2 STBD ENG
REF DWG 2 14 BLU 2022 3 [ 16 GRY/RED SCROLLBKWD ——<| 3 ACE DIO
09-610 3 14 VIO 2023 — _—_ — esto
(SIODA ONIY) 4 14 ВЕО/МЮ 20258 - —— eve —[$|! NOTE 1
6 —
5 14 VIO 2024 —_— 16BLK —T<|2
P SCROLL la
6 14 RED/VIO 2025P 3 [2 16 BLU > САР 75
+<|4 STBD ENG
ssc Pr — 16YELURED —<|5 HARNESS
3 [271 16 BLK/RED —T<|6 REF DWG
J 16 BRNIP1 —<[|7 09-810
P US/METRIC 16 YEL IP2 —<|8 NOTE 1
S US/METRIC 16 ORNBLK —<|9
САР 2 1 14 GRY 255 Ни
REF SHEETS > 14 GRY 256 we _
3 14 BLU 518 SILA PUMPS 14 BRN/RED 321 +<|1
4 14 GRN 519 14 BRN/RED 327 +<l2 i
5 10 REDNVIO 520 + AFTLA 4 16 RED 410 +<| 3
16 WHT 411 +<|4 HARNESS
6 BLOWERS | REF SHEET 3
FOR OPTIONAL 16BLK/RED 233 +<(e
TWIN DISC TROLL 16BLK234 +<|7
SWITCH WIRING 16BLK235 +<|8
вы < PANEL GROUND + 14BLK137 1<[9
— 16 BLK 412 + 10
— +1 11
CAP 47 1] >-7— 14 РЕРМО TROLL VALVES TS?
REFSHEET3 2|>4+ TROLL VALVES 7. 160 349 4<| 13
3|>-— 14 GRY 1 Ve 16 VIO350 +<|14
4 | >+ 14 REDVIO RUNNIN 14 RED/VIO 589 +<] 15
На NAVIGATION —
5| 2] UNUSED LIGHTS 14BLU642 | 1 CAP 42
6 | >+ 10 REDNVIO ANCHOR 14 GRYIWHT 261 1<[2 ~~
7 | >+— 14 RED/VIO 1 +<|3
SPOILER 14 GRY/RED 262 COCKPIT
8| > 14 REDVIO py 7 ; —— 14 RED/VIO 6485 1<|4 HARNESS
|
91 >} 14 REDNVIO 16 BLU 646 +<|5 REF SHEET 3
— COCKPIT A $— 14REDVIO648 <<|6
SPOT LIGHT 7 16 ORN 6011 +<|7
16 GRN 6012 +<|8
PLUG 26
BILGE | 16 WHT 6013 +<|9
HARNESS
REF SHEET 3 TRIM TAB
1 4 RED 546 SWITCH >
2 |EH4GRN547 — воз 14 REDVIO | 72 ACCESSORY 7,
3 4 YEL 548 1] I ACCESSORY 7,
4 4 BLU 549 — CONSOLE up DOWN
DIMMER
TRIM TAB SW з [2]
HARNESS REF 09-868 | 160RN
DIMMER |— 16 WHT
— 16 GRN
16BLU —— — —®
U—1 16 GRY
16BLK [ WIRE LIGHT ›
| INVERTER
NTRA SAS 14WHT/BLU 585 T<| 1 CAP 24
T 7 14 WHT/BLU 586 15 2 BLGE =
14RED588 TK|3
CONTROL: XS 14 ВЕО/МЮ 587 [4 REF SHEETS
ho
71] 4 5,46 —
14WHT/BLU 292 T>|1 PLUG 65
d 712% 14 WHT/BLU293 T>|2 BILGE
+>|3
BOW THRUSTER MAIN 14 RED 204 3 4 HARNESS
14 RED/VIO 295 REE SHEET 3
14BLK296 T2|5
— DETALLA — |e
OPT TWIN DISC TROLL — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
SYSTEM HARNESS IS 7 4 BA 6
SUPPLIED BY TWIN
DISC W/CONTROL
8 1 |2 3 | —
SWIM PLATFORM MAIN 16WHT/BLU288 T>|! PLUG 65
16 WHT/BLU289 T>|? 5 GE
| 7| 45/06 — 16 RED 290 18 * HARNESS
— 81 1 (23 16BLK299 —>|5 |
| GANG PLANK BIS
CAP50 PLUG 50 L — — — — — _—_ |
ELECTRONICS й MATCHES
ELECT LINE 1 16 RED/VIO 1 16 REDVIO 16 WHT/BLU 288GP—— >|!
PREV 16 WHT/BLU 2898GP +S>|2 CAP 107
ELECTRONICS ELECT LINE 2 16 RED/VIO 2 16 REDNIO ee — BILGE
FUSE BLOCK À AUTOPILOT 10 RED/VIO 3 10 RED/VIO e 16 RED 29007 TS HARNESS
ELECT LOAD 1 16 RED/VIO 4 16 RED/VIO 16 vii 291 hol T>|* REF SHEET 3
+>|5
ELECT LOAD 2 16 REDNIO 5 16 RED/VIO 16 BLK 299 3 ;
AUTOPILOT LOAD 10 RED/VIO 6 10 RED/VIO 24V DPDT SWITCH ASSY REF DWG 09-922 __ =
CAP 49
SWITCH PANEL 14 BLK <| 1
\ REF DWG 09-902 MBLU ———1S| 2 ACCESSORY
TSJ 3 SWITCH PANEL
(1879 91H)
(9 40 7) NOLLdO IV) — DLVWAHIS DNIMIM DC
(9/90UBPUNS GGG) ,,Ne9uepuns OLS
(1679 91)
669
PLUG 17 PLUG 18
BILGE HARNESS BILGE HARNESS
REF 09-604 REF 09-604
Pes REF P86 REF 12 34 5 6 7 8 9 101112 193456
- 4 HORN
12 09-610 LY YY YY YYYYYYY COMPRESSOR
EMER START SOLENOID AA 21 | | | | | | | | | | |
ESSRNONEGÍIREO 4 220
mov w38 Dow? = 83358 248 10 BLK
© о п поле ZMM X 3 c Occr 2 =
IS овес соо КОВ 2 IBC
BILGE HARNESS ® < ISE == on 0 2010559 FWD DC GROUND BUSS
| L— 14 neo 909002728292 a mma
© © 14 REDNVIO 2588ÿ2°988 9
- Da o Om
O (e) | |
OCKPIT STEREO MEMORY
PLUGS8 > 10 RED/VIO 216 208 12BLK —— MAIN DC GROUND BUSS EMERGENCY
BILGE HARNESS 10 REDVIO 215
REF 09-604 1 BILGE PUMP
314 14 BLK | MAIN DC GROUND BUSS
REF DWG
REF DWG CABLEMASTER CAPS on CHANGE PUMP
09-605 MOTOR #1 559 10 BLK FWD DC GROUND BUSS
CAP 1 BILGE UNUSED CABLEMASTER +
1 16 PNK 200 IN 510 DA REMOTE
HARNESS |
16 PNK/BLK 202 RECEIVER AFT SUMP PUMP
REF SHEET 4 2 10 RED/VIO 207 14 BLK 570 CABLEMASTER
3 MOTOR #2
4 10 BRN 322 304 14 BLK
5 10 BRN 328 10 BLK 568 FWD EMERGENCY
6 10 RED/VIO 223 — 10 BLK 561 5 PUMP
10 RED/VIO 224 — FWD DC FWD DC
7 308 14 BLK | GROUND BUSS |
в 14 VIO 239 GROUND BUSS
9 14 VIO 240
PLUG 27 1 10 REDVIO 215
REF DWG 2 10 RED/VIO 223 —— AFT BILGE
09-603 3 10 RED/VIO 216 PUMP 31114 BLK —
799 8 GRN
4 10 RED/VIO 224 — 736 8 GRN
[ 735 8 GRN MAIN DC FWD BILGE | MAIN DC GROUND BUSS MD DC
16 PINK/BLK 202 PUM —
PLUG 80 Ki | GROUND Buss SEK | GROUND Bss J TM
KYS/MED HAR 2 16 PINK/RED 201 | > y
REF DWG 3 16 PINK/ 200 vv NY vv y
09-610 AN M5
em Ors pee HH Sage
UNUSED ANGLE FUEL TANK FUEL TANK FUEL TANK
INDICATOR 325 14 RED
SYS MON 16 RED 344 844 16 RED
REF DWG 16 BLK 345 313 16 BRN
09-606 16 BRN
310 16 BRN
FWD DC
GROUND BUSS 324 16 BAN
т 345 16 BLK
CONTROL STATION PORT FUEL
GROUND BUSS 16 ВСК 318 FILTER
16 BLK 320 STBD FUE
FILTER |
339 16 GRN
341 14 BLK
16 BLKAWHT
317 16 BRN/ORN
319 16 BRN/ORN
O 226 RED Ur
— 228 BLACK 557B WHT/RED JUMPER P 39 16 YEL
PLUG 22 BILGE 1 <+ 10 BRN/RED 321 227 YELLOW (FOR 346 16 PNK/BLK
HARNESS | € 10 BAN/RED 327 se С зо —— 347 16 PNK/BLK
REF SHEET 2 22 RED 4108 _ a = 5 ( (e = La e ÓN 355 16 ORN/RED
3 ее e cr Р = a о HALON CYLINDER | 9 Ol MODEL ESRS-MARK V о
99 Lu Lu = = TT --—_
4 < 22 WHT 411B 3 т 3 o 3 > 3 204 16 GRN/WHT © || Pressure switch | = g < o То
— = = E e
5 14 BLK/RED 232 2 ipadsG 22 9 O —06 14 BLK PRESSURE SWITCH Gi Ol 293 14-BLK/RED
elf 14 BLK/RED 233 407 16 BLK — DISPLAY UNT E 4 =
7 <+— 14BLK 234 557 14 WHT/RED эт 3 É o O IL? 5 14-BLK
= A 340 16 GRN
8] CG 14 BLK 235 ото —556 14 WHT/RED = pa g ol
< на вико; [9206000 = sae |
9 FES 1 5 7 | MADEN 518 Ш E ФН 14-BLK/RED
< Se MADEN S| BALTIMORE MD O 350 16 VIO
14€ 22 BLK 412B 8 usnajomalaaniuna andas = S —
11€ UNUSED I I | ere ero SWITC OT 4 14-BLK 349 16 VIO
FWD DC TT =p
14€ UNUSED RE с GROUND BUSS 1 —415B 14 YELLOW 0 AD ENGINE INTERRUPT/ | {= 240 14-VIO 329 16 WHT/RED
13 <q 16 VIO 349 —_— 413A 14 YELLOW 3 o T SWITCH PORT] T7 239 14-VIO
] = ù A ERRE CONDITION AE e
14€ 16 VIO 350 409 14 YELLOW . 413B 14 YELLOW S Gte CAP 41
195] 10 RED/VIO 589 408 14 YELLOW —— CONTACT RATINGS ENG PUTED o REF DWG
ю © — e 09-619
© © EXTINGUISHE I; 204 16GRN/WHT LL и J — 356 16 ORN/GRN
= ов Ш = SI > BILGE BILGE BILGE
11> 19 > m SST BR LIGHT BILGE BILGE BILGE
© © © © PIE X 3 LIGHT LIGHT LIGHT LIGHT LIGHT,
2 53 = MN DC 416-10 BLH— . #2
à à UNUSED 4 #3 #5 #6 #7
PLUG 15 CAP 15 oo MCAD. BUSSE=414-10 BL LS #4
+ BLOWER 5
С 62 A Al 4138 14 YELLOWPORT À 6 92 14 BLU 95 14 BLK 97 14 BLK
7 4 sh: ——-— 9 7 Nee BLU 314 BLK 414 BLU CAP PLUG 96 14 BLU
P62 STBD 8 689 14 BLK 6 64
7 696 14 BLU 1 PLUG
PLUG 12 | 4m >] 9 697 14 BLK 5 REF DWG 09-604
REFDWG 1 22 BLK 412A dp 20 FAA 14 WHT/BLU 283B
09-603 > 22 RED 410A 226 16 D >| 1 — + 14 WHT/BLU 284B
3 20 WHT 411 A 2271 BERRY ONT ) 2] 1 ‚| 3 2 ore 14 RED 2858
21 2B16BLACK = A ] 14 RED/VIO 286B
BILGE LIGHTS 1 1 SED PLUG 16 CAP 3 PLUG 31 o o GENERATOR
REF DWG 09-926 PLUG 40 E SED REF DWG 14 WHT/BLU 283B в 5 LATCHING
La 09-619 5
E 14BLK aa CAP 40 14 WHT/BLU 284B SOLENOID
[ £91 14 BLK 14 RED 2858 | If
CAP 66 —— 666 BLU t } [eos WHT/RED 1 bapso PLUG 52
690 14 BLU —{| 14 RED/VIO 286B SEER K/WHT 9 PLUG 87
GEN HARNESS 7 СЕМЕВАТОВ
1 14 WHT/BLU 283A 14WHT/BLU283A | J
REF DWG 09-603 PLUG 13 CAP 13 REF DWG 09-617
2 14 WHT/BLU 284A 14 WHT/BLU 284A | 3 ©
3 14 RED 285A 14 RED 285A 1 > 1 Э--507 14 RED/VIO 1
4 14 RED/VIO 286A 14 RED/VIO 286A J > 2 Э--557 16 WHT/RED 2
UNUSEB4 UNUSED | >| 3 |*>|-—508 14 YEL/RED 3
PLUG 46 1 14 WHT/RED 556 | >| 4 | >——5046-BLK 4
GEN HARNESS 2 14 BLK 504 [ > 5 DD -506--4+RED/WHT 5
REF DWG 09-603 3 14 WHT 505 | >| 6 | SEAT 6
4 14 RED/WHT 506 >| 7 | > vE 7
5 14 RED/VIO 507 >| 8 »——s000-2 RED 8
6 14 YEL/RED 508 >| 21 > 44 BLK 9
PORT LJ RUNNING LIGHTS 21 BLK 0
STBDI
PLUG? | 12 GRY 255 10 BLK 258 RETRACTABLE >| 11| >eae=WHT/RED 11
STBD > 10 GRY 256 CONTROL STATION 590 10 BLK SUNPAD >] '2>f00+BLKWHT 12
5 12 BLK 257 6 REF DWG 09-920
CABIN GROUND BUSS 4, 12 BLK UNUSED 13
3 14 BLU 518 O WINDLASS CONTROL
HARNESS =, 14 GRN 519 OLENOID REF 09-614 1 [23 19 REDVIO UNUSED 14
REF SHEET 2 SPOT LT | ACTUATOR UNUSED 15
5 10 RED/VIO 520 CON MOD 10 BLK 521 589 10 RED/VIO
6
CAP 43 FWD MAST LT GEN REMOTE INSTRUMENTS
PLUG 42 y 14 BLU 642 CKPT STEREO REMOTE LT 168LK643 — ANCHOR LT REF DWG 09-617
WIPER! о 14 GRYMWHT 261 14 GRY/WHT 261 1 14 GRY/WHT 261 5008 NE 6
DECK HARNESS , 14 GRY/RED 262 14 GRY/RED 262 2 14 GRY/RED 262 6000-48 RED
REF SHEET 2 4 € 14 RED/VIO 648S 14 BLK 265 3 14 BLK 265 50381 BLK
5 16 WHT 846A 14 BLK | 16 ORN/BLK 213B 4 16 ORN/BLK 213B 14 GRY 263 E 508444 BLK
6 14 RED/VIO — 14 BLU 644A 5 14BLU644A — 14 BLK 264
7 16 ORN 6011 14 BLK COCKPIT | 14 BLU 659A 6 14 BLK 659A — STERN LT
8 16 GRN 6012 653 LIGHTS MODULE 14 WHT 646B 7 16 WHT 6468 STBD SPOILER LT
9 16WHT 6013 —— cs 14 BLK 647A 8 16BLK647A —H 14 BLU 644B
16 BLK 2148 X PORT SPOILER LT
SPOILER GND PIUS 16 BLK 214B 9 14 BLK 659B
IGHTS MODULE BUSS 14 BLU 6406 | 14 BLU 640€ = PLUG 43
5010B+ 14 BLU 640B 112714 BLU 640B 2 — 14 BLU 640D 112714 BLU 6400 HORN SOLENOID
STBD FWD 5010A+ 1 С - 14 BLK 641C 14 BLK 641C
CKPT SPKRS 14 BLU 640A 14 BLK 641 [2] 14 BLK 6415 14 BLK 641D LA] 14 PIX 6410 (HARD TOP)
5010A- — 14 BLK 641A CAP TRANSOM
5010B-— pue = STBD MID STBD AFT
SUB 5011(4)— STBD FWD 7 COCKPIT LTS COCKPIT LT STORAGE LTS
WOOFER GRD BUSS COCKPIT LT
5011} ——
PORT AFT CKPT PLUG 46 PORT CKPT
PLUG 71 CAP45 SPEAKER SPEATER
5009A(+) |< 5009A(+) 1 < | 5009B+ 11394 16 RED 5009B+
5009A(-) 2 <] 5009A(-) 2 |< 5009B- 2134 16 RED 5009B-
REF COCKPIT 5010A(+) 3 <] — 14 BLU 640D з |< 14 BLU 640D 3D 14BLU 640D — PORT CKPT LT
STEREO AMP } 5010A(-) 4 <] 14 ВСК 6410 4 |< 14 BLK 641D 4I>+——— 14BLK641D
5011 (+) 51€ 5010B 5 |Ef— 50108+ 16 WHT 646B 5 D>-++— — 16WHT 646A
CAP PLUG 5011 (-) de — 5010B- 6 < 5010B- SPOILER SPKR 16 BLK 647A 6 [> 16 BLK 647A _
14 CAP 71 PLUG 45 e 16 BLU 646A
CAP 46 PORT COCKPIT 7 PORT AFT CKPT LT SW
1 ] 16 BLK 647A
> 16 ORN/BLK 213B HARNESS
PLUG 16 + conan —
16BLK2148 — WINDSHIELD, IE 16 ORN/RED 239 PORT WIPER 16 BLK 6478 | CABIN ENTRY SW
HARNESS 16 ORN 240 16 BLK 251 OS TON 16 BLU 646C
REF SHEET 1 16 REDIVIO 241
ORN/GRN 242 BD WIPER
16 ORN 243 16 BLK 252 HORN SOLENOID
16 RED/VIO 244 PLUG71 CAP 71 ga WINDSHIELD WASHER 16 ORN/BLK 213A (DECK MOUNT)
cs RED/VIO 249 14 RED/VIO 249 1 — | 16 BLK 214A
GND 14 BLK/RED 245 T~(® WINDSHIELD 14 BLK 250 2 BILGE HARNESS
BUSS 14 BLK/RED 246 VENT 2 > WINDLASS
CS GND BUSS 5 5 LATCHING
5 SOLENOID
PLES CARS |
PLUG 24 WHT/BLU 585 > | J
BILGE WHT/BLU 586 >
HARNESS RED 588 >
REF SHEET 2 RED/VIO 587 2
BILGE HARNESS
CAP30 PLUG 30
CAP 26 BILGE
RED 546 DE 12 BLK 584 Bow
HARNESS 14 GRN 547 < THRUSTER
REF SHEET 2 2 LATCHING
YEL 548 <I 5 SOLENOID
MAIN DC
14 BLU 549 SIGEVARNESS | 4 GROUND BUSS
BOW TEA Ten 14 WHT/BLU 292
14 WHT/BLU 293 o o GANG
REF SHEET 2 PLANK
14 RED 294 5 s 5 LATCHING
14 RED/VIO 295 SOLENOID
14 BLK 296 BOW THRUSTER BILGE HARNESS |
CONVERTOR GROUND
STUD
wo farmer
GANG PLANK 2 > Sam ORM
REF SHEET 2 RED 290GP y $ LATCHING
14 RED/VIO 291GP 5 SOLENOID
14 BLK 299GP + I
MAIN DC |
GROUND BUSS —
VENDOR SUPPLIED HARNESS
14 WHT/BLU 288 > — —
PLUG 106 14 WHT/BLU 289 >
SWIM PLATFORM 2
REF SHEET 2 14 RED 290 >
14 RED/VIO 291 >
14 BLK 299 >
BILGE HARNESS H SWIM PLATFORM
Fo = GROUNDING STUD
(9 J0 G) 109-60 ON Buimeiq
RON a
е © № =
(9 40 €) NOLdO IV) —- 2LVWAHIS ONIMIM IO
0€'9
(9/90UBPUNS GGG) ,,Nesuepuns OLS
(9 JO 9) 109-60 ON Buimeiq
EMS
ELECTRONIC
MONITORING
SYSTEM
COMPUTER
OONDONONE
ALTERNATOR
70
PORT ENGINE
REF DWG 09-810
FOR CATERPILLAR
3406E/3196
USE GREEN HEAT AM
SHRINK ON ENDS
TO DENOTE BOUNDS
4/0 BLK
PORT
BATTERY
EQUALIZER
() 12 24
о о
128
8 BLK
16 GRY/WHT
16 GRY/WHT
PORT 24V MAIN
BATTERY TEMP
SENSOR
4/0 RED
4/0 BLK
LG!
AA
MAIN DC
ROUND BUS
4/0 BLK
143A 6 RED
PQRT BATTERIES
100A NOTE 2
127 6 RED
106 6 RED
BATTERY
ISOLATOR
BAT 1
7,
—)
ALT
109 BAT 2
8 RED I
533A
6 RED
195A
2 RED
—— 140
6 RED/VIO
139
6 RED
139A 6 RED
at?
o
140A 6 RED/VIO
PORT 24V MAIN
DISCONNECT SOLENOID
LINE
4/0 RED LOAD
143B 6 RED
PORT 12V MAIN
DISCONNECT SOLENOID
1358
EMS
ELECTRONIC
MONITORING
SYSTEM
COMPUTER
OONDORWN
4/0 BLK
ALTERNATOR
:)
4/0
BLK
4/0 RED
24VDC
(+) CONVERTER
BATT SENSOR (+)
9 9 9 —
107
6 RED
113 6 RED
NOTE 1
12VDC MAIN
FUSE
ET
FROM MDP
—— 208 12 BLK
108 8 BLK
EMERGENCY
START
SOLENOID
4/0 RED
STBD 12V MAIN
DISCONNECT
SOLENOID
144B 6 RED —
LINE
LOAD
RED/VIO
133
8 RED
AY
100A NOTE 2
E
100A NOTE 2
LOAD
207
12 RED/VIO
ul
STARTER
STBD ENGINE
REF DWG 09-810
FOR CATERPILLAR
3406E/3196
NOTES:
2 BLK
—4/0 BLK
REF SHEET 3
4/0 RED ——
4/0 RED
GENERATOR 12V MAIN
DISCONNECT SOLENOID
2 RED
LINE
24V MAIN
DISCONNECT
POS NEG
STBD
BATTERIES
STBD
STBD
SOLENOID BATTERY
LINE EQUALIZER
12 24 (-)
оо
J
—130 6 RED
129
6 RED
144A 6 RED
131 8 BLK
LOAD
2 RED
©
GENERATOR
2 BLK
1) FEEDER TO FUSE SHALL BE SHEATHED OR IN AN ENCLOSURE
AND SHALL NOT BE GREATER THAN 72" IN LENGTH.
2) FEEDER TO FUSE SHALL BE SHEATHED OR IN AN ENCLOSURE
AND SHALL NOT BE GREATER THAN 40" IN LENGTH.
15A
10 GAUGE JUMPERS
BETWEEN OUTPUTS
5086 10 BLK
5085 10 RED
—
Ong
od
o
a
FROM MDP
142
6 RED/VIO
141
6 RED
136 8
RED/VIO
1348
RED
(1°0€'9 9H)
(9 40 9) OLIVNAHOS DNIMIM DC
REF DWG 09-614
REF DWG 09-620
~
>— REF DWG 09-604
(9/90UBPUNS GGG) ,,Ne9uepuns OLS
LE 9
(9 10 5) 109-60 ‘ом BUime1q
_ mo E]: Aa
PLUG 19 1|<|— 16 PNK 200 16BLK —<|2 HARNESS
INSTRUMENT 2 | © 16 PNK/BLK 202 16 BLU —]X|3 REF DWG 09-810
PANEL PLUG 19 3|<4+— 16 BLU K+ ore 1
( N/A 510 DA ) 4|<4+ 16 BLK + —— 16YELRED —K|5
5| + 16/0 PNL GND —<le
6 |<— 16 VIO 16 BANIP1 +<]7
a 16YELIP2 —K|8
— —<|9
a 6 YEL/RED
PLUG 1 11<4— 16 PINK 200 _
BILGE HARNESS 2 < 16 PINK/BLK 202 — CAP 52 PLUG 52
REF SHEET 3 3| <— 12 RED/VIO 207 — | 16 YEL/RED T<| 1< Г)
4.| € 10 ВВМ 322 L— 16 YEL/RED +<| 21< y
5|<+— 10 ВВМ 328 | | 16YEL/RED — +<|3|€ >
6) <—H 14 RED/VIO 223 = — 16YELRED 1<]4[&]
7| € 14 REDVIO 224 STBDIGN_|, =
8| <— 14 VIO 239 CAP 8P
9|<+ 14 VIO 240 16 BLK US/METRIC 1 PORT ENG
— 16 GRY SCROLL FWD o HARNESS
16 GRY/RED SCROLL BKWD 3 REFDWG
09-810
NOTE 1
| + ENGINE SYNCH
PNL GND т 16 BLK US/METRIC 1 САР 85
PLUG 91 1 14 BLK —— 16 GRY SCROLL FWD 2 STBD ENG
REF DWG 2 14 BLU 2022 3 | 16 GRY/RED SCROLL BKWD 3 HARNESS
09-610 3 14 VIO 2023 — 4 a aC
GIODAONE) 4 14 REDVIO 20258 — —— NS tevio —<[ 1 NOTE 1
5 14 VIO 2024 — —<l:
P SCROLL —Ç|3
6 14 RED/VIO 2025P 3 Го”, 16 BLU CAP 7S
T<|4 STBD ENG
S SCROLL —— 16YEL/RED —<|5 HARNESS
BR —K<|6 REF DWG
J 16 BRN IP1 —<| 7 09-810
LT
P US/METRIC + 16YELIP2 —<|s NOTE 1
S US/METRIC E
САР 2 1 14 GRY 255
REF SHEET 3 5 14 GRY 256 WO _
3 14BLU518 14BRN/RED 321 K|1
4 14 GRN 519 PILGE PUMPS 14 BRN/RED327 — +<l2 o
5 10 REDVIO 520 4 AFT 7 16 RED410 T<|3 HARNESS
6 BLOWERS | 16WHT 411 114 EF suEET 3
SEE DETAIL A T<|5
FOR OPTIONAL — 1<|[e
TWIN DISC TROLL 16 В|К 234 1<|7
SWITCH WIRING 16BLK2355 4<ls
ps PANEL GROUND + 14BLK137 <9
— ——————ée.K412 ]K|10
— <<| 11
CAP 47 113} 14 REDMO —— Te no VALVES +] 12
REF SHEET3 2 > TROLL VALVES ~~ 16 О 349 +<|13
313} 14 СВУ 1 >” 16VI0350 +<E<|14
4 | >+ 14 REDVIO RUNNIN 14 ВЕО/МЮ 589 1K] 15
_ NAVIGATION —
5| >[— UNUSED LIGHTS 14 ВЦ 642 <f1 nn
6 | >+ 10REDNVIO ANCHOR 14 GRY/WHT 261 +<|2 Deck
7 | >+ 14 REDVIO 1 14GRY/RED 262 1X|3
SPOILER COCKPIT
8 | >+— 14 REDVIO 7 3 —— 14 REDVIO 6488 +X|4 LARNESS
9|>}— 14 REDVIO ' 16BLU646 1<|5 REF SHEET 3
— COCKPIT A $— 14REDVIO648 <|6
SPOT LIGHT 7 16 ORN 6011 +<|7
PLUG 26 16 GRN 6012 +<|8
BILGE | 16 WHT 6013 <<|9
HARNESS
REF SHEET 3 TRIM TAB
1 4 RED 546 SWITCH 5
2 |<H4 GRN 547 — 595 14 REDVIO 2 ACCESSORY _~_
3 4 YEL 548 — I ACCESSORY _~_
4 4 BLU 549 CONSOLE yp DOWN
DIMMER
TRIM TAB SW | 2 "|,
HARNESS REF 09-868 16ОВМ
16 WHT
16 GRN
RED 16BLU ——
+ 16 GRY
16BLK | WIRE LIGHT
| INVERTER
AN a AS 14 WHT/BLU585 T<|1 CAP24
77 св 14WHT/BLU586 T<|2 BILGE
14RED588 T<|3 HARNESS
CONTROL» Ez 14 RED/VIO 587 T<j4 REF SHEET3
Jo
7] 4 5,456 —
14WHT/BLU292 T>|1 PLUG 65
a Th 14 WHT/BLU 293 T>|? BILGE
+>|3
BOW THRUSTER MAIN 14 RED 294 3 4 HARNESS
14 RED/VIO 295 REF SHEET 3
14BLK296 +>|5
— DETALLA — >|
OPT TWIN DISC TROLL — — — — -_— == — - = = m
SYSTEM HARNESS IS 7 4 5 6
SUPPLIED BY TWIN
DISC W/CONTROL
sl] 7 [273 | —
SWIM PLATFORM MAIN 16WHTBLU288 T2| 1 0 Uc 6s
16 WHT/BLU 289 T>|? py GE
| 4 6 16 RED 200 T>|3
7 > , HARNESS
| 16 RED/VIO 291 {121% REF SHEET 3
_ 8 + |2 3 16 ВК 299 —>|5 |
| GANG PLANK 6
CAP50 PLUG 50 | — — — — _ |
ELECTRONICS 1 - MATCHES
ELECT LINE 1 16 RED/VIO 1 16 RED/VIO 16 WHT/BLU 288GP {71 CAP 10
TO 12VDC 16 WHT/BLU 289GP +H>|2 7
ELECTRONIC ELECT LINE 2 16 RED/VIO 2 16 RED/VIO er — BILGE
FUSE BLOCK Y AUTOPILOT 10 RED/VIO 3 10 REDVIO и. 16 RED 290GP 72/3 HaRNESS
ELECT LOAD 1 16 RED/VIO 4 16 RED/VIO 16 RED/VIO 291GP > : REE SHEET 3
ELECT LOAD 2 16 RED/VIO 5 16 RED/VIO 16 BLK 299GP B >
AUTOPILOT LOAD 10 RED/VIO 6 10 RED/VIO 24V DPDT SWITCH ASSY REF DWG 09-922. —
CAP 49
SWITCH PANEL 14 BLK <] 1
REF DWG 09-902 14 BLU <| 2 ACoEssony
TK] 3 SWITCH PANEL
CONTROL STATION
NOTES: GROUND BUSS
TO 12VDC ACCESSORY 14 BLK
1) PORT ENG HRNS CONNECTORS TO BE IDENTIFIED WITH RED HEATSHRINK, FUSE BLOCK 14 REDVIO
STBD ENG HRNS CONNECTORS TO BE IDENTIFIED WITH GREEN HEATSHRINK. 12VOLT DO
2) SWITCH INDICATOR GROUNDS ARE TO BE WIRED TO THE PANEL GROUND CIRCUIT. RECEPTACLE
CONTROL STATION SWITCH PANEL W/CAT ENGINES
(1 T£'9 O19)
(9 40 €) SNINWAJ — OIIVNHHDS ONIMIM IO
ce 9
(9!/00Uepuns $659) „деоиерипс OLS
(9 J0 ¥) 109-60 ON Buimeiq
(1'2€9 OI)
(9 0 +) SNINWAJ — ILVWAHIS ONIIIM Id
G17
PLUG 18
BILGE HARNESS BILGE HARNESS
REF 09-604 REF 09-604
P85 REF P86 REF 12 34 5 6 7 89 101112 123 6
9-604 09-610 HORN
12 COMPRESSOR
EMER START SOLENOID A 21
ESSENONDILITO = ane
DaUD SF 2,nnwu9 = NESST 248 10 BLK
ww mm3I I ITZ ZmmI > с ОБЕ 3 =<
Je 925552552825» 9 290<c2" FWD DC GROUND BUSS
[__BILGE HARNESS 8sHROREPSS92 ÿ 2083559
| 480m 000202928202 a Ene
14 REDNVIO IES BA a e
хо o | On |
OCKPIT STEREO MEMORY
PLUG 38 2 10 RED/VIO 216 208 12 BLK — y, MANDC GROUND BUSS EMERGENCY
BILGE HARNESS 10 REDAVIO 215
REF 09-604 1 BILGE PUMP
31414 BLK —3| MAIN DC GROUND BUSS
REF DWG
REF DWG 09-603 OIL CHANGE PUMP
CABLEMASTER CAP 3
09-605 MOTOR #1 559 10 BLK | FWD DC GROUND BUSS
CAP 1 BILGE UNUSED CABLEMASTER
1 16 PNK 200 — 10 DA REMOTE |
HARNESS 16 PNK/BLK 202 AFT SUMP PUMP
REF SHEET 4 2 10 REDIVIO 207 RECEIVER 14 BLK 570 CABLEMASTER
3 MOTOR #2
4 10 BRN 322 304 14 BLK
5 10 BRN 328 10 BLK 568 FWD EMERGENCY
6 10 REDVIO 223 —— 10 BLK 561 5 ® ^^
10 RED/VIO 224 — FWD DC | FWD DC |
7 308 14 BLK GROUND BUSS
в 14 VIO 239 GROUND BUSS
9 14 VIO 240
PLUG27 1 10 RED/VIO 215
REF DWG 2 10 REDNVIO 223 —— AFT BILGE
PUvP@D— 511 14 BLK
09-603 3 10 RED/VIO 216 —
/ 799 8 GRN
4 10 RED/VIO 224 — 736 8 GRN
[ 735 8 GRN MAIN De FWD BILGE | MAIN DC GROUND BUSS "wo
PLUG 80 16 PINK/BLK 202 | GROUND BUSS PUM — 354 14 BLK | GROUND BUSS | ENGINE HARNESS
KYS/MED HAR 2 16 PINK/RED 201 | > C 51 REF 09-610
REF DWG 3 16 PINK/ 200 ое
00-610 16 ORN 255 => Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y M5
+ NN REF DWG
16 BLK 256 © = | 09-606
RUDDER CENTER PORT
UNUSED ANGLE FUEL TANK FUEL TANK FUEL TANK
INDICATOR 825 14 RED 29
SYS MON 16 RED 344 4 16 RED 30
REF DWG 16 BLK 345 313 16 BAN
09-606 16 BAN 9
310 16 BRN 10
FWD DC 7
GROUND BUSS 324 16 ВАМ
т 45 16 BLK 40
CONTROL STATION PORT FUEL
GROUND BUSS 16 BLK 318 FILTER 3
16 BLK 320 STBD FUE 4
FILTER 351 16 WHT 5
= 339 16 GRN 11
2
341 14 BLK 39
330 16 BLK/WHT 31
317 16 BRN/ORN 12
TO MDP 319 16 BRN/ORN 25
REF DWG 09-604 8
oO 226 RED
315 16 YEL 1
Го 228 BLACK 557B WHT/RED JUMPER
PLUG 22 BILGE ¡|€— 10 BAN/RED 321 227 YELLOW 6 P39 [М \ \ \ \ М] 346 16 PNK/BLK 16
HARNESS 9] €} 10 BRN/RED 327 se cs9 ууу —— 347 16 PNK/BLK 17
REF SHÉET 2 s|< 22 RED 410B - > 5 5 f (e HALON CYLINDER In Si MODEL ESRS-MARK V e) B 355 16 ORN/RED 18
6 er E = 2 =m 14 O —— oO 19
418 22 WHT 4118 == =265 204 16 GRN/WHT o 4 E 115 o:
Sau EU SQ © Колы 14
5] € 14 BLK/RED 232 Q 2 2 zZ со & Y R 2 d=,
D ina i feos O 206 14 ВК 1 7 233 14-BLK/RED 15
el&— 14BLKRED233 +H 40716BLK—— —( | piseLy on Нч
a
7 14 BLK 234 —— 557 14 WHT/RED Ot 14-BLK 352 16 WHT 21
—" 340 16 GRN 22
8[ST— 14 BLK 235 Tre ——556 14 WHT/RED [+ of: 4
,|€— 14 81k 137 elo я SEA-FIRE iS, are 13
1d 22 BLK 4128 ena BALTIMORE MD | & STE = - 350 16 VIO 36
11€-—unuseD NDA 14 YELLOW | — © [15 4 14-BLK 349 16 VIO 26
19€ UNUSED GROUND BUSS —415B 14 YELLOW ENGINE INTERRUPT/ TED HE 240 14-VIO 1 329 16 WHT/RED 37
RE G ©
19« 16 VIO 349 — и 413A 14 YELLOW | he PORT == T7 239 14-VIO 20
] A NÉ AGREE CONDITION e 23
14€ 16 VIO 350 409 14 YELLOW + 4138 14 YELLOW ls CAP 41 24
1518 10 RED/VIO 589 | 408 14 YELLOW — CONTACT RATINGS [ens nPUT— o REF DWG a
55 EN e 09-619 L— 356 16 ORN/GRN 28
pe EXTINGUISHE ЭГ 204 16GRNWHT eg ий y,
3 vo ES BILGE BILGE 32
> 2 >—D LNUSBBS TE BLK 212 LIGHT BILGE BILGE BILGE BILGE
cP vo 206 ВЫ Y 3 LIGHT LIGHT LIGHT LIGHT LIGH 33
2 x a = MN DC 416-10 BL ' #2 34
Da UNUSED = #3 #5 #6 #7
PLUG 15 CAP 15 oo GND BUSS E=414-10 BLI #4 35
— UNUSED BLOWER iE
Ce [A Al 413B 14 YELLOWPORT » 6 92 14 BLU 95 14 BLK 97 14 BLK 38
7 4 I 7 Noes 4 BLU ABLK 4 14 BLU ar PLUG 96 14 BLU
— 64
689 14 BLK
P 62 AAN AS 696 14 BLU 1 PLUG 60
PLUG 12 >] 9 697 14 BLK 5 REF DWG 09-604
REFDWG | 50 BLK 412A 1 1 14 WHT/BLU 283B 1
09-603 > 55 RED 410A >] 1 — + 14 WHT/BLU 284B 2
3 22 WHT 411 A A 1 =r | т A AJOAP 1 14 RED 285B 3
| 1 BIBBLACK ge A | — 14 RED/VIO 286B 4
BILGE LIGHTS > 1 SED PLUG 16 CAP 3 PLUG 31 o o GENERATOR
_ REF DWG
REF DWG 09-926 PLUG 40 Y + SED Jo < 14 WHT/BLU 2838 5 в 5 LATCHING
TBR ~~ caro < 14WHTBLU 2848 ——] i SOLENOID
691 ” |
—— 14BLU 2 14 RED 285B 1 } [e2e-rWHT/RED 1 bAP52 PLUG 52
690 14 BLU —} 14 RED/VIO 286B | SRE K/MWHT 2) PLUG 87
GENHARNESS 14 WHT/BLU 283A < 14 WHT/BLU 283A ] J GENERATOR
REF DWG 09-603 > PLUG 13 CAP 13 REF DWG 09-617
2 14 WHT/BLU 284A < 14 WHT/BLU 284A | sf
3 14 RED 285A < 14 RED 285A I >| 1 | >—507 14 REDIVIO 1
4 14 RED/VIO 286A < 14 RED/VIO 286A J > 2 » 557 16 WHT/RED 2
UNUSEB4< UNUSED | >| 3 | Dj—508 14 YEL/RED 3
PLUG 46 1€ 14 WHT/RED 556 | >| 4 | сеня 4
GEN HARNESS 2 14 BLK 504 [ > 5 D-506-4+RED/WHT 5
REF DWG 09-603 3 14 WHT 505 | >| 6 | >-——565-WHT 6
4 14 RED/WHT 506 >| 7 | >-—— 50084 YEL 7
5 14 RED/VIO 507 >| 8 | D——se2e~+2 RED 8
6 14 YEL/RED 508 > > +4 BLK 9
>| 10 > BL 10
PLUG 2 STBD PORT IJ RUNNING LIGHTS 3 14 > HT/RED 11
1 12 GRY 255 10 BLK 258 RETRACTABLE > pose
sTBD >» 10 GRY 256 CONTROL STATION 590 10 BLK RES ENPAD à 920 121 >j-000-4-BLKWHT 12
CABIN 12 BLK 257 GROUND BUSS 19 BLK 7 UNUSED 13
3 14 BLU 518 O WINDLASS CONTROL
HARNESS 4 14 GAN 519 OLENOID REF 09-614 >= 12 RED/VIO UNUSED 14
REF SHEET 2 a SPOT LT | 1153 ACTUATOR UNUSED 15
5 10 RED/VIO 520 CON MOD 10 BLK 521 Г 589 10 RED/VIO
6
CAP 43 FWD MAST LT GEN REMOTE INSTRUMENTS
PLUG 42, 14 BLU 642 CKPT STEREO REMOTE LT 16BLK6&43 — ANCHOR LT REF DWG 09-617
WIPER/ > 14 GRY/WHT 261 — — 14 GRY/WHT 261 1 14 GRY/WHT 261 5000-+PABL6 1
DECKHARNESS , 14 GRY/RED 262 14 GRY/RED 262 2 14 GRY/RED 262 6000-49 RED 2
REF SHEET2 4 14 RED/VIO 6488 14 BLK 265 3 14 BLK 265 5699 BLK 3
5 16 WHT 646A 14 BLK | 16 ORN/BLK 213B 4 16 ORN/BLK 213B + 14 GRY 263 500444 BLK 4
6 14 RED/VIO — 654 14 BLU 644A 5 14 BLU 644A — 14 BLK 264
7 16 ORN 6011 14 BLK COCKPIT | 14 BLU 659A 6 14BLK650A —f —— STERN LT
8 16 GRN 6012 — 653 LIGHTS MODULE 14 WHT 6468 7 16 WHT 6468 STBD SPOILER LT
16 WHT 6013 14 BLK 847A 8 16BLK647A —— 14 BLU 6448
° | SF 16 BLK 214B 9 16 BLK 214B 14 BLK 6598 E PORT SPOILER LT
SPOILER GND | ue
| BUSS
IGHTS MODULE _| 14 BLU 640C 14 BLU 640C PLUG 43
5010B+—— 14 BLU 640B 112714 BLU 6408 2 — 14 BLU 6400 1 D114 BLU 640€ HORN SOLENOID
STBD FWD 5010A+ C4 BLu 6404 - 14 BLK 641C 2 14 Ad >#+14 BLK 641C
CKPT SPKRS [r= oo — 14 BLK 641C 14 BLK 6418 14 BLK 641C (HARD TOP)
5010B- — 14 BLK 641A PUG A STBD MID STBD AFT TRANSOM
SUB 5011()—1 STBD FWD 72 COCKPIT LTS COCKPIT LT STORAGE LTS
WOOFER GRD BUSS COCKPIT LT
5011(-
PORT AFT CKPT PORT CKPT
PLUG 71 CAP 45 SPEAKER PLUG 46 SPEATER
5009A(+) al 5009A(+) 1 B+ 1 Def" 16 RED 5009B+
5009A(-) а <] БООФА(-) 2 5009B- 2>4+———— 16 RED 5009B-
5010A € и 14 BLU 640D 3 1€ 14 BLU 640D 3 D+ 14 BLU 640D
wer cove © 193$] < Je roster
STEREO AMP | 5010A(-) <] 14 ВК 6410 4 |< 14 BLK 641D 4 te 14 BLK 641D
5011 (+) < 5010B 5 5010B+ STBD AFT 16 WHT 646B 5 j—— 15 WHT 64648: —
CAP PLYG 5011 (-) de— 5010B- 6 5010B- SPOILER SPKR 16 BLK 647A 6 16 BLK 647A _
14 CAP71 PLUG 45 $ 16 BLU 646A
CAP 46 PORT COCKPIT ] PORT AFT CKPT LT SW
! 16 ORN/BLK 2138 — 16 BLK 847A
2 HARNESS
PLUG 16 , 16 ORN/BLK 213A —
WINDSHIELD |& 16 PORT WIPER 16 BLK 647B
16 BLK 214B HARNESS ORN/RED 239 HIGH CONTROL STATION | CABIN ENTRY SW
16 ORN 240 LOW 16 BLK 251 ROUND BUSS 16 BLU 646C
REF SHEET 1
16 RED/VIO 241 РАВ!
ORN/GRN 242 HIGH STBD WIPER
16 ORN 243 Juow 16 BLK 252 HORN SOLENOID
PAPI | PLUG 71 WINDSHIELD WASHER DECK MOUNT
16 RED/VIO 244 РАВ! CAP 71 SOLENOID VALVE 16 ORN/BLK 213A ( )
cs RED/VIO 249 14 RED/VIO = BR] 1 Am = 16 BLK 214A
SND 14 BLK/RED 245 T(®) WINDSHIELD р ВСК 250 2 BILGE HARNESS = 5
14 BLK/RED 246 VENT WINDLASS
CS GND BUSS 5 5 | ATCHING
s SOLENOID
PLUS САР5 |
PLUG 24 WHT/BLU 585 5 | J
BILGE WHT/BLU 586 >
HARNESS >
=
REF SHEET 2 RED/VIO 587 2
BILGE HARNESS
CAP 30 PLUG 30
CAP 26 BILGE
RED 546 <1 12 BLK 584 BOW
HARNESS GRN 547 < THRUSTER
REF SHEET 2 2 LATCHING
YEL 548 <| 5 SOLENOID
BLU 540 sey NAN DS
BILGE HARNESS <<] + GROUND BUSS
BOWTHRUSTER 14 WHT/BLU 292
14 WHT/BLU 293 . + N
REF SHEET 2 1 PLANK
14 RED 294 A 5 3 |S LATCHING
75
14 RED/VIO 295 SOLENOID
14 BLK 296 BOW THRUSTER BILGE HARNESS |
CONVERTOR GROUND
STUD
14 WHT/BLU 288GP
PLUG 107 WET LU 289GP
GANG PLANK % Swim ORM
REF SHEET 2 RED 290GP y $ LATCHING
14 REDNVIO 291GP 5 SOLENOID
14 BLK 299GP — |
MAIN DC |
GROUND BUSS
14 WHT/BLU 288 VENDOR SUPPLIED HARNESS
LUG 106 14 WHT/BLU 289
SWIM PLATFORM
REF SHEET 2 14 RED 290
14 RED/VIO 291
14 BLK 299
BILGE HARNESS
+ SWIM PLATFORM
GROUNDING STUD
(9/90UBPUNS GGG) ,,Ne9uepuns OLS
(€ JO L) £09-60 'ON Buimesaq
ce 9
a Fr 117- 10 RED/VIO ms 0 CABIN MAIN
CONTROLSTATION |<” po 14 RED/VIO 14 RED/VIO 5057 1
CAP 52
| 14 RED/VIO 5018
12V RECEPTACLE és 14 RED/VIO
12 RED >|1
~~ PLUG 53
CREWS STEREO E, *—— 14 RED/VIO 558 2
ACCESSORY ÉxX—
ON
ACCESSORY FÉ xxX—
ACCESSORY | y—
ACCESSORY ÉX>—
ACCESSORY бу
— 101-10 RED/VIO 0 CABIN MAIN
FRESH WATER PUMP #1 MO 14 BANWHT LABEL FWD,AFT OR BILGE/COCKPIT
FRESH WATER PUMP #2 1014 BRNWHT
16BLU — — ————
FWD LIGHTING 20 14 BLU 14 BLU
CR
AFT LIGHTING 15 14 BLU 14 BLU EE SHEET 3
BILGE/COCKPIT LIGHTING % 15— 14 BLU 14 BLU
14 BLU 12 BLU
14 YEL 16 BRN 317G <l 1
14 YEL 14 YEL 409 <a
POWERVENTS [1° 14 YEL 16 RED 547G <| 3
14 YEL 16 BLK 508G <|a САР АВИМ НАВМЕСЗ
GUEST HEAD SYSTEM 4 5 14 REDVIO 16 WHT 506G | 5 REF SHEET 2
DISCHARGE PUMP [4 5 14 REDVIO = 16 GRN 505G <l 6
14 YEL 430 <| 7
24VDC 10 BLK 138 <| 3
BLOCK LIGHTING | K
9
14 YEL 421 >|.
16 BLK 508C >|
16 WHT 506C
dE PLUG 39
16 GRN 505C >| CREW QUARTERS
CREWS HEAD SYSTEM 2 5 > 14 RED/VIO 553 > 5 HARNESS REF SHEET 2
16 RED 547C >|
14 RED/VIO 558 NE
ACCESSORY XX*— 2 8
ACCESSORY бо 7 | °
14 RED/VIO —
MASTER HEAD SYSTEM М 14 RED/VIO 16 RED 547M <l 1
16 BLK 508M <a
AN 16 WHT 506M
INTERCOM/PHONE SYSTEM 4 5 — 14 RED/VIO SE
16 GRN 505M <a CAP 13
14 YEL 417 < CABIN HARNESS
16 RED 5
16 BRN 317M <> REF SHEET 2
14 RED/VIO 576 <l7
vou 13
- +] + LS
e 16 ORN UNUSED <
>| CAP 57
UNUSED <I>» ACMDP
16 RED/VIO 262 |= REF 09-630
16 BLK 263 4
16 GRY <
POST 1 PORT SHUNT 24V (+) 14 RED 235 —<| 1
*+— POST2 — | PORT SHUNT 24V (-) 14 RED/BLK 236 —<lo
A — POST3 | STBD 24V SHUNT (+) 14 RED 237 —<|a
—— POST 4 | \ STBD SHUNT 24V (-) 14 RED/BLK 238 —|4 P 56
— POST5 — PORT 12V SHUNT (+) 14 RED 239 —<|s RE GE HARNESS
POST 7 PORT 12V SHUNT (-) 14 RED/BLK 240 —<ls
*+— POST8 | STBD 12V SHUNT (+) 14 RED 241 —<l 7
= — POST9 STBD 12V SHUNT (-) 14 RED/BLK 242 —<|s
— POST10 — | UNUSED —<|»
— POST11 —e —_
„о FULL 14 ORN 541 >|
WATER LEVEL 3/4 16 GRN 542 >|
1/2 16 YEL 543 >|3
1/4 16 BLU 544 >|4
EMPTY 14 RED/VIO 581 >|5
a 14REDVIO — 14 RED/VIO 578 >|6 PLUG 14
> BILGE HARNESS
14 ORN 501 7 REF SHEET 2
DISCHARGE — 14 BRN/WHT 517 >18
14 BRN/WHT 519 >|
| 16 RED 16 GAN 505 >|10
| 16 WHT 506 >|11
>|12
FULL 16 YEL 507 >
1/2 | | 16 BLK 508 >|13
EMPTY 16 BRN 317 >|14
>
| POWER [|] 16 BLK/YEL 503 >|15
WASTE LEVEL _
16 BLK 401M =<] 1
7 yu 8
BLOWERS | G35, 16 RED 402M | CAP 12
16 WHT 400M <a BILGE HARNESS
UNUSED «|, REF SHEET?
UNUSED <|5
UNUSED <|6
ALL JUMPERS 14 RED/VIO 537-14 WHT/RED =
- 568-14 BLK <l> CAP 46
PREHEAT CT 566-14 WHT <la GENERATOR
a 567-14 RED/WHT <la HARNESS
WESTERBEKE_ TOR 564-14 REDVIO <|s REF 09-601
REMOTE -
REMOTE. 1 dee] 565-14 YEL/RED <s
SYSTEM
ж
8 2
START-RUN-STOP
PORT IGNITION 14 RED/VIO 218LN > |1 PLUG 16
14 RED/VIO 225LN BILGE HARNESS
>< 2 |2 Set
STBD IGNITION 14 RED/VIO 218LNA >|
14 RED/VIO 225LNA >|,
PORT 24v_ «В 14 WHT/BLU 243 < |
SOLENOID 8 7 72 %3 14 WHT/BLU 244 < 2
14 RED 245 <a
14 RED/VIO 246 |, САР 63
BILGE HARNESS
14 WHT/BLU 247 < 5 REF SHEET 2
| 14 WHT/BLU 248 <le
STBD 24V 7 is | 14 RED 249 < |,
DISCONNECT
SOLENOID 8 т ТЗ | 14 RED/VIO 250 < 8
| ls
PORT 12V 7 SE 14 WHT/BLU 251 >| 1
DISCONNECT J
SOLENOID sf] 7 7123 14 WHT/BLU 252 >|»
14 RED 253 >|;
RED/VIO > PLUG 64
14 254 >|4 BILGE HARNESS
14 WHT/BLU 256 >|; REF SHEET 2
| —— 14 WHT/BLU 257 >|
STBD 12V п К | 14 RED 258 >|
DISCONNECT >
SOLENOID al 7 3 | | 14 RED/VIO 259 3 8
TT]
DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL
REF DWG 14-863
(T'CE‘9 ‘914)
(€ 40 ]) OLIYNAHIS ONRIIAA D NIgVI
vE 9
(9!/00Uepuns $659) „деоиерипс OLS
-
= O
>
Q ©
~ Z
ÓN
Ua =
—
М”
x
7
N
=
>
—
pu
REF SH3 REF SH 3 REF SH 3 O
| ~~
600 14 BLU 688 14 BLU 605 14 BLU >
CABIN HARNESS ©
PLUG 15 CAP 55 PLUG 55 GUESTHEAD с
1 317G 16 BRN < 1|<t— 605 14 BLU ante us
2 409 14 YEL <| 2 | € 409 14 YEL
3 547G 16 RED <| 3| SG 547G 16 RED
4 508G 16 BLK <|4 | 508G 16 BLK SUMP POWER
5 506G 16 WHT <| 5|<— 506G 16 WHT
6 505G 16 GRN <|6 | <— 505G 16 GRN
7 430 14 YEL <| 71 317G 16 BAN
8 138 10 BLK = uDp 411 14BLK —<|8|<— 411 14 BLK ans VENT
У MDPT- 606 14BLK_ —| 9|<—— 606 14 BLK
9 431 14 YEL + LL
LS GALLY
VENT
¥ 432 14 BLK 607 14 BLU
| AFT DC GROUND BUSS |
v v v v v
ERDOR
Www WO wu
ECC CREWS HEAD
AAA REF 09-912 ; 16 YEL 423
“O o ap
S83 ER 5 ues UND HEAD VENT
САР 39 ,[N] Ss] NS |
САР 1|>4— 14 YEL 421 Г >| 1| >] 14 YEL 421 |
SHEET 1 2 |>-— 16 BLK 508C | > | >| >t— 14 BLK 422C
3|>+ 16 WHT 506C | >| 3] >+— 16 BLK 508C
4 >1— 16 GRN 505C | > | 4|>-— 16 WHT 506C
5 | >4+— 10 RED/VIO 553 | >| 5| >1—16 GRN 505C
6|>4— 16 RED 547C > —
> < 18 21 10 RED/VIO 558C VACUUM GENERATOR
7 |>+ 10 RED/VIO 558 > | 7| > 10 BLK 554C
81>4— | > | 8| >]— 16 RED 547C 16 BRN 5027
91>4— > | 9] >— 10 RED/VIO 558
> | 14 3H 10 YEL 500 TEREO | у
> | 11 >} 10 BLK 560 DEEE 14 BLU 699 —— 16 BLU 6039 + 16 BLU 6041 E
> | 14 >+— 14 BLU 688 16 BLU 695 16 BLU 697 HEAD 16 BLK 6042
< x CREW QUARTERS LTS
> | 19 >4— 14 BLK 689C 16 BLK 698 LTS
BLUG 53 14 BRN/ORN 370 > | 14 >+— 14 BRN/ORN 370 —
REF < PSI SW SUMP 16 BLK 6000
2 10 YEL 500 >| 14 >1— 14 BLK 371 16 BLK 6040 -
16 BLU 6037 — LT
GROUND CONNECTIONS |
АТ HEAD SWITCH PANEL
CAP32 PLUG 32 FWD MASTER STATEROOM HEAD
CABIN HARNESS <| 11«+ 600 14 BLU
PLUG 13 <| 2 1<+4+— 417 14 YEL °
1 547M 16 RED <|3|<t— 547M 16 RED HEAD VENT
2 508M 16 BLK <|4 | S—508M 16 BLK 418
3 506M 16 WHT <|5 | € 506M 16 WHT 16 YEL
4 505M 16 GRN <| 6 | GS 505M 16 GRN HEAD
5 417 14 YEL <|7 |< — 317M 16 BRN VENT
6 317M 16 BRN — MDRE 419 14 BLK —t<|8 |<— 419 14 BLK
7 576 14 RED/VIO MDRE 606 14BLK —<|9|<+— 602 14 BLK LIGHTS «a
8 У — — 601-14 BLU —
HEAD
9 C-PHONE LIGHT SWITCH
BILGE HARNESS MDP
CAP 14
1 >—+ 541 16 ORN
2 |>1+—542 16 GRN
3 |>+—543 16 YEL
4 />4— 544 16 BLU
5 >4+ 581 12 RED/VIO 545 16 BLK
> se] +
6 |>} 578 12 RED/VIO VACUUM AFT
7 |>1— 501 14 ORN SWITCH 1
1 2
8 [>1— 517 14 BRN/WHT р 580 14 BLK > M GUEST HEAD o
9 |>t— 519 14 BRN/WHT MAIN DC MF MASTER HEAD "11 GENERATOR
10|>+— 505 16 GRN 12 12 GENERATOR
11/>I— 506 16 WHT (9) EA +
12|>+— 507 16 YEL 520 14 BLK |
| -1 E 6 + FRESH MD
13[>1— 508 16 BLK | <| 11€ Г | MDP WATER PUMP 1
14/>4— 317 16 BRN < 5 < FRESH
> 21 ] 5 WATER PUMP 2
15/>-—— 503 16 BLK/YEL UMP PUMP < 31€ 5
| FULL
REF DWG 09-601 | 4]<
dll BERT)
M F
10 10 О
HOLDING TANK
M F
3 13 a = 37] RED N
<| + 14 BRN Î oO
< 14 BLK/YEL 87A
>|? BRN SEACOCK SW
502-14BLK —<la 14BLK SHOWN W/SEACOCK
MAIN DC < © BLK IN CLOSED POSITION
| | 15 и
1 TS "|S] J
``. — [712 7
DISCHARGE PUMP
oO
=
=
=
(e!
<
о
©
©
©
©
Co
~~
N
O
—h
Co
—"
NN
(FIG. 6.35.1)
— 16 BLK-6076 ED
CABIN DC WIRING SCHEMATIC (3 oF 3)
COCKPIT LIGHTS SWITCHES
CABIN AFT
ENTRY COCKPIT
|
BRIDGE
|
Na
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
STBD GUEST STATEROOM
1
— qs
HANGING LOCKER LIGHT
— 16 BLU-6082
FWD MASTER STATEROOM
STBD HANGING
LOCKER LIGHT
|
CEILING/VALANCE LIGHTS
16 BLU-6063 +44
x
—
TASK LIGHTS
CEILING LIGHTS
NA =
— 16 BLU-6075 PORT GUEST STATEROOM
COCKPIT LIGHTS PORT HANGING 0 16 BLU-6040
— 16 BLU-6074 CEILING
LOCKER LIGHT BUNK LIGHTS LIGHTS
1 16 BLU-659
= ЧР
* MDP TASK LIGHTS
16 BLU-652 — 16 BLU-6042
[© Ol |,
RED — cockpit VALANCE LIGHTS 16 BLU
2 WHT — LIGHTS 6046 =
3 BLU —| MODULE и. 16 BLU-635
a = BLK — |
= + HANGING LOCKER LIGHT
re MDP —
To of
14 BLU
10 BLU-654
(BULB SAVER | SAVER | —— 14 BLU | 12 BLU-607
BULB SAVER |—— 14 BLU Bo —
~~
FROM | == 14 BLU-650 A GALLEY
SH 1 BULB SAVER |—— 14 BLU = 10 BLU-6114 7 — 14 BLU-6102
— 10 BLU-6048 FWD CABIN FWD MASTER
BULB SAVER |-—— 14 BLU CE и SWITCHS A STATEROOM BLU
mm 6 4
To of 6112
) nt > Же HALL LIGHT |
1 __ __ __ CABINET INDIRECT
FH — — ROPE LIGHTS
TO MDP BREAKER 12 BLU 6090 —— Da STEP LIGHTS
(BILGE/COCKPIT 14BLU 14BLU 14 BLU
LOAD SIDE) EOS Son 4B LOWER HELM
REFSH2 REFSH2 REFSH2
BILGE AFT FWD
COCKPIT ~~ CABIN CABIN
a HEAT DETECTOR
и, 16 YEL-341 REF DWG 09-600 SH 5
SALON LIGHTS
PLUG 84 CAP 84 PLUG 85 CAP 85
и. 14 BLU-6038 >| 1|> 1
N
2
Of MAINDC * < >
3
CABIN ENTRY Slal< 2
SWITCHES MAIN DC E 2 FWD BILGE LIGHTS AFT BILGE LIGHTS
16 BLU-6092 DE E CTOR
COCKPIT
Drawing No. 09-603 (3 of 3)
6.35
9€'9
(9/90UBPUNS GGG) ,,Nesuepuns OLS
09-60 ‘ON Buimeiq
REF DWG
09-601
—
PORT 24V
PANEL WIRING.
NOTE:
1) PART OF WIRING SCHEMATIC 09-601.
2) BUSS BARS TO BE INSULATED.
3) SHOWN FOR TROUBLE SHOOTING
AND ARE NOT TO BE INCLUDED IN
PANEL WIRING.
PORT 24 VDC
— 140
LOAD SIDE 6 RED
PORT 24V
BUSS BAR
NOTE 2 EQ
Da
(1°9¢'9 91H)
PORT
LINE 24VDC LOAD
SHUNT NOTE 3 TERMINAL
POST BEHIND
101 8 RED/VIO
7 a
50 CABIN MAIN
DC DI
K > ENGINE IGNITION
15 N
NG
#1 à CABLEMASTER 1
“10— BILGE LIGHTS
o ELECTRONIC CONTROL
a ACCESSORY
XR ACCESSORY
SX ENGINE EVENT RECORDER
(CAT OPT)
© EMERGENCY BILGE
PUMP
— 139
LINE SIDE 10 RED
BUSS BAR
NOTEZ
[SABE
< > FWD EMERGENCY PUMP
Pa FWD BILGE PUMP
> AFT SUMP PUMP
mn BLOWER 1
PORT 12 VDC
Y ACCESSORY
73 ACCESSORY
STBD 24 VDC
PORT 12V 4058 —
LOAD SIDE RED
TO PORT 12V
LINESIDE — 133
10 RED
STBD 24V __ 440
LOAD SIDE 6 RED
BUSS BAR
NOTE 2
CAT OPTION DS.
STBD24V — 444
A HORN COMPRESSOR
10 AWG RED/VIO
100 8 RED/VIO
во CONTROL STATION MAIN
KID ENGINE IGNITION &
10 CABLEMASTER 2
y ELECTRONIC CONTROL
LINE
100 4 RED/VIO
LOAD
SHUNT
558 14 ORN
NOT USED--
NOT USED--
689 14 BLU/RED —
31214BRN/RED —
50> OIL CHANGE PUMP
4} ACCESSORY
ey ACCESSORY
<=> ENGINE EVENT RECORDER
LINE SIDE 10 RED
STBD 12V — 6-6
+ SYSTEMS MONITOR
566 14 YEL
409 14 YEL
408 14 YEL
LOAD SIDE RrED
TO STBD 12V
LOAD SIDE
—+34-1 7
RED
BUSS BAR
NOTE 2
о с ево № a
REF DWG
09-619
ST PNL NOTE 3
1014 REDVIO 8h 8 RED/VIO
— C DIST PNL
215A 14 RED/VIO — —1<| 1 cap asa
216A 14 RED/VIO ——<l >
— REF DWG
5039 14 RED/VIO —1<] 1 cap 37 09-601
5040 14 RED/VIO ——<l>
215B 14 RED/VIO ——<l + USED FOR
2168 14 RED/VIO iE CAP 388 KYSOR MEDALLION
377 14 RED/VIO ——1<l 1
378 14 RED/VIO ——<l> САР 85 REF DWG
PORT TERMINAL POST AT
LINE 12VDC LOAD DC DISTRIBUTION
PANEL
+51 8 RED/VIO 2 RED/VIO 8 RED/VIO
ACCESSORY
FUSE BLOCK
12VDC(+)
REF DWG
| 09-598
SINGLE TERMINAL
POST AT CONTROL
STATION
NOTE 3
—6}—8 RED/VIO
CONTROL
STATION
BRK PNL
TERMINAL POST
AT MAIN BATTERY
MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL
\_ REF DWG 09-950
LAR BILGE PUMP SOLENOID BOX ACCESSORY
~ _ FWD NOTE 3 FUSE BLOCK
Nal 5 SUMP PUMP 114 8 RED/VIO 114 2 REDNVIO 12VDC(+)
$ Y BLOWER 2 NOTE 3
STBD 12 VDC 104 8 RED/VIO 104 2 RED/VIO 8 RED/VIO
<> ELECTRONICS STE ELECTRONICS
LINE 12VDC LOAD FUSE BLOCK
50-CONTROL STATION SHUNT 12VDC (+)
“15+ COCKPIT STEREO 2 TERMINAL POST
a AT CONTROL STATION
325-16 RED/VIO E an NOTE 3
560-14 RED/VIO —<|2
321-14 BRN/RED —<| 3
306-14 BRN/RED —K]a
326-14 BRN/ORN —<l|s
327-14 BRN/RED —<| 6
309-14 BRN/RED —<|7
323-14 BRN/YEL —K|8
567-14 RED/VIO —<] 9
NOT USED =<] 10
PORT 24V 305 BRNJORN ~~ —<] 11
MAIN BATTERY 214A-140RN ~~ — [12
77 iS 16 WHT/BLU 266B —>
STBD 24VMAIN g 7 23 16 WHT/BLU 267B —> o PLUG 68
BOTERO 16 RED 268B >|;
16 RED/VIO 269B —> 4
7 es 16 WHT/BLU 270B —>|s5
sl 7 [2 16 WHT/BLU 271B >|
16 RED 272B >| BEE Dwa
16 RED/VIO 273B —> |s
GENERATOR +19
BATTERY —
SOLENOID —]
16 WHT/BLU 283B —| cape
16WHT/BLU 2848 —|2
16RED285sB — —T<l3
16 REDVIO 2888” — <
PORT 12V —
MAIN BATTERY
SOLENOID
ОКЗ 16 WHT/BLU 274B —<
STED- AN МАМ sf 1 23 16 WHT/BLU 2758 —K| CO
SOLENOID 16 RED 27686 — —1< |3
16 RED/VIO 277B — la
До es 16 WHT/BLU 278B — Is
sl 7123 16 WHT/BLU 279B —<le
16RED2808 — —T<l7
16 REDVIO281B —K |g
14 BLK 282 < le
NVADVI(] ONRIIAA TANVe YHNVHAG D NIVIN
(9/90UBPUNS GGG) ,,Ne9uepuns OLS
169
7
sy O
dE
OLD POWER SWITCH (SEE NOTE 3) UE
OUT ON tT
UNIT #1 (BLUE Y (ORANGE || . <
(CHANNELS 1 & 2) OFF + L DT
OUT ~J N
IN — +4
ya O ON CUT —fuack|, POWER || RED Sm
|
a N POWER SWITCH OFF — SWITCH A
CABLEMASTER RELAY ASSEMBLY
Part # 04034 IN pe
BATTERY 1 1 >
POSITIVE(+) 12/24/32V POWER GREEN — O
(SEE NOTE-1) | O DCINPUT SWITCH +
POS + RED 1 O RED A (REMOTE-RED) |) г
ВАТТЕВУ © WHITE (REMOTE-YELLOW) =
7 } mM
NEGATIVE(-) — |] pooner |, WANTE 2 O) A + | )
BLACK J (REMOTE-GREEN) =
BLACK 3 } 1 1 À ~
"¡Eo %
(REMOTE-BLACK) Motor LIMIT | | FUSE 5A
Output — |SWITCH 5 O wn
ORANGE -
e ORANGE OUT 6 O IN-LIMIT С
\ LIMIT SWITCH =
BLACK () |] sack | swiren 4 (0) >
12V DC USE AMP BREAKER OUT-LIMIT A Red 8 -
12,24,0R 32V SWITCH White/Brown a,
MOTOR 24/32 DC USE 10 AMP BREAKER | Stripe wires O)
(SEE NOTE-2) GLENDINNING MARINE PROD. JR | | connect
CONWAY, SC 843-399-6146 together
\_ 7 as of
| | 10/9/00
Nu 7 | |
(REMOTE-BLACK)
O RADIO CONTROL
IF OPERATING TWO CABLEMASTERS oT RECEIVER
UNIT #2 | Do 1 2VDC 0
(CHANNELS 3 84) N
/ O ON POWER SWITCH NOTE:
( CABLEMASTER RELAY ASSEMELY в WITH THE NEW RELAY ASSEMBLY A
BATTERY - 12VDC REMOTE CONTROL IS REQUIRED
POSITIVE) mae | POWER TO BE USED FOR ALL VOLTAGES
(SEE NOTE-1) | O DCINPUT SWITCH (12,24 OR 32VDC)
RED
O POS. + RED, | O
BATTERY . WHITE 1 (REMOTE-PURPLE) A
NEGATIVE(-) —— MS WHITE 2 O T
BLACK
BLACK 3 (REMOTE-TAN) J
= NOTE:
IN 4
Motor | LiMIT |= 1) Connect Battery positive lead via fuse or circuit breaker.
Одри |SWITOH_S O See Installation Manual for routing
o ORANGE O ORANGE| OUT 6 O IN-LIMIT -
= M BLACK LIMIT |} SWITCH Circuit Breaker Specs:
Q) ivi O || ser | swiren 7] O CM7-12 VOLT 20 AMP BREAKER 8-10 RUNNING AMPS
= 12 DCUSE AMP BREAKER OUT-LIMIT CM7-24 VOLT 10 AMP BREAKER 5-6 RUNNING AMPS
= 12,24 0R 32V DARAN DC USE O AVPRENCER SWITCH CM7-32 VOLT 10 AMP BREAKER 5-6 RUNNING AMPS
O MOTOR GLENDINNING MARINE PROD. 2) For low profile Cable Master Installation, the motor leads
7 CONWAY, SC 843-399-6146 must be reversed for correct limit switch operation.
O NN J See Manual for more information.
o \ © O / Ó 3) To connect 6 wire Power Switch to New Relay attach:
oO _RED wire to 41 pos on relay barrier strip
1
©
©
O1
ZN
д) <
©
ON <
N
DS
N
— S
=
O
F5 M5 A
BILGE HEAT DETECTOR 11>— 315 16 YEL D
PORT ENG DIAGNOSTIC (-) 2|>— =
PORT OIL PSI 3 |>+— 331 16 BLK/WHT
TWO LINE PORT WATER TEMP 4 >+ 332 16 GRY/WHT —
LCD DISPLAY PORT TRANSMISSION TEMP 5|>H 333 16 WHT 7
EMERGENCY BILGE PUMP s |>+— 313 16 BRN —
FWD EMERGENCY PUMP 7 >— 324 146 BRN г
AFT EMERGENCY PUMP al>— O
SYSTEMS MONITOR FWD BILGE PUMP s|>+— 353 16 BRN
AFT BILGE PUMP 101>— 310 16 BRN N
PORT EXHAUST TEMP 11>+— 339 16 GRN O
| PORT FUEL FILTER COND 12>—— 317 16 BRN/ORN
STBD ENG DIAGNOSTIC (-) 131 > 7— =
R AX FROM BILGE TO DISPLAY STBD OIL PSI 14>+— 334 16 BLK/WHT
G6/U CO О GETODIS STBD WATER TEMP 18>+— 335 16 GRY/WHT <
PORT CAT DIAGNOSTIC 18>— 346 16 PNK/BLK
STBD CAT DIAGNOSTIC 17>+— 347 16 PNK/BLK >
Sa Kg PORT SERVICE ENG SOON 18>+— 355 16 ORN/RED —
FWD SUMP 19)>-— 336 16 WHT =
AUDIBLE ALARM AFT SUMP 20|>-— 340 16 GRN REF DWG O
ALARM SELECT STBD TRANSMISSION TEMP 21|>+— 336 16 WHT 09-601
STBD EXHAUST TEMP 22|>— 340 16 GRN
> 23 >
T>|24/>1
STBD FUEL FILTER COND o5|>F— 319 16 BRN/ORN
PORT IGN >— 337 16 VIO
\_ SYSTEMS MONITOR INDICATOR PANEL 7 AFT PUMP 26 Г
STBD SERVICE ENG SOON 28|>+— 356 16 ORN/GRN
+ 12/24VDC 29|> 325 14 RED
+ 12/24VDC 30) — 344 16 RED
GEN OIL 311>+— 330 16 BLK/WHT
> |s2>—
+> 23 >
12/34/51
> 35 >
BLU STBD IGN 3e|>1— 338 16 VIO
- GEN IGN 37|>1T— 329 16 VIO
> |as>——
GROUND a9>+— 341 14 BLK И
GROUND a0|>}— 345 16 BLK —
909-60 ‘ON Buimeiq
BACK LIGHT
REF DWG
09-610
N
344 16 RED/VIO
345 16 BLK
SYSTEMS MONITOR
INTERFACE MODULE
| ME 16 RED/VIO
—( NA D— 16 BLK
F 6 3 8 1 REF DWG 09-604
IG. O. . MAIN DC BREAKER
PANEL
128 8 BLK 131 8 BLK
5 + 60A 60A 5
| 14ЗА 6 ВЕО 143B6 RED — 144B 6 RED и 144A6 RED —
I x PORT PORT STBD Po STBD =
PORT — 12V 12V 12V
MAIN DC 1138 RED 8D BATTERY #1 MAIN DC
BUSS BUSS
4/0 RED 4 12 + 133 + 12 24 4/0 RED
7 10 RED 130 8 RED |
О e] 1208 RED — ® O
A
STBD
PORT 135
8D BATTERY #2 PORT 8 RED ство 8D BATTERY #2
BATTERY + BATTERY
EQUALIZER PORT EQUALIZER
12V
SOLENOID 5 || 5!
— 127 8 ВЕ0 — — — /
4/0 RED
REF BILGE
CEL HARNESS
<| 114 WHT/BLU 274B 4/0 ВЕ0 — — — — — 1 p70 Р 64
<| 4<-14 WHT/BLU 275B 70 — — a
<l 4<eL 14 RED 2768 274A 14 WHT/BLU —> |1|>}14 WHT/BLU 274A << > y
<| 4 14 RED/VIO 277B 275A 14 WHT/BLU —P> |2/>}— 14 WHT/BLU 275A +2 <<
PORT 12V 276A 14RED — |3|>4—14 RED 276A <|3 < L |8
277A 14 REDNIO — > |4|>— 14 REDVIO 277A —K|4 1 Forrev
+ 4816 <|5 14 WHT/BLU 278B
E <|6 14 WHT/BLU 279B ?
8| ı <|7 14 RED 280B
<|8 14 RED/VIO 281B 6 54 |7
<|9 14BLK282 —— 278A 14 WHT/BLU —>|5|>}—14 WHT/BLU278A | —K|5}<
STBD 12V — Per = GENERATOR 279A 14 WHT/BLU —|6>}— 14 WHT/BLU 2794 —<lel< T5, 8
MAIN DC GROUND BUSS BATTERY 280A 14 RED >|7/>—14 RED 280A <|7|<
SOLENOID AR 281A 14 RED/VIO TRIER 14 REDVIO 2814 — TE sTBD 12V
> 2 NS
‘
таб С 60 C31 pa C 70 C 64
< 14 WHT/BLU 283B < < ENERATOR
8 E: < 14 WHT/BLU 284B <| 2< STARTER
< 14 RED 285B <| 3< $
„”
СЕМЕВАТОВ 14 RED/VIO 2868 <| 15 GENERATOR © +
P 60 da< BATTERY GENERATOR
< о < GROUND
MAIN DC ER STUD (OPT)GANG PLANK REF GENERATOR
BRK PNL << 9 <- 196A 2 RED HARNESS р
SWITCHES — SURFACE MNT BREAKER REF DWG 09-622
REF 09-604 +4 WHT/BLU 283A BN 44 WHT/BLU 283A
14 WHT/BLU 284A 14 WHT/BLU 284A
1 —14 RED 285A 14 RED 285A
—14 RED/VIO 286A & 14 RED/VIO 286A
(OPT)SWIM PLATFORM 80A 60A \VINDLASS С 66 GENERATOR
[95/2 RED 352 RED CONVERTOR 107-8 RED SOLENOID
CONVERTOR 106-8 RED — app }EF DWG 09-620 ever | FR DWG 09-614 % ATT SWITCH
REF DWG 09-601 O START 150A ZO REF DWG 09-601
© PORT SOLENOID STBD 6 -
G 24V 24V DC DIST PNL
75 LOAD SOLENOID SOLENOID LOÁD 75 SWITCHES
{ \ | ; REF 09-603
NO 7 ? <Q Ze
L
208 | MAIN DC
Pes — 12 | I GROUND REF BILGE |
71 491° >] 1>)—14 WHT/BLU 2668 BLK = Buss HARNESS
2 TE >|>|> —14 WHT/BLU 267B C69 _ ces | 5
>| 3>1—14 RED 268B 75 266A 14 WHT/BLU —FK| 1|<}14 WHT/BLU 266A —>| {> >
3|4|>+—14 RED/VIO 269B 267A 14 WHT/BLU —<|2|€1—14 WHT/BLU 267A >| 21> E 8
| ORT 24V Y 268A 14 RED — — — ——|<|s|€--14 RED 268A >| > |
269A —<4 —1>|4>
14 RED/VIO <l4|<--14 RED/VIO 269A >| al> ORT 24v
71 4 6 >
>|5|>}+14 WHT/BLU 270B p
PE S|6|>+—14 WHT/BLU 271B
е| | S|7/>1—14 RED 2728 6 [54 Y7
>| 8>I—14 RED/VIO 273B — 270A 14 WHT/BLU —K |5 14 WHT/BLU 270A —>|5|>
Blob = 271A1 14 WHT/BLU | —K |6|<|-14 WHT/BLU 271A Se 3S
STBD 24V ce 140 | ———272A14RED ——K|7|€1—14 RED 272A 27>
6 RED 141 273A 14 REDVIO — —K<|S|<-14 REDNVIO 273A >|8[>
10 RED Le lle 15 |0)S[ | STBD 24V
aw 139 142 — Pes P 63
RED 207 10 RED 6 RED 4/0
PORT STARTER 12 RED =
RED/VIO STBD STARTER MAIN DC
| PORT PORT STBD STBD
REF DWG 24V 24V
09-601 LINE LOAD LOAD LINE NOTES:
1) FEEDER TO FUSE SHALL BE SHEATED OR IN AN
ENCLOSURE, AND SHALL NOT BE GREATER THAN
72' IN LENGTH
2) FEEDERS TO FUSE SHALL BE SHEATHED OR IN AN
ENCLOSURE, AND SHALL NOT BE GREATER THAN
TO MAIN 40" IN LENGTH
DC BREAKER
PANEL
REF DWG 09-604
Drawing No. 09-609
\ J
6.38 510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
(9/90UBPUNS GGG) ,,Ne9uepuns OLS
6€'9
7“ NN
TH
rie
© =
o
O) =
STOVE TOP REMOTE MICRO SWITCH © =
NOTES: Zw
1) RELAYS SHOWN IN DEENERGIZED POSITION,SWITCH SHOWN WITH и =
STOVE COVER IN PLACE. =
O
aD
Пр al =
| | Н
| |
| + 7
— — © O—— 12 BLK | ! 12 BLK
STOVE BREAKER | O ©
REF DWG 09-630/09-632 | | О
A à 412 RED | т о— 12 RED STOVE 240VAC =
| |
| —— > | С)
| | ñ
LA С ) | >
1 — | <
| |
GROUNDING BUSS 12 GRN
STANDARD 240VAC/60HZ
STOVE TOP REMOTE MICRO SWITCH
Пр al
| |
| |
ZN | О |
STOVE BREAKER —6e O—— 12BLK | © | 12 BLK
REF DWG 09-632 | |
| | |
NEUTRAL BUSS 12 WHT Г © | 12 WHT STOVE 220VAC
| |
LA С |
| У С |
Lol
О
a) GROUNDING BUSS 12 GRN
=
a STANDARD 220VAC/50HZ
Z
O
©
©
O)
O
N
UN =
T
e
a Z
O
au
о 2
\O
WINDLASS N
LATCHING ~~ =
BREAKER SOLENOID =
MAIN BATTERY —
SOLENOID SCHEMATIC — 933A — 49% 533В Z
REF 09-609 6RED chava, 6 RED ©
CONTROL SURFACE С
STATION MOUNT BREAKER =
SWITCH PANEL >
REF DWG 09-601 PLUGA PART OF =
BILGE HARNESS
CAP 24 >
WINDLASS REF DWG 09-802 =
MAIN | 585-14 WHT/BLU 1|>+ 585-14 WHT/BLU
<|2 586-14 WHT/BLU 2|>+ 586-14 WHT/BLU
<|3 588-14 RED 3>+ 588-14 RED
WINDLASS < |4 587-14 RED/VIO 4|>T 587-14 RED/VIO
CONTROL 2 _
3 518-18 BLU PLUG &
4 519-16 GRN CAP 25
PLUG & CAP 2 REF 09-822 MOTOR MOUNTING BOLT
= 4
MAIN DC
WINDLASS
DECK SWITCHES GROUND BUSS
534
2 BLK
5089 5090 =
5085 6 RED 6 RED 6 RED MAIN DC
6 RED TYP TYP TYP GROUND BUSS
TYP |
— soer. сое!
14 BLK
533C TYP
—— 2RED ©
TYP WINDLASS HARNESS
me y REF DWG 09-852
>, 83
SL
CONTROL BOX
UV
0
=
3
O
Z
O
©
©
O)
—
A
079
(9!/00Uepuns $659) „деоиерипс OLS
(Z 10 1) 258-60 'ON Buime1q
MOUNTING BOLT
WINDLASS
DECK SWITCHES
WINDLASS
4 GRN
5088
5086
5085
5087 (+)
B2 M2
1
STBD
ENGINE
GROUNDING
MAIN DC
GROUND BUSS
5091
CONTROL BOX MRP # 1221159
(1079 91H)
(7 40 1) SSANAVH SSVIANIM
WIRE#| AWG | COLOR
FUNCTION
FROM
TO
LENGTH
5085 RED
WINDLASS FOOT CONTROL
RAISE FOOT SWITCH
5/16"RING
WINDLASS MOTOR (M1)
5/16"RING
6'3"
5086 RED
WINDLASS FOOT CONTROL JUMPER
RAISE FOOT SWITCH
5/16"RING
LOWER FOOT SWITCH
5/16"RING
6"
5087 RED
WINDLASS FOOT CONTROL FEED
WINDLASS CONTROL BOX (+)
5/16"RING
RAISE FOOT SWITCH
5/16"RING
59"
5088 RED
WINDLASS FOOT CONTROL
LOWER FOOT SWITCH
5/16"RING
WINDLASS MOTOR (M2)
5/16"RING
57"
5089 RED
WINDLASS CONTROL
WINDLASS CONTROL BOX (M1)
5/16"RING
WINDLASS MOTOR
5/16"RING
11"
O (O O O JO) |)
5090 RED
WINDLASS CONTROL
WINDLASS CONTROL BOX (M2)
5/16"RING
WINDLASS MOTOR
5/16"RING
10"
5091 14 BLK WINDLASS CONTROL WINDLASS MOTOR 5/16"RING WINDLASS CONTROL BOX (C)
FEMALE SPADE 10"
(7 JO 7) 58-60 ‘ON Buime1q
NOTES:
1) WIRES TO BE 105C, SAE J378/J1128, WITH TYPE 2 STRANDING PER ABYC E-9.GROUNDING WIRES ARE TO BE TYPE 3
AND TINNED COPPER PER ABYC E-9.
2) ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRE INSULATION TO HAVE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION PRINTED ON IT:
B: TEMPERATURE RATING (I.E. 105 C)
C: SAE J378/J1127
D: GAUGE (I.E. 10AWG)
3) WIRES TO BE LABELED WITH SPECIFIED WIRE NUMBERS AT BOTH ENDS.
4) BOAT CABLE TO BE 3 CONDUCTOR, TINNED, 105 C DRY, JACKETED, AND MEET UL-1426 SPECIFICATIONS FOR BOAT CABLE.
120V/220V CABLE CONDUCTORS TO BE BLACK/WHITE/GREEN WITH A GRAY JACKET. 240V CABLE CONDUCTORS TO BE BLACK/RED/GREEN
WITH A BLUE JACKET.
5) PHONE CABLE TO BE 3 CONDUCTOR (BLACK/WHITE/RED) 20 AWG, 10 STRAND, WITH 90" C GRAY JACKET.
6) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE INCHES UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
7) TOLERANCES ARE PLUS OR MINUS 1" (NONCUMULATIVE) ON DROP OFF LOCATIONS AND PLUS OR MINUS 2"
ON DROP OFF LENGTHS.
8) FOR GROUND BUSS LOCATIONS WITH A BUSS BAR SPECIFIED, TERMINATE WIRES WITH #8 INSULATED RING
TERMINALS AND INSTALL A PHOSPHOR BRONZE EXTERNAL TOOTH STAR WASHER BETWEEN THE TERMINAL AND
THE BUSS BAR (SEE DETAIL A). LOCATIONS WITHOUT A BUSS BAR SPECIFIED ARE NOT TO BE TERMINATED.
9) BRASS GROUND BUSSES ARE TITUSVILLE TOOL #072195.
10) SINGLE STUD MAIN DC GROUND BUSSES ARE METCO (MARINE ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGIES) #M-10.
11) DOUBLE STUD MAIN DC GROUND BUSSES ARE METCO (MARINE ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGIES) #SR521.
12) ALL CONNECTORS ARE TO BE PERMANENTLY MARKED WITH THE IDENTIFYING NUMBER INDICATED.
13) CONNECTORS ARE AMP MATE-N-LOK 11 SERIES UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. USE PINS IN PLUGS AND SOCKETS
IN CAPS.20-14 AWG PINS ARE 770007-1, 12-10 AWG PINS ARE 770003-3. 20-14 AWG SOCKETS ARE 770008-3,
12-10 AWG SOCKETS ARE 770004-3.
14) USE CAVITY SEALS (#12059168) IN ANY EMPTY POSITIONS IN ALL PACKARD ELECTRIC 150 SERIES CONNECTORS.
15) SPEAKER WIRES ARE 16/2, 105 STRAND, OXYGEN FREE, HIGH CONDUCTIVITY COPPER, WITH 90" C CLEAR INSULATION.PORT WIRES HAVE A RED (+)
AND STBD WIRES HAVE A GREEN (+) ON ONE CONDUCTOR FOR IT'S ENTIRE LENGTH. OEM ELECTRIC PART NUMBERS ARE K1696354R22 (PORT) AND
K1696354G22 (STBD).
16) TV/FM AND SPOTLIGHT COAX IS RG-6/U, WITH AN 18 AWG SOLID COPPER CENTER CONDUCTOR, CELLULAR POLYETHYLENE INSULATOR,
100% FOIL AND 61% TINNED COPPER BRAIDED SHIELD, WITH A BLACK PVC JACKET.
17) VHF COAX IS RG-8/X, WITH A 16 AWG STRANDED TINNED COPPER CENTER CONDUCTOR, SOLID POLYETHYLENE INSULATOR,
95% TINNED COPPER BRAIDED SHIELD, WITH AWHITE PVC JACKET.
18) QUICKSILVER INSULATED SNAP PLUG TERMINALS CONSIST OF THE FOLLOWING PARTS:
FEMALE SOCKET 86-814433
SINGLE MALE INSULATOR 85-17198
SINGLE FEMALE INSULATOR 85-17199
DOUBLE FEMALE INSULATOR 85-17200
A: MANUFACTURER'S NAME
FASTENER
TERMINAL
STAR WASHER
BUSS BAR
DETAIL A
MALE PIN 86-814434
MALE PINS AND INSULATORS TO BE INSTALLED ON NEGATIVE WIRES, FEMALE SOCKETS AND INSULATORS ON POSITIVE WIRES.
AMP SHUR-PLUG TERMINALS (P/N'S 42142-1 AND 60766-2) MAY BE SUBSTITUTED, AND ARE TO BE COVERED WITH HEAT SHRINK TUBING.
19) SPLICES TO BE MECHANICALLY CRIMPED AND COVERED WITH ADHESIVE LINED HEAT SHRINK TUBING.
20) PACKARD ELECTRIC FUSEHOLDERS CONSIST OF THE FOLLOWING PARTS: CONNECTOR
16-14 TERMINMALS 12066614
COVER 12033731
21) USE POLYCARBONATE LABELS TO IDENTIFY FUNCTION AND AMPERAGE. INSTALL BUSSMAN ATO FUSES TO THE APPROPRIATE AMPERAGE.
22) SPEEDOMETER TUBING TO BE .148" INSIDE DIAMETER, .050" WALL THICKNESS, 105" C BLACK PVC MATERIAL, 93+/- SHORE A DURMETER,
TELEFLEX PART NUMBER 5833371.
12085030
(7079 O19)
(7 410 7) SSANIVH SSVTANIA\
(9/90UBPUNS GGG) ,,Ne9uepuns OLS
LV 9
~~
_ =
—
” e
ON N
EAN —
ju us
NOTE: WITH OPTIONAL BOW SHORE POWER (DOTTED LINES) TAKE 502 & 502B A
AND ADDITIONAL SPLITTER AND ADD JUMPER FROM SPLITTER —
TO A-B SWITCH O
O
у:
502B 502A >
TT = о = — = — — — IN IN © >
Sow OUT с
SHORE INLET N
SHORE INLET | TO VHF ANTENNA O
| BOAT TV ANTENNA an
501 | =
| — — -SHORE/A <
504 >
OUT 505A PORT SPOILER. —
ACCESS SPOIL O
COAX CONNECTIONS
LOCATION и
—
505B O
=
RAYTHEON N
ANTENNA
DUPLEXER
IN
OUT OUT 531
OUT OUT BD SPOILER ACCESS
| 539 LOCATION
IN
SALON VCR
527 503 509 + | SALON VCR | OUT OUT
OUT OUT
500 507A
538
508
о GUEST PORT SPOILER ACCESS
AFT STRM COCKPIT SALON
= STATE ROOM MASTE A STRM 5) y Tw
=
3
© 507B
Z
O
© CONTROL STATION
O)
—
N
~~
—
e
—
N
и
FH =
—
” e
ON N
EAN —
—
NOTE: WITH OPTIONAL BOW SHORE POWER (DOTTED LINES) TAKE 502 & 502В . =
AND ADDITIONAL SPLITTER AND ADD JUMPER FROM SPLITTER e a
TO A-B SWITCH ~~ =
502A
502B
© (©) De N N ©) ©
SALON OUT
ту SS" 00060 © BOW >
S.VIDEO VIDEO * AUDIO SHORE INLET | SHORE INLET >
—
501 | BOAT TV ANTENNA 7
|
oo - —_SHORE/A N
DSS O
ANTENNA OUT 505A PORT =
e
500 Be 66 6 SHIP/B ONNECTIONS <
S VIDEOR I LOCATION >
IN FROMANT pro ) © SATELLITE 505B A
A VIDEO AUDIO 504 A
< AOS
9% < ba
EA
©
=
>
VCR BB
IN FROM ANT VIDÉS IN AUDIO IN
6
OUT TO TV RL
506 Go 299
OUT QUT
RAYTHEON
ANTENNA
DUPLEXER
IN + LOCATED AT
OUT OUT 3 ANTENNA
OUT OUT
|
IN
OUT OUT
UV 527 503 507A PORT 508
a 538 SPOILER COAX
= CONNECTIONS
= SUEST | LOCATION
© STATEROOM MASTER STRM COCKPIT 507B
> TV TV TV
o
CONTROL STATION
© SALON STEREO STEREO
] W/DSS OPTION
O)
—
N
~~
N
e
—
N
SWIM PLATFORM WIRING SCHEMATIC (SOUTHCOAST)
(F1G. 6.42.1)
SWIM PLATFORM
LATCHING SOLENOID DETAIL A
O ©
REFDWG 195A2 RED LS 195B 2 RED/VIO 2
09-609 THERMAL SURFACE
© @
3 4
1. RED\(+)
2. GREEN (DOWN)
3. BLUE (UP)
HAND HELD
MOUNT BREAKER CONTROL 4. BLK (-)
O O BOTTOM VIEW
UP DOWN
ON/OFF
RED/VIO
M EF
BLU —
< (14 HARNESS SUPPLIED BY VENDOR
CONTROL —
CONTROL | VENDOR SUPPLIED HARNESS REDMO << |] <+4+H —Mm m —
| вк -< |3 < —
14 5 < < HAND HELD REMOTE
AN REDVIO 4< |5|< RECEPTACLE
вк < 1
— — WARNING
BLK
| с с HORN
GRN z Z
DOWN BLK о попов
SOLENOID ¢ 2 z 0 0 ©
111 м
INAAANAANM ||| — — — — — — — -— - — - — 1 MT 7 HAN SOLENOID CONTROL SWITCH ASSEMBLY TOUT OT 7
| [33455 | puro ness GAP) | FRR |
J ГЛ Л Л Л ЛЕ M10 E10 106, | |
BLK — un —< | 1€ 28814 WHT/BLU < < 288 16 WHT/BLU |
~ 220
- @ ss 00 < [21 G 289 14 WHT/BLU < 2 < 289 16 WHT/BLU |
SOLENOID < 3 <+-— 29014 RED < 3 290 16 RED |
< [4] CT 291 14 REDVIO < a< 291 16 REDNIO |
(+) < 15} SH 299 14 BLK < |5|< 299 16 BLK |
< <т т< < |
О O | || |
|
ee ___ NI e e |
en
\
197 2 BLK
BLU
BLK
YEL
VIO
GEN 4 MAIN DC
RADIO RN GROUND BUSS
RECEIVER RED
Drawing No. 09-620
6.42 510 SundancerS (555 Sundance?)
AUTOMATIC SHORE POWER A/B SELECTOR SCHEMATIC
MAIN
50 AMP | 6/3
/ |
|
NOTES:
1) NEUTRAL WIRE FOR 240VAC INPUT NOT INSTALLED IN CABLEMASTER
SHORE CORD ON BOAT W/SHORE POWER TRANSFORMERS.
AUTOMATIC
SHORE POWER
A/B SELECTOR
OUTPUT
MAIN
50 AMP | 6/3
2) INCOMING SHORE GROUND IS CONNECTED ONLY TO THE SHIELD OF THE
ISOLATION TRANSFORMER AND IS NOT GROUNDED ON THE BOAT.
BOAT CABLE
6/3
LN2 D Or
TO D
O ©®
(FIG. 6.43.1)
STERN < 1 (BLK)
SHORE POWER PLUG #1 <1+—L2 (RED)
240VAC/50A <— G (GRN—
<— N
NOTES
BOW €— L 1 (BLK)
SHORE POWER PLUG #1 <+— L2 (RED)
>
NOTE
STERN
SHORE POWER PLUG #2
120VAC/50A
&—L 1 (BLK)
MAIN
BREAKER BOAT CABLE —
50 AMP |! 6/3
CHASSIS
GND
<
L—|
A
AUTOMATIC
SHORE POWER
A/B SELECTOR
/ N
OUTPUT
<+ N (WHT)
7
+ a
<< G (GRN)—
LINE 2
BOW
SHORE POWER PLUG #2
120VAC/50A
MAIN
50 AMP! 6/3 a
® ©
nO
> JA Ja. wel (D O
LT
boa
REF SHEET 1
CONNECTION EA
CASE GROUND
BOAT CABLE
6/3
TO E
S— L 1 (BLK)
<— N (WHT)
® ©
oe
A / |
<— G (GRN}—
Na
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
CHASSIS
GND
FETE |
SEC PRI
TRANSFORMER A
240V PRIMARY
120V/240V SECONDARY
12KVA
a
REF SHEET 1
WHT N
H |
|
BLK L1 |
|
\
|
WHT |
RN SEC PRI
BOAT GNDING)
TRANSFORMER A
CONNECTION ED
CASE GROUND
120V PRIMARY
120V SECONDARY
6KVA
Drawing No. 09-640
6.43
779
1£9-60 "ON BuImesa
(9/90UBPUNS GGG) ,,Nesuepuns OLS
T
1/2 A
ROTARY
| 1/2A |
SHORE
cen | 704 50A TRANSFER | 59A 50A 120VAC
PLUG 33 SWITCH SHORE 240VAC
UNUSED 240 NOTE! -
2 UNUSED 24VDC 6 GA 8 GA
262-16 REDVIO +1 BLOCK VOLTS | NOTE 1 6GABLK — — — —m—— —
4 263-16 BLK \ |
LIGHTING 6 GA RED 8 GA
1/2 А
GROUNDING
STUD
=>
HA
©
>=
EE
SHORE POWER PLUG #1 TO MAIN DC GROUND ° 2
240VAC/50A BOAT CABLE BUSS BAR ju
с 6/3, 8/1 ~ N
Lo + GALVANIC С
Li ISOLATOR =
55 АМР
СЕМЕВАТОВ MAIN BOAT CABLE 8 GRN
125KW oT G BREAKER 6/3, 81 NE =
240VAC ST N _
60 HZ e L2 | AC GROUNDING BUSS O
e+ L1 |
Ï AN
8 GRN by
[enounDino BL
NOTE 1 STUD O
NG REVERSED POLARITY =
MAN O
GENERATOR | 60A SHORE 240VAC
© PANEL MAIN BREAKER
240 — \ |
1<-—626-16 BLU LED BLOCK \
2|e— 65916 BLK NOTE 5 6 GABLK
PLUG 33 =—0 A 6 GA WHT
REF DWG | AMPS, 6 GA
09-603 6 GA RED
RAN
6 RED (|)
240VAC LOAD 6BLK A AMPS
T NOTE 5
120VAC LOAD
12/3 STOVE 2 M D P
14/3 WATER HEATER +5 | ‘20— GALLEY SYSTEMS 14/3
“TE
-—15— PORT SYSTEMS 14/3
14/3 _PORT NOTE o a | 15> MICROWAVE 14/3
14/3 STBD BLOCK HEATER т —<15>-STBD SYSTEMS 14/3
(NOTE 4) CT 120VAC | 45> REFRIGERATOR/FREEZER ——— 14/3
CONWERTOR (24V) 50 NEUTRAL BUSS 15> ENTERTAINMENT CENTER —— 14/3
XX__ ACCESSORY > ‘XR-ACCESSORY XX
XX + — XX ACCESSORY XX
14/3 ___ A/C WATER PUMP AN NOTE: <5 GENERATOR CONVERTOR (12V) — 14/3
& RELAY > 1) DENOTES SLIDE SHUTTLE, ONLY ONE SOURCE + (50> BILGE/COCKPIT 14/3
MASTER A/C UNIT —10 CAN BE ENERGIZED AT A TIME. BOW THRUSTER CONVERTOR (24V) — 14/3
(7000 BTU) S 2) ALL EQUIPMENT SAFETY GROUNDS RETURN A
SALZZBI A/C UNIT 50 TO THE GROUNDING BUSS BAR. +—=15-— COCKPIT ICE MAKER — 14/3
(16000 BTU) CR 3) ALL 120VAC EQUIPMENT NEUTRALS RETURN ‘20—WASHER DRYER 14/3
quEST ACUNT —— 90 TO THE NEUTRAL BUSS BAR. —<15>-TRASH COMPACTOR 14/3
(7000 BTU) | 4) VALUES LISTED FOR CAT 3406E OPT USE 10 AMP
UV T 5) AC CURRENT TRANSFORMER - 1000:1 —<XX- ACCESSORY XX
2 XX ACCESSORY хх 6) REF DWG 09-960 FOR PANEL PRINT
=.
O
Z
O
O
©
O)
o
O
=>
HA
©
>=
SHORE LINE 1 SHORE LINE 2 ° A
TO ISO-XFMR TO MAIN DC GROUND TO ISO-XFMR LA =
REF SH 2 BUS BAR REF SH 2 > z
| ] | | °
|| | | | | | | N ©
x a E € = © С x — Wn
BOAT CABLE a © = o (O) © = om O
GENERATOR PA 15-611 Tr y © T | | aD
Notes | KW TE Ш >
240VAC “FT N Г, | >
6oHz “TL? |, | | AC NEUTRAL/GROUNDING BUS | a“
eT L 1 v | ! =
| A
POWER POWER POWER POWER
N
X
O
_
—
N
-
>
O
e
|
a
REF DWG т TE — 16 WHT]
09-603 © © — 16 BLK vos
—(D NOTE 6 x
ms — MDP ars
240VAC LOAD
> NOTE 6 120VAC LOAD
a
12/3 STOVE с x =
m [het
| со со
14/3 WATER HEATER AN | /90>— GALLEY SYSTEMS — 14/3
4 PORT BLOOK EATER > +‘ 15 PORT SYSTEMS 14/3
14 > TN
NOTE 4 15 “1 MICROWAVE 14/3
14/3 STBD BLOCK HEATER AN +—— 15>— STBD SYSTEMS 14/3
> NOTES: {15 REFRIDG/FREEZER —— 14/3
14/3 COCKPIT A/C UNIT 30 1) DENOTES SLIDE SHUTTLE, ONLY ONE SOURCE БУ ENTERTAINMENT CENTER -14/3
(12/16 BTU) CAN BE ENERGIZED AT A TIME. —
XX ACCESSORY > > 2) AC SOURCE NEUTRALS AND ALL EQUPIMENT > XX>— ACCESSORY ——— XX
XX | SAFETY GROUNDS RETURN TO THE AC SOURCE AN
> NEUTRAL AND COMMON GROUNDING BUS BAR ON XX ACCESSORY —— XX
14/3 A/C WATER PUMP & RELAY THE AC NEUTRAL/GROUNDING BUS. 4 E GEN. CONVERTER 14/3
5 3) ALL EQUIPMENT NEUTRALS RETURN TO THE LOAD 5
T NEUTRAL BUS BAR ON THE AC NEUTRAL/ $—— 20>— BRIDGE/COCKPIT 14/3
14/3 MASTER A/C UNIT GROUNDING BUS | Æ—\ BOWTHRUSTER
(7000 BTU) 10 4) USE 10 AMP FOR DDEC ENGINES, 15 CONVERTER — 14/8
+ 5) IMPORTANT: NEUTRAL AND GROUND ARE TIED — N
12/5__ SALON A/C UNIT A TOGETHER AT THE AC NEUTRAL/GROUNDING BUS. ÿ 15° COCKPITICEMAKER — 14/3
(16,000 BTU) T NEUTRAL & GROUNDSHALL BE KEPT ISOLATED b 0 — WASHER/DRYER 14/3
AT ALL OTHER LOCATIONS ON BOARD THE VESSEL.
14/3 GUESTAL WHIT 10 6) AC CURRENT TRANSFORMERS-1000:1 +‘ 15>— TRASH COMPACTOR — 14/3
7) REF DWG 09-961 FOR PANEL PRINT A
9
12/3 CONVERTER (24V) AN YX>— ACCESSORY XX
T X>— ACCESSORY ——— XX
XX ACCESSORY
XX
(9/90UBPUNS GGG) ,,Ne9uepuns OLS
GV 9
(1679 DI)
>
O
=
TO MAIN DC NEGATIVE г
BUS BAR Q
pik TO ISOLATION TRANSFORMER æ
TO ISOLATION TRANSFORMER TRAN О
BOAT CABLE BRN LTBLUE sen Cl LT Je N С
ayo G — GRN ha 6 =
ETAT =
10001 pi L—— BRN \/ | AC NEUTRAL/GROUNDING BUS | A
o. - 8
| »* 1 , | * FH 8GRN — E 2
= 4, —
A GROUNDING STUD <
ROTARY or NL = IL A
~~
SHORE SHORE Ur
SWITCH GENERATOR a) 35A O
Lu cm LA o 220VAC 220VAC N LT BLU =
: oe ar 1 bik "| LTB | VOS 8 BRN HE om LINE2 L— 168AN À = ~
REF DWG BLOCK 100 (D 8 BRN
Or—=
09-603 UNE M D P ==
143 —— GALLEY SYSTEMS”?0VAC LOAD 60 Tay STOVE 12/3
14/3 —— MICROWAVE A 4 Lo > — MASTER STATEROOM NC 14/3
143 — REFRIGERATOR/FREEZER —— 4715 55 4 {р № GUEST STATEROOM A/C 14/8
14/3 —— PORT BLOCK HEATER (50 Ey STED BLOCK HEATER 14/3
103 —— COCKPIT A/C (12/16K BTU) — — “и бы > — GENERATOR CONVERTER 12V — 14/8
14/3 — WATER HEATER Za Za — ACCESSORY XXX
XXX —— ACCESSORY Zo NOTES: 7 ACCESSORY XXX
1) DENOTES SLIDE SHUTTLE ONLY ONE SOURCE
1413 —— PORT SYSTEMS Co CAN BE ENERGIZED AT A TIME. / 0 >— STBD SYSTEMS 14/3
148 —— ENTERTANMENTCENTER ——% n> $ 2) ALL EQUIPMENT SAFETY GROUNDS RETURN / 5 >— BILGE/COCKPIT 143
AN TO THE GROUNDING BUSS BAR. AN
14/3 ——— A/C WATER PUMP AND RELAY ST 3) NEUTRAL WIRES FROM EACH LOAD BANK RETURN Sila COCKPIT ICEMAKER 14/3
123 —— SALON A/C UNIT (16,000 BTU) — {nro TO THEIR RESPECTIVE NEUTRAL BUSS BARS. {5 >— WASHER/DRYER 14/3
143 —— CONVERTER (24V) оз 4) REF DWG 09-962 FOR PANEL PRINT. 72 TRASH COMPACTOR 14/3
XXX —— ACCESSORY Za 5) IMPORTANT: NEUTRAL AND GROUND ARE TIED {р № BOW THRUSTER 24V 148
O STN TOGETHER AT THE AC NEUTRAL/GROUNDING BUS. AN
= ххх ACCESSORY o NEUTRAL & GROUND SHALL BE KEPT ISOLATED AT MT CONVERTER ОРТ Xx
> ALL OTHER LOCATIONS ON BOARD THE VESSAL.
=
«QQ
<
о
©
©
©
Ww
Co
~~
TE
О ©
A
ON [1
т A
wy)
120/240V 60HZ 230V 50HZ SE
(ON REMOVE / \ Ve
OO GROUND OO С)
Cum г 173 _
= = >
@ - 2 с
L2 zZ
N L1 >
— aa o
616]! E [016 | <
| | —_ | ©
| | = | | >
| | OO] Q
Lolo]; L Lele] ;
=
Z
С)
ISOLATED NEUTRAL &
GROUND TO MAIN AC
NEUTRAL/GROUNDING BUS
MODEL RATING BREAKER VOLTS/HZ
16.0KW BEDA 70 AMP 42710 230V/50HZ
16.0KW BEG 70 AMP 42718 230V/50HZ
25.0KW BEDA 120 AMP TBO 230V/50HZ
20.0KW BED 90 AMP 42711 230V/50HZ
Ш 32.0KW BEDA 150 AMP 42703 120V/60HZ OR 120/240V/60HZ
3 20.0KW BEDA 90 AMP 42711 120V/60HZ OR 120/240V/60HZ
= 25.0KW BED 100 AMP 42702 120V/60HZ OR 120/240V/60HZ
> 20.0KW BEG 90 AMP 42696 120V/60HZ OR 120/240V/60HZ
о
©
©
®
Oo
INTERCONNECT D1AGRAM AC WIRING SCHEMATIC (240/120 vac)
(F1G. 6.46.1)
WINDSHIELD HARNESS
SAL STEREO
ея | PORT COCKPIT— C46] [P46 }———— spPoILERHARDTOP P714[0714— * amp
| P16
e rer Pas] [P43]
P7 |[ C7 | — STBD MID
Кл Leste LIGHTS
ACCESSORY CONTROL vote»
PANEL STATION P52
| NOTE: 1 =
P48 я Ca2][Pa2] [P73][C73}— STBD AFT
[Cag] — COCKPIT LIGHT
P1][c1
Pas] |c49] c79][P7s
BREAKER CONTROL STATION
ES C47 SWITCH PANEL C7P|[P7P
P50 C8S/|P8S
ELECTRONICS
AC FUSE BLOCK
MDP PORT
CAT EMS
INSTRUMENTS
TRIM TAB STBD
SWITCH CAT EMS
P33 С . INSTRUMENTS
P91
C33] STBD CABIN —| P2 ][ C2
я [ SWIM PLATFORM MAIN P108)|C106)
c35|[P35
= = PORT CABIN |C28||P28}— MASTER HEAD [GANG PLANK MAIN _}———————p107][c107
5 =
[Pa][ ca) SUB FLOOR ——| Cs2] [P32]— GUEST HEAD KYSOR MEDALLION
Me INSTRUMENTS
WINDLASS MAIN
DISC. SOLENOID | P27|| P12][P36|[ce4 || C63]| C3 | E +
24V
M.M.D.C. LIGHTING CONVERTER
EXTINGUISHER csal[Pas
Pig | C1 BLOWER —
MODULE c4o][P40o
Cal Pa
PANEL METER
SHUNTS
C81] LP80 ] [P82
| C62] P86
M93 BILGE LIGHTS | P62 C86 M92
Pas MASTER VACUUM fas — Ped] [ess ——] GUEST VACUUM
GENERATOR A A GENERATOR
C70 BILGE LIGHTS | P63|| C63 BILGE LIGHTS ©
#1 SWITCH
SOLENOIDS THROTTLE POSITION "5 [Fg | PS] [ca ]— THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR/ TWIN DISC SENSOR/ TWIN DISC
P3P P3S
[M95] DISCHARGE PUMP ENG ENG
| P98 || C98 | HARNESS HARNESS
M94] HOLDING TANK
| P99 || C99 | AFT BILGE PUMPS
|_F10 | SWIM PLATFORM
FROM ENGINE
HARNESS
SYSTEMS
MONITOR
MODULE
GENERATOR
REMOTE INST
GENERATOR NOTES:
1) P19 USED FOR INSTRUMENT PANELS ON OTHER MODELS.
2) P52, C52, NEUTRAL SAFETY BYPASS, REF DWG 09-601.
PANEL
Drawing No. 09-800
J
6.46 510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
EXTINGUISHER/BLOWER WIRING SCHEMATIC (CAT OPTION)
(F16. 6.47.1)
NOTE: REF DWG 09-601 FOR ALL CONNECTORS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
x CAP 39
| | САР 16 4 POSITION
O 558 FOR ONAN USE ONLY 558 REDWHT + :
557 WHT/RED 2 ,
DUAL BLOWER 556 WHT/RED 3 )
CONTROLLER mo ne
228 BLACK >
Made in the U.S.A. 00-00370-000 227 YELLOW
_ a Ш : 557B WHT/RED JUMPER (FOR WESTERBEKE ONLY)
er er 2 ía
528 5323 (e 5 =] e) )}
2 = 2 = o О x О HALON CYLINDER S S Q MODEL ESRS-MARK V O
O 204 16 GRN/WHT TO || PRESSURE SWITCH BY TR о
206 14 BLK —| 210] nene eno : 233 14-BLK/RED
\ ти cos dès 557 14 WHT/RED 3 ë DISPLAY UNIT ? 235 14-BLK
oe, 12 34567) yen — 556 14 WHT/RED 4 т g
Tots THE USA 7 SEAT IRE :
ez GND J) 5 O BALTIMORE MD 232 14-BLK/RED
[68 14 YELLOW 6 - 234 14-BLK
——— 415B 14 YELLOW 7 ENGINE INTERRUPT 238 16.VIO 240 14-VIO 1
413A 14 YELLOW 8 239 14-VIO 2
A CE ERGIZED CONDITION 337 16-VI0
—413B 14 YELLOW 9 CAP 41
О — BLoWERS | ESS (eu > | o | -66616-6EDMAT (2POS)
SR-V
_\® ©
CAP 40
15 POSITION
su —
Е N 204 16GRN/WHT —<|1
Su 5 NOT USED (2
5 i < @ 206 16 BLK < 3
= 128 UNUSED —<|4
IT Ta
UNUSED —|5
6 2 413B 14 YELLOW —<l6
5 415B 14 YELLOW —< 7
< 412 20 BLACK —<8
2 411 20 WHITE — +9
41020 RED (110
226 16 RED <|11
227 16 YELLOW —<|12
FROM 228 16 BLACK —<|13
UNUSED —<|14
MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL
REF DWG 09-604 CATERPILLAR WITH WESTERBEKE OR ONAN UNUSED —< 15
=.
WN
Drawing No. 09-619
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
6.47
6.48
EXTINGUISHER/BLOWER WIRING SCHEMATIC (CUMMINS)
(F1G. 6.48.1)
NOTE: REF DWG 09-601 FOR ALL CONNECTORS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
204 16 GRN/WHT
206 14 BLK
407 16 BLK —
557 14 WHT/RED
— 556 14 WHT/RED
14 YELLOW
——415B 14 YELLOW
413A 14 YELLOW
—413B 14 YELLOW
MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL
REF DWG 09-604
x
— —_
Made in the U.S.A. 00-00370-000
с N
= = 58
СС СС = oO a
Lu Lu = o =
3032 5 ЕВ
a 5a 2°25
me №е Фе Фе
FTROM FUSE? 12 3 41 56 7] MADEIN
6T0 IND LTS THE USA
N O,
Ш
E
> a
Y
Ш
ST 2
= T & ©
О T DO
— 4 N
Ш ai
y
ó 8
Ш
>
y
©
<<
FROM
CAP 16
REF DWG
558 FOR ONAN USE ONLY 558 RED/WHT 4 09-598
557 WHT/RED D
556 WHT/RED 3
226 RED
228 BLACK
227 YELLOW
25| 2P 1S 1S
557B WHT/RED JUMPER (FOR WESTERBEKE ONLY)
a A
® HALON CYLINDER B — MODEL ESRS-MARK V ® >
O OSOS O 14-VI
TS || PRESSURE SWITCH Ho 9
o
PRESSURE SWITCH BY R i ~~ |
20 | GROUND © 111
о DISPLAY UNIT о
o [o]:
У О
=- МВ SEA-FIRE 14-VIO
AO | Z| BALTIMOREMD | 9 3
s[s]— = fol
— 816 SWITCH о al 15
N 14-VIO
ENGINE INTERRUPT/ 6
LOAD RESTART SYSTEM 338 16-VIO 14-VIO
— 8 SWITCH PORT 7
a ALL CIRCUITS SHOWN IN NORMAL 337 16-VIO
С | — N ENERGIZED CONDITION GEN 18
LOAD E 558 16-RED/WHT
O BLOWERS CONTACT RATINGS ENG INPUTS O
e 20A/10A (NO/NC) e
SR-V
No Z
CAP 40
15 POSITION
|
204 16GRN/WHT <|1
NOT USED {|2
206 7
206 16 BLK {|3
2408 14 VIOLET {|4
/
2398 14 VIOLET S 5
413B 14 YELLOW <16
415B 14 YELLOW < 17
412 20 BLACK {|8
441 20 WHITE <|9
448 20 RED <|10
226 16 RED <|11
227 16 YELLOW <|12
228 16 BLACK GE
UNUSED <14
UNUSED GE
CUMMINS WITH WESTERBEKE OR ONAN
Drawing No. 09-619
J
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
ENGINE/KYSOR MEDALLION INTERFACE SCHEMATIC
FIG. 6.49.1
( G. 6.49 ) 1234586
PLUG 91 TO CONTROL STATION SW PANEL
REF DWG 09-601 SH 2 NOTES:
1) REF DWG 09-601 FOR ENGINE SCHEMATIC
wx ook EEE 2) REF DWG 09-810 FOR ENGINE HARNESS CONSTRUCTION
оааа= = = = 3) REF DWG 09-812 FOR KYSOR MEDALLION INTERFACE HARNESS
PRE R22 CONSTRUCTION.
SANABRIA 5
NSCSRNS RE
A A Ql N Ql
COMPASS/SYSTEMS
MONITOR
+
PLUG 87 TO
24VDC LIGHTING E 2
CONVERTOR >+ BACKLIGHTING 2022B 16 GRN —
>
>
~,
„”
8 CAP 80
8 > BILGE HARNESS
TS REF DWG 09-601
LS = SH 3
o +B[> unusED
3 MMDC 245| + UNUSED
3 RUDDER ANGLE 3j>|>} 255 18 WHT 202 18 WHT 1
= >, CENTER FUEL 4155} 201 18 WHT 201 18 WHT 2
MUSS STBD FUEL 55|>}-200 18 WHT 200 18 WHT 3
= D PLUG 85 61> >+ UNUSED 255 18 WHT 4
1 = | 2027 16 RED A ANALOG INST 7V REGULATED PORT FUEL ¿B 202 18 WHT | 256 10 SED 8
LL] с N UNUSED С PORT SWITCHED IGNITION 9+ 2024 18 WHT —
= а UNUSED UNUSED STBD SWITCHED IGNITION 105] >+2023 18 WHT Ñ—m— FWD DC
= = UNUSED D PORT UNSWITCHED 24VDC 11>{ >1-2025P 18 WHT — —
< EN UNUSED E STBD UNSWITCHED 24VDC” 125|>-20255 18 WHT GROUND
a > UNUSED F 1355151 UNUSED
= UNUSED G BUSS
а 145] St UNUSED
" 8 UNUSED H 1585] >F UNUSED
S UNUSED 2028 16 WHT J ANALOG INST DATA 183151 UNUSED
(5 > 2026 16 BLK K ANALOG INST GND 145|5+ UNUSED
UNUSED
= 183 UNUSED PLUG 81
I 5 PORT ATA) 20 > 257 162 RED 257 16/2 RED E) 1
o PORT ATA(- > 258 16/2 BLK 2
© о STBD ATA(+) 2215|SL259 16/2 RED Mba NENE
= UNUSED STBD ATA(-) 23+>|>}-260 16/2 BLK
GROUND24 {>| >} 2030 18 BLK REF DWG 09-810
E PLUG 70
2 CAP 82
© и 259 16/2 RED N 1
3 = — 16/2 BLK
a 12TUNUSED = FWD DC 260 167 2 TO STBD ENGINE
Lo GROUND HARNESS
REF DWG 09-810
= BUSS
PLUG 86
L —<| UNUSED
KH | RED 7VDC REGULATED
J << | BLK INSTRUMENT GROUND
HH | WHT INSTRUMENT DATA
GF | GRN LIGHTING CONVERTOR
Drawing No. 09-610
\_ J
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®) 6.49
CAT ENGINE OPTION/ TWIN Disc CONTROL HARNESS
(FIG. 6.50.1)
NOTES:
1) WIRES TO BE 105 C, SAE J378/J1128, AND TYPE 2 STRANDING PER ABYC E 9.14.
2) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE INCHES UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
3) TOLERANCES ARE + OR - 1" (NONCUMULATIVE) ON DROP OF LOCATIONS AND + OR - 2" ON DROP OFF LENGTHS.
4) ALL CONNECTORS ARE TO BE PERMANENTLY MARKED WITH THE IDENTIFYING NAME INDICATED.
5) MICROSWITCH ON THE TRANSMISSION |S TO BE WIRED NORMALLY OPEN. IT IS HELD CLOSED WHEN THE TROLL
FUNCTION IS OPERATIONAL, TYPICAL PORT AND STBD.
6.50
— 10 REDVIO ——
PORT ENGINE CAP E TERMINAL STRIP ON
REF DWG 09-810 + TWIN DISC CONTROL
9| >+—— 16 VIO IGN O
EUTRAL SAFETY SWITCH
8|>|—— 16 YEL/RED NEU SAFETY SW O|2
7|> 16 YEL/RED NEU SAFETY SW O 3 "IGNITION
61>+ 16 BLK/YEL TROLL 0 [4 BATT (+)
5|>+ 16 BLK BATT (-) O|5
4| >} 16 BRN PRIMARY THROTTLE | — 16 BLK—O |6 ВАТТ (-)
3 |>+ 16 YEL SECONDARY THROTTLE O|7 EEC (+) ВАТТ
2|>+ 16 BLK THROTTLE (-) ——0 |8 EEC SIGNAL
> 16 RED/VIO THROTTLE (+) O|9 EEC (-) BATT
PLUG 37 5039-10 RED/VIO BATTERY POSITIVE NORMALLY OP NOTE 5
- COMMON
REF 09-604 > 5040-10 RED/VIO BATTERY POSITIVE — — e
HELD CLOSED TT
TROLL VALVE SWITCH ON TRANSMISSION
— 10 RED/VIO
STBD ENGINE CAP | a TERMINAL STRIP ON
REF DWG 09-810 — - 6 TWIN DISC CONTROL
9} > 16 VIO IGN O
EUTRAL SAFETY SWITCH
8| > 16 YEL/RED NEU SAFETY SW O|2
7|> 16 YEL/RED NEU SAFETY SW O [3 IGNITION
6|>I — 16 BLK/YEL TROLL o |4 BATT (+)
5 | >+— 16 BLK BATT (-) О |5
4|>1+—— 16 BRN PRIMARY THROTTLE —16 BLkO |6 ВАТТ (-)
3|>}+ 16 YEL SECONDARY THROTTLE O|7 EEC (+) BATT
21>— 16 BLK THROTTLE (-) 0 |8 EEC SIGNAL
>> 16 RED/VIO THROTTLE (+) O|9 EEC (-) BATT
NOTE 5
| NORMALLY OPEN COMMON
— — e
— HELD CLOSED T |TROLL VALVE SWITCH ON TRANSMISSION
FWD DC GROUND BUSS | 36
CAPS PLUG 37 =
9 POSITION 770028-1 Ç зе’
ALL SOCKETS 770008-3 36 68
36" 36"
PLUG 37 , XMS , XMS
> POSITION TERMINAL STRIP ON PORT 72 TROLL 72 TROLL TERMINAL STRIP ON STBD
TWIN DISC CONTROL TWIN DISC CONTROL
ALL PINS 770003-3 |
12 19
PORT ENGINE STBD ENGINE .
MRP# 1215409 Drawing No. 09-814
J
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
Sora CONTROL SCHEMATIC
(FIG. 6.51.1)
ee,
L1
\.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
CABIN DC
GND BUSS
Cr —
O O
Made in the U.S.A. 00-00376-000
556 14 BLK ——
€
DC DISTRIBUTION
GROUND BUSS
O O
FWD/BACK > 7
1K e POP POPE mae
OHM U THE USA J
O6
555A 10 GAUGE YELLOW
B 10 GAUGE YELLOW
557 14 BLUE 5555 10 GAUG O
16 BLK Li IN/OUT UP/DOWN
470 K
OHM
5 554B 10 GAUGE WHITE |
O 554A 10 GAUGE WHITE
e
2 K
OHM 12 VOLTS
+ 10 GAUGE RED/VIOLET oN CABIN +12 VOLT
ACCESSORY
FUSE
VEIW FROM BACK OF SWITCHES 10 GAUGE BLACK BLOCK
Drawing No. 09-650
6.51
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
1. LAYOUT AND ACCESSORIES
Figures 7.22.1 through 7.24.1 identify the location
and arrangement of the equipment and components
on your yacht. We strongly suggest that you walk
through your yacht, locate the features illustrated,
and become familiar with their operation and
maintenance.
| 510 DA AIR CONDITIONING/HEATING SYSTEM
(Fi. 7.1.1)
FREON LINES
; a и ооощенесвоя UNIT
| y (IN BILGE)
| D 6!
AIR HANDLER
UNIT
(SEE FIG. 8.1.2
FOR LOCATIONS) REMOVABLE
FILTER
VENT
REMOVABLE AIR
FILTER HANDLER
CABIN
WATER PUMP
BILGE STRAINER
COMPRESSOR “Y
COOLING
COMPRESSOR WATER INTAKE
CONDENSATE SUMP (AC SYSTEM SEACOCK)
a J
A/C SEACOCK, STRAINER & SEAWATER Pump
(Fic. 7.1.2)
STBD INBOARD
A/C STRAINER STRINGER
TO A/C COMPRESSORS =
\ A A/C SEACOCK
SEA WATER J HIGH SPEED
PUMP iL PICKUP
A Y
AS
Ne
O A
2. AIR CONDITIONING & HEATING
The 510 DA air conditioning/heating system consists
of three (3) standard air conditioning/heating units,
one (1) raw water pump with a seacock and strainer
and a relay unit so the water pumps will be activated
by demand when any AC unit comes on.
AIR HANDLER LOCATIONS
(Fic. 7.1.3)
GUEST
TATEROOM
A/C UNIT
MASTER
STATEROOM
A/C UNIT
PORT COCKPIT
A/C UNIT
(OPTIONAL) | PS x
STBD COCKPIT
A/C UNIT
(OPTIONAL)
MASTER Г
STATEROOM STATEROOM
A/C UNIT AND SALON
COMPRESSOR 6
(IN BILGE) A/C UNIT
| COMPRESSORS
(STACKED IN
BILGE)
=. J
The compressors for the units are located in the
bilge and the various air handlers located throughout
the boat (see Fig. 7.1.3). Care should be taken so
as not to stow items around the air handlers that
may block the return air grill or damage the freon
lines running to the compressor.
The 510 DA master stateroom unit is located under
the master stateroom bunk (see Fig. 7.1.3). The
controls for the unit are located on the portside
hanging locker. The removable air filter is located
on the face of the unit.
The unit for the guest stateroom is located under
the bunk (see Fig. 7.1.3) The controls for the unit
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
7.1
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
| A/C WATER HosE ROUTING
(F16.7.2.1)
A/C CONDENSATE
SUMP
TO PORT COCKPIT A/C
(OPTIONAL)
COMMON DRAIN
MASTER STATEROOM
A/C COMPRESSOR
CONDENSATE DRAIN
TO STBD COCKPIT A/C
A (OPTIONAL)
Nan
Ш =.
GUEST STATEROOM
A/C COMPRESSOR
SALON
A/C COMPRESSOR
A/C FreoN LINE ROUTING
(FIG. 7.2.2)
GUEST STATEROOM
AIR HANDLER
MASTER STATEROOM
AIR HANDLER
PORT INBOARD STRINGER
PVC INSIDE STRINGER
FREON LINES
MASTER STATEROOM
COMPRESSOR
FREON LINES
SALON
AIR HANDLER
GUEST STATEROOM
COMPRESSOR
SALON
COMPRESSOR
are located on the side of the hanging closet. The
removable air filter is located on the face of the unit.
The salon unit is located under the sofa (see Fig. 7.1.3).
The controls for the unit are located on the portside
wall by the salon entry stairs. The removable air filter is
located on the face of the unit.
The system is cooled to maintain optimal operating
temperature by the raw water pump located in the
bilge (see Fig. 7.1.1). The pump draws water through
a seacock and filters it through a sea water strainer.
The water passes through each compressor cooling
the condensing coils, then flows overboard through
the common drain. (The sea water strainer should
7.2
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
be inspected frequently and cleaned out when
plugged. To clean strainer, refer to Section 4 - Bilge
8 Underwater Gear, pg. 4.12, Seacocks & Strainers).
The condensation drains for all the cabin units
connect into the condensate sump (see Fig. 7.2.1).
Optional cockpit air conditioning consists of two (2)
self contained units. The starboardside unit is
located under the forward cockpit seating and the
portside unit is located forward of the cockpit
refrigerator (see fig 7.1.3). The portside unit is a
slave of the starboardside unit. The controls for the
cockpit A/C are located behind an access door on
the control station (see Fig. 2.14.1)
A. To start system:
1. Make sure the seacock for the cooling water
pump is open.
2. Turn ON the A/C WATER PUMP & RELAY
circuit breaker on the main AC distribution panel.
Turn ON each A/C UNIT circuit breaker located
on the same panel.
3. Refer to air conditioner owner's manual in the
owner’s packet for instructions on operation of
the control panels.
REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
3. WATER SYSTEM
The fresh water system (see Fig. 7.3.1) consists of
two (2) 24 volt water pumps, water system filter
and a distribution manifold. They are located in
sump under the salon which can be accessed
through a hatch in the companionway forward of
the galley.
The fresh water system is activated by the water
pump breakers on the salon DC distribution panel.
The breakers must be ON to operate the head,
shower, ice maker, fresh water washdowns or
faucets.
1
N
FRESH WATER SYSTEM
(FIG. 7.3.1)
© FRESH WATER TANK
©) FRESH WATER TANK FILL
N FRESH WATER TANK VENT
© WATER HEATER © GUEST HEAD SINK
® GALLEY SINK ® GUEST HEAD SHOWER
® FRESH WATER DISTRIBUTION MANIFOLD O GUEST HEAD TOILET
O MASTER HEAD SHOWER ® WINSHIELD WASHER
O MASTER HEAD SINK O BILGE WASHDOWN
O MASTER HEAD TOILET o DOCKSIDE WATER INLET
OPTIONAL DOCKSIDE WATER INLET O COCKPIT WASHDOWN
® ROPE LOCKER WASH DOWN © TRANSOM SHOWER
(A) COCKPIT WET BAR SINK
(® COCKPIT ICE MAKER
(© WASHER/DRYER
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
7.3
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
A. WATER TANK
The 510 DA has one (1) 150 gallon (567.7 liter) water
tank located under the salon companionway forward
of the water system manifold (Figure 4.15.1). To
check the water level in the tank, press the water
level switch on the 24 volt DC distribution panel
located in the galley aft upper cabinet. The lights
Will indicate the amount of water in the tank.
FILLING THE WATER TANK
The tank is filled through a fill plate located on the
starboard deck walkway. Fill the water tanks only
from a source known to provide safe, pure drinking
water. To fill your water tank you should use a plastic
hose. Do not use a rubber hose; it can give the water
a disagreeable flavor. The hose should be kept for
filling use only. After using the hose it should be
emptied. Start at one end and raise the hose to
shoulder level and walk to the opposite end of the
hose, allowing the remaining water to flow out. You
should store your water tank filling hose in a clean
dry place. It is also a good practice to cover the
ends of the hose to keep the inside clean.
To BEGIN INITIAL OPERATION:
Fill the water tank with potable water.
2. Switch the water pump breakers to the ON
position.
3. One at atime, open all hot and cold faucets to
bleed air from the water lines.
4. Once air has been eliminated from water lines,
close faucets.
5. Shutting off the last faucet should cause the
pump to shut off.
SANITIZING THE WATER SYSTEM
Although your dealer initially sanitizes the water
system, if the system has not been used for a long
period of time, or you suspect it may be contaminated,
use a water treatment additive to sanitize the potable
water system. Water treatment additives are available
at marine/RV supply stores.
If water treatment additives are not available, adhere
to the following procedure for complete sanitation
of your potable water system.
1. Prepare a chlorine solution using one (1) gallon
of water and one (1) cup Clorox or Purex
household bleach (5% Hypochlorite solution).
With tank empty, pour chlorine solution into
tank, using one (1) gallon solution for each sixty
(60) gallons of tank capacity.
2. Complete filling of tank with fresh water. Open
each faucet until air has been released and the
entire system is filled.
3. Allow to stand for three (3) hours.
Drain and flush with potable fresh water.
5. To remove excessive chlorine taste or odor
which might remain, prepare a solution of four
(4) quarts of vinegar to twenty (20) gallons of
water and allow this solution to agitate in the
tank for several days by vehicle motion.
6. Drain tank and again flush with potable water.
7. Replace water filter.
f в
FRESH WATER DISTRIBUTION MANIFOLD
(F16. 7.4.1) =
GALLEY SINK (Koon
BILGE WASHDOWN Bes co
WINSHIELD MISTER | 300 соо
TRANSOM SHOWER PJ» |»
MASTER HEAD "Oo |0» GUEST HEAD
MASTER HEAD SHOWER "Ue | GUEST HEAD SHOWER
BL
D
DO
DO
DE
MASTER HEAD VANITY a COLD | COLD 0 GUEST HEAD VANITY
сои D
DO
DUO
DE
]
GALLEY ICE MAKER
ROPE LOCKER
COCKPIT SINK
WASHER
WATER TREATMENT WATER HEATER
GALLEY SINK JE rer WASHER
TRANSOM SHOWER CG] ver | vor GUEST HEAD SHOWER
MASTER HEAD SHOWER [JK] wor | wor GUEST HEAD VANITY
MASTER HEAD VANITY KE] vor | nor PLUG
[
el
5
7.4
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
B. DISTRIBUTION MANIFOLD
The distribution manifold (Figure 7.4.1) located
behind an access door in the lower aft cabinet of
the master stateroom directes fresh water to the
various equipment throughout the yacht.
The valves should be shut off when the equipment
IS not in use.
C. WATER Pumps & FILTERS
Pumps
The pumps for the fresh water system are located
on the port side of the sump under the salon
companionway. (Figure 7.5.1)
The pumps are turned on by the FRESH WATER
PUMP #1 and FRESH WATER PUMP #2 breakers
on the galley DC distribution panel.
FRESH WATER FILTER SYSTEM
(Fic. 7.5.1)
WATER
MAINFOLD
WATER PUMPS
WATER
FILTER
=
FILTER
There is a water system filter located on the
aft wall of the sump under the salon
companionway. (Figure 7.5.1) The filter is
situated on the supply side of the pumps to filter
any particles that may have passed through
the pumps. The filter should be checked and
cleaned periodically (Figure 7.5.1).
Before servicing the system, turn the FRESH
WATER PUMP breakers OFF and release
pressure on the system by opening a faucet.
To CLEAN THE FILTER:
* Release the clamp at the
bottom of the filter body.
CLAMP
e Unscrew filter body and
remove from the filter cap.
o ET
* Remove the screen and
rinse with clean water. |
|
Replace screen and
screw filter body onto
filter head, making sure
the O-ring is in place.
©
me
O-RING
REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL
PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS
AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
7.5
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
D. WATER SYSTEM PRESSURIZATION
Water system pressure is regulated by a
pneumatic accumulator tank located next to the
water heater under the master stateroom bunk.
The accumulator tank smooths water flow and
reduces on/off cycling of the pumps by lessening
the variation in pressure and flow between the
pump and the outlets in the system.
The even flow of water gives better control of hot
water adjustment at the faucet.
The reduced on/off cycling reduces noise from the
pump motor, and from shock pressures (pipe
hammer). It also reduces battery drain, and gives
longer pump life.
REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
E. WATER HEATER
The 510 DA 20 gallon (75.7 liters) water heater is
located under the guest stateroom lower bunk.
(Figure 2.4.1.) It operates on the 240 volt dockside
system or generator and has a circuit breaker on
the AC main distribution panel located in the salon.
Make certain the hot water lines are air free,
indicating the water heater is full. Damage will
occur to water heater if it is not full when turned on.
The water heater has a check valve to prevent
hot water from back-washing into the cold water
source and a pressure relief valve to avoid damage
to the heater from over pressure or excessive
temperature.
INITIAL START-UP OR AFTER WINTERIZATION:
1. Make sure the WATER HEATER breaker is OFF.
2. Fill the heater with water.
3. Open the hot water faucets until all air is
eliminated from the system.
4. Make certain the heater is full of water.
COMPLETE FAILURE OF THE HEATING
ELEMENTS WILL RESULT IF THEY ARE
NOT COMPLETELY IMMERSED IN WATER
AT ALL TIMES.
5. Turn the WATER HEATER breaker ON.
To maintain water heater properly, drain whenever
the possibility of freezing occurs and frequently
inspect lines and connections for leaks.
REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
F. FRESH WATER WASHDOWN
The 510 DA is equipped with three fresh water
spigots; one in the bilge, one in the cockpit at
the transom and one in the bow rope/chain
locker. The bilge spigot comes with a 12-foot
hose and a strap for storage when not in use.
The cockpit spigot is located in the starboard
side transom locker. The rope/chain locker
spigot is accessible through the port bow deck
hatch. The system uses water from the fresh
water tank. The FRESH WATER PUMP
breakers on the salon DC main distribution panel
must be ON to operate the system.
G. DoCKSIDE WATER INLET
The dockside water inlet, located in the starboard
transom locker adjacent to the cockpit shower
receptacle, allows use of a dockside water source
to provide water for the boat's fresh water system
(Figure 7.7.1).
If your yacht is equipped with the bow access shore
utilities package, a dockside water inlet is located
in the starboard bow chain locker (Figure 3.9.1).
To USE THE SYSTEM:
1. Make sure the “FRESH WATER PUMP”
breakers are OFF.
2. Remove the plug from the face of the dockside
water inlet.
3. Connect a drinking water hose to the water outlet
on the dock, then to the dockside water inlet on
the boat and turn on the water at the dock.
7.6
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
| TRANSOM DOCKSIDE WATER INLET
(FIG. 7.7.1)
DOCKSIDE
WATER INLET
COCKPIT SHOWER
(FIG. 7.7.3)
\. J
(510 PORT BOW LOCKER
(FIG. 7.7.2)
FRESH WATER WASHDOWN
All fresh water faucets and showers are now usable.
To disconnect the system, reverse the procedure,
making sure the plug is reinstalled tightly.
\. J
Remove the dockside water hose when leaving the
boat. This is a safety precaution to prevent the
unlikely event of a water system failure and the
intake of extreme amounts of water to the vessel.
H. CockPIT SHOWER
The cockpit shower has a hot and cold control and
shower wand which are located in a receptacle in
the starboard transom locker (Figure 7.7.3).
Squeeze the button on the shower wand to
dispense water and turn the knob to adjust water
temperature. The FRESH WATER PUMP breakers
on the main distribution panel must be ON to operate
the shower.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
7.7
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
I. WASHER/DRYER WATER VALVE
The washer/dryer unit is located behind an
access door port side of the aft salon retractable
sofa, under the salon entryway. (Figure 7.8.1).
Hot and cold water lines are connected to the
back of the unit. The water valves for the unit
should be turned OFF when not in use. The hot
and cold water shutoff valves are located on the
water manifold which is located under a floor
hatch in the salon companionway.
WasHER HoT/CoLD VALVES
(FIG. 7.8.1)
WASHER
SHUT-OFF
HOT COLD
COLD
HOT C
HOT COLD
HOT COLD
HOT COLD
HOT COLD
OLD COL
OLD COL
WATER SYSTEM FILTER/
DISTRIBUTION MANIFOLD
(SEE FIG. 7.4.1)
>
SHOWER SUMP
(FiG. 7.8.2) AS
SHOWER SUMP
J. GRAY WATER SUMP
The 510 DA is equipped with a shower/condensate
sump and a bilge/condensate sump. Gray water
from the shower systems and air conditioner
condensation drains into the sumps to be pumped
overboard (Figure 7.8.2).
The shower/condensate sump is located in the bilge.
The sump contains a pump, screen and float switch.
Draining into this sump are all of the forward
stateroom air conditioner condensation drains and
both forward stateroom head sinks, shower and
floor drains and galley sink.
= J
The bilge/condensate sump of the 510 DA is located
in the bilge between the engines, just aft of the
forward engine room bulkhead (Figure 7.8.2). The
sump contains a pump and float switch. Draining
into this sump are the salon air conditioner
condensation drains and optional cockpit air
conditioner condensation drains.
The sump pumps are fully automatic and protected
by breakers on the main DC breaker panel on the
aft port side of the engine room (Figures 4.14.1 and
6.4.1). Periodically remove the clear cover; check
and clean the pump and float switch. Check the
pump and float switch for obstructions and proper
working order. The shower sump pump comes on
when there is enough water in the sump to raise
the float switch and start the pump. If it does not
come on after one or two gallons of water drain from
the shower, turn the water off and check the pump
and float switch for proper operation.
After using the shower, it is recommended that you
run a gallon of clean water through the shower drain
to clean out soap residue.
K. SMART WATER SYSTEM (OPTIONAL)
If equipped, the optional smart water filtration stem
(Fig. 7.9.2) is located under a hatch in the salon
companionway. The system incorporated two
additional filters which effectively eliminate the water
of any sedimentation and unpleasent odors and
taste which may be present.
7.8
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
| GRAY WATER LINE ROUTING
(F16. 7.9.1)
Ú NJ
E
NIP —P ef
|
|
[|
(A) SALON PORTA/C UNIT CONDESATE DRAIN (U) GUEST HEAD SINK DRAIN
COMMON DRAIN (М) GUEST HEAD SHOWER DRAIN
(©) GCOGKPIT WET BAR SINK DRAIN (N) SALONSHOWER/CONDENSATESUMP
© OPTIONAL COCKPIT A/C UNIT CONDENSATE DRAIN © BILGE CONDENSATE SUMP PUMP
® WASHER/DRYER DRAIN DISCHARGE
© BILGE CONDENSATE SUMP
® GALLEY SINK DRAIN
OPTIONAL COCKPIT A/C UNIT
O SUMP PUMP DISCHARGE LINE CONDENSATE DRAIN
© MASTER HEAD SHOWER DRAIN ® SALON STBD A/C UNIT
OD MASTER HEAD SINK DRAIN
CONDENSATE DRAIN
O) MASTER STATEROOM A/C UNIT CONDENSATE DRAIN
KW SECONDARY CONDENSATE DRAIN
N
SMART WATER FILTER SYSTEM
(FIG. 7.9.2) SMART WATER FILTER
(OPTIONAL)
FILTERZ1 FILTER #2
WATER WATER TO COCKPIT
MANIFOLD FILTER WETBAR &
ICEMAKER
TO SMART SUPPY
WATER FILTER
WATER
N
J)
»
MAINFOLD 2
NT
|
< | |
> | |
Cu 3 <q
a TU ÿ
À
TO GALLEY
WATER
SPIGOT
TO GALLEY
FROM FRESH REFRIGERATOR
WATER PUMPS & ICE MAKER
The system is rated for 1,250 gallons of water
throughput. However, the filters should be checked
and cleaned periodically using the same method
described in the servicing of the standard filtration
system.
The smart water system filter #1 (Fig. 7.9.2) reduces
unpleasant taste and odor, dirt, rust and
sedimentation which may be present.
The smart water system filter #2 (Fig. 7.9.2):
* Absolute 1 micron
e Reduces 97.5% lead
e Reduces 99.98% Filterable cysts (such as
cryptostoridium and giardia)
e Reduces 99.5% clorine
REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
7.9
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
4. HEAD SYSTEM
The standard head system on your Sea Ray®
Includes a holding tank with dockside pump-out and
fluid level indicators, with a macerator and overboard
discharge seacock available as an option. Below
is a description of the head system and options.
You should be aware of whether your boat is
equipped with the optional overboard discharge
system and read the section pertaining to it. The
owners packet in your boat contains information
pertaining to your head system that should be read
carefully.
Do not flush facial tissue, paper towels or sanitary
napkins in head.
A. REQUIREMENTS FOR VESSEL OPERATORS
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
standards state that in freshwater lakes, freshwater
reservoirs or other freshwater impoundments whose
inlets or outlets are such as to prevent the ingress
or egress by vessel traffic subject to this regulation,
or in rivers not capable of navigation by interstate
vessel traffic subject to this regulation, marine
sanitation devices certified by the U.S. Coast Guard
installed on all vessels shall be designed and
operated to prevent the overboard discharge of
sewage, treated or untreated, or of any waste
derived from sewage. The EPA standards further
state that this shall not be construed to prohibit the
carriage of Coast Guard-certified flow through
treatment devices which have been secured so as
to prevent such discharges. They also state that
waters where a Coast Guard certified marine
sanitation device permitting discharge is allowed
include coastal waters and estuaries, the Great
Lakes and interconnecting waterways, freshwater
lakes and impoundments accessible through locks,
and other flowing waters that are navigable interstate
by vessels subject to this regulation (40 CFR 140.3).
B. Vacu-FLusa® HEAD
The Vacu-Flush® head utilizes the HEAD breakers
on the DC distribution panel in the salon. Individual
breakers on the DC distribution panel control the
GUEST HEAD and MASTER HEAD. The foot pedal
1
TypricAL VAcU-FLusH® HEAD SYSTEM WITH HOLDING TANK & OVERBOARD DISCHARGE Pump CONTROL
=
(Fic. 7.10.1)
MASTER STATEROOM VACUUM
TOILET GENERATOR
ес) #6)
GUEST STATEROOM VACUUM DOCKSIDE
TOILET GENERATOR PUMP-OUT
THRU-HULL
HOLDING TANK VENT
|| VENTFILTER
| \
— — 1 A y
ENGINE ROOM {} |
BULKHEAD HOLDING
~— TANK
HEAD DISCHARGE
SEACOCK
MACERATOR
DISCHARGE PUMP
\_ J
7.10 510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
at the base of the toilet opens a mechanical seal
and vacuum forces waste through the opening in
the bowl to the vacuum generator, through the
vacuum pump and then to the holding tank.
To OPERATE VACU-FLUSH”? HEAD:
1. Turn ON the FRESH WATER PUMP breaker.
2. Turn ON the HEAD SYSTEM breaker.
3. If there is no water in bowl, lift foot pedal until
enough water fills the bowl.
4. To flush, depress foot pedal to floor until bowl
is clear.
C. HOLDING TANK OPERATION
Waste from the head is directed into the 68 gallon
holding tank located in the bilge under the
generator (Figure 7.11.1). Holding tank fluid level
Indicators are located on the DC distribution panel
in the salon and in each head. The indicators
read POWER, 1/2 and FULL-DO NOT FLUSH.
(Figure 7.11.2.) When the FULL-DO NOT FLUSH
light is on, the holding tank must be emptied
before the head can be reused. However it would
be a good practice to empty the holding tank when
the 1/2 light is on to avoid overflowing the holding
tank and ruining the vent filter.
HoLDING TANK PuMP-Out DecK FITTING
(FIG. 7.11.1)
HOLDING TANK
PUMP-OUT
f в
a“ A
WASTE LEVEL INDICATOR AND DISCHARGE CONTROL
SYSTEM CONTROL
DISCHARGE
FULL
DO NOT FLUSH
NOTICE
DISCHARGE OF SEWAGE
DIRECTLY OVERBOARD 1/2
IS FOR USE WHERE
APPROVED ONLY. SEE
OWNERS MANUAL FOR
OPERATING
INSTRUCTIONS OF EMPTY
OVERBOARD
DISCHARGE VALVES POWER
WITH SWITCH ON,
INDICATOR ON - NORMAL
INDICATOR OFF - CHECK
SEACOCK
N J
To empty the holding tank, the services of a
dockside pump out station will be needed. Follow
Instructions at the station and make sure pump out
station hose is inserted into the deck plate marked
WASTE, located on the port side of the transom.
The holding tank can also be emptied by the optional
macerator. See MACERATOR DISCHARGE
PUMP, page 7.12.
D. VENT FILTER
The vent filter is designed to control odors
associated with the head system operations. The
vent filter is located on the engine room aft bulkhead.
The filter must be changed at the beginning of
each boating season to be effective. The vent
filter is installed in-line on the holding tank ventilation
hose (Figure 7.12.1).
NOTE: Do not overfill the holding tank as this will
flood the vent filter and render it useless. Filter
replacement will then be required. See Parts Manual
for correct replacement filter.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
7.11
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
1
HEAD SYSTEM LINE ROUTING
(Fic. 7.12.1)
DOCKSIDE
=
\
HOLDING TANK
HEAD
DISCHARGE
SEACOCK VACUUM
GENERATOR
5. MACERATOR DISCHARGE Pump
WITH SEACOCK INTERLOCK
SYSTEM (OPTIONAL)
The optional macerator gives the boat operator the
means of discharging the holding tank contents
directly overboard through a seacock in the bottom
of the hull. This is available in conjunction with the
dockside pump out.
Since direct overboard discharge is prohibited in
many areas, the macerator seacock is normally
closed. The macerator seacock is equipped with a
system interlock switch which prevents the
operation of the macerator when the macerator
seacock is closed. The light on the MACERATOR
switch on the DC Distribution Panel will be lighted
when the macerator is operational. If the light is
not lighted, it is visual confirmation the macerator
seacock is closed and that the macerator cannot
f в
NOTICE
S
HOLDING TANK
VENT LINE
VACUUM
GENERATOR
MASTER
STATEROOM
STATEROOM
HEAD
be operated. Check that the macerator seacock
handle is in the open position and the light on the
switch is lighted before operating the macerator.
f =
NOTICE
S A
There is the possibility of being fined for having
an operable overboard discharge in U.S. waters.
Removing handle of seacock while in closed
position, or other means must be utilized to avoid
This boat may be equipped with an optional
overboard discharge valve.
Discharging of sewage directly overboard is for use
where approved only.
fine.
\. A
To OPERATE THE MACERATOR:
1. Turn ON the DISCHARGE PUMP breaker on
the salon DC distribution panel and open the
waste discharge seacock located on the bilge
floor (See Fig. 7.12.1 for seacock location).
2. Operate DISCHARGE switch under the
WASTE SYSTEM CONTROL area on the main
distribution panel.
3. When tank is empty, release the switch and
close waste discharge seacock.
MAINTENANCE
Prior to each use and at regularly scheduled
Intervals, cycle the macerator seacock handle open
and shut to ensure proper operation of the seacock.
7.12
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
6. COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
Your 510 DA is equipped with an on-board
communication system and dockside telephone
hookup.
COMMUNICATIONS
(FiG. 7.13.1)
INTERCOM &
DOCKSIDE PHONE
COCKPIT A/C
CONTROL UNIT
Stations are installed in various locations throughout
the yacht and provide capabilities for an intercom,
telephone, paging/hailing, security alert, automatic
foghorn signalling and cellular telephone interface.
The master control unit (Figure 7.13.1) is located in
a storage box at the control station.
A. DockSIDE TELEPHONE HOOKUP
The dockside telephone hookup can be accessed
by opening the starboard side transom hatch
(Figure 7.13.2). A fifty foot shore cord with
waterproof connectors is supplied.
TO CONNECT TELEPHONE SYSTEM:
1. Unscrew and lift cover plate.
2. Connect shore cord to dock telephone inlet and
then to the boat inlet (see Fig. 7.13.2).
3. Telephone system is now operational.
DocKSIDE TV 62 TELEPHONE CONNECTION
(F16. 7.13.2)
TRANSOM
DOCKSIDE
TELEPHONE
CONNECTOR
DOCKSIDE
TELEVISION
CONNECTOR
REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
7.13
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
7. ENTERTAINMENT CENTERS
A. SALON ENTERTAINMENT CENTER
The salon entertainment center consists of a 19"
television with remote, video cassette recorder with
remote and a Bose® stereo system. The 120 volt
ENTERTAINMENT CENTER breaker must be ON
to operate the system.
The system has two (2) speakers in the salon with
a subwoofer under the salon sofa. Speakers in the
master staterooms are optional.
Note: The television/VCR and stereo systems are
plugged into a surge suppression power strip
located behind the entertainment center.
| STEREO/DisC
CHANGER
(Fic. 7.14.1)
AC MDP
CD CHANGER
B. DIGITAL SATELLITE SYSTEM (DSS)
(OPTIONAL)
If equipped, the digital satellite system is located on
the hardtop (Figure 7.23.2) and is power by an ON/
OFF switch located in the salon (Figure 7.22.1). Also
included next to the ON/OFF switch is a data port
for computer aided diagnostics of the system. The
data port is for use by qualified technicians only.
REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
C. MASTER AND GUEST STATEROOM
ENTERTAINMENT CENTER
The stateroom entertainment centers consist of a
television/VCR/radio combination with remote
control. To operate, turn ON the 120 volt PORT
SYSTEMS and STBD SYSTEMS breaker on the
main distribution panel.
D. CockPIT ENTERTAINMENT CENTER
The cockpit entertainment center 12V Clarion
AM/FM digital CD player with a 6-disc CD changer
and remote control. To operate, turn ON the 12 volt
PORT SYSTEMS breaker on the main distribution
panel. The disc changer is located in the galley AC
MDP cabinet (see Fig. 7.14.1).
N J COCKPIT ENTERTAINMENT
- N CENTER
STEREO/DISC CHANGER (OPTIONAL) (Fıc. 7.14.3)
(Fıc. 7.14.2) Ш
АС МОР > | |
RON ET
2 Oo
= > 1
= - COCKPIT
CD CHANGER a STEREO SYSTEM
A REMOTE CONTROL
BOSE® A
RECEIVER/DISC CHANGER Я COCKPIT
\ À STEREO SYSTEM
©
СЕ
7.14 510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
E. TV SIGNAL SELECTOR
The antenna/cable selector panel (FIG. 7.15.1) is
located on the main distribution panel in the salon.
Turn the selector to MAX GAIN for onboard TV
antenna reception. Turn the selector to SHORE for
dockside cable reception.
TV SIGNAL SELECTOR |
(Fic. 7.15.1) 7 |
SLOMEy
— ll
V
F. DOCKSIDE TELEVISION HOOKUP
For television reception dockside, attach the
dockside television cable to the inlet located in the
starboard transom hatch (see Fig. 7.15.2).
DocKSIDE TV 62 TELEPHONE CONNECTION
(Fic. 7.15.2)
TRANSOM
DOCKSIDE
TELEPHONE
CONNECTOR
DOCKSIDE
TELEVISION
CONNECTOR
TO CONNECT CABLE TELEVISION:
1. Unscrew and lift cover plate.
2. Screw the TV coax cable into the TV cable
connector (see Fig. 7.15.2).
3. Run the cable to the dockside receptacle and
screw coax cable into receptacle.
REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
8. AUTOMATIC FIRE EXTINGUISHER SYSTEM
The 510 DA is equipped with an automatic fire
extinguisher system located forward of the engines
on the bulkhead (see Fig. 4.14.1). In the eventofa
fire, the heat sensitive automatic head will release
the extinguishant as a vapor, totally flooding the area
in fire-killing concentrations. The system indicator
light is wired to the ignition and is turned ON when
the ignition is turned ON.
The system incorporates an engine shutdown
switch with override system.
The indicator light, located on the control station
Instrument panel, indicates to the helmsman when
the unit has discharged. Under normal
circumstances, when the engines are operating, the
charge indicator light is lit. If the unit discharges, the
charge light will go out and the discharge light will
come on.
WHEN ACTUATION OCCURS, IMMEDIATELY
SHUT DOWN ALL ENGINES, POWERED
VENTILATION, ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND
EXTINGUISH ALL SMOKING MATERIALS. DO
NOT IMMEDIATELY OPEN THE ENGINE
COMPARTMENT!! THIS FEEDS OXYGEN TO
THE FIRE AND FLASHBACK COULD OCCUR.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
7.15
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
-
AUTOMATIC FIRE EXTINGUISHER
(FiG. 7.16.1)
DISCHARGE
ALARM BUZZER
MANUAL FIRE
EXTINGUISHER
RELEASE
CHARGE 8 DISCHARGE end ATOME (INTN'L
INDICATOR LIGHTS 4 OPTION)
REMO PIN
PULL F DLI
ENGINE SHUTDOWN В
OVERRIDE SWITCH O:
E
[E PULL CABLE
IGNITION STARTER
© IGNITION
9 SWITCH
= BATTERY
GROUND
UPON SYSTEM DISCHARGE,
SHUTDOWN:
* ENGINE
* FORCED VENTILATION
* ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AUTOMATIC FIRE
EXTINGUISHER
ENGINE ROOM FORWARD BULKHEAD
Allow the extinguishant to “soak” the compartment
for at least fifteen (15) minutes and for hot metals
or fuels to cool before cautiously inspecting for
cause of damage. Have portable extinguishers at
hand and ready. Do not breathe fumes or vapors
caused by the fire.
REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
9% OPTIONAL Bow THRUSTER
The optional bow thruster is electrically driven and
gives the operator more maneuverability of the bow.
The bow thruster motor is located under a hatch in
the master stateroom (Figure 7.22.1).
Bow THRUSTER
(FIG. 7.16.2)
BOW THRUSTER
N
WATER LINE
Bow THRUSTER LOCATION
(Fıc. 7.16.3)
BOW THRUSTER
OIL RESERVOIR
BOTTLE
The BOW THRUSTER MAIN switch is located on
the control station switch panels (Figure 2.15.1) and
the joy stick control panel with station enabled
indicator light is located at the helm (Figure 2.14.1).
The bow thruster motor is equipped with an internal
thermally activated breaker. The thermal breaker
protects the motor from overheating. When the
thermal breaker is activated the thruster motor will
not operate and must be allowed to cool down for
normal operation.
7.16
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
Bow THRUSTER OPERATION
(Fic. 7.17.1)
BOW DIRECTION
‘
PEER
POR
OO
CAN
So
won THRUST
NN
RRA
FAY ——
М ———
NN
NO
va
NN
BOW THRUSTER
TOGGLE CONTROL
LOCATED ON HELM
-
CABLEMASTER
REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
10. CABLEMASTER WITH REMOTE
(AUTOMATIC SHORE POWER CORD
ADVANCE/RETRIEVE SYSTEM)
Your Sea Ray® is equipped with the Cablemaster
shore power cord system located behind an access
panel on the starboard transom (Figure 7.17.2). The
system will advance and retrieve the shore power
cord(s) as needed to hook up the shore power
system. The circuit breaker is located on the DC
breaker panel in the aft port side of the engine room.
To OPERATE CABLEMASTER:
1. Remove shore power cord cover.
2. Press the control switch to the OUT position to
advance cable to the shore power hookup, or
the IN position to rewind cable for storage. This
IS a momentary switch which returns
automatically to the center OFF position.
3. For remote operation, leave the regular
Cablemaster switch in the center OFF position.
a. By pressing the buttons on the remote unit,
you will be able to advance and retrieve the
cable. Two (2) points should be observed when
using the Cable-Control system:
(Fic. 7.17.2) UNE г LINE 1
N wee [EE "e
S
PORT —< | E |
CABLEMASTER
REMOTE UNIT
LINE 2 OUT
LINE 1
OUT
LINE 2 IN
LINE1
IN
CABLEMASTER
CONTROL
SWITCH (IN/
OUT)
, TV AND
TELEPHONE
HOOK-UP
A | \ STANDARD 120 VOLT (U.S.)
OR 220 VOLT (INT |
LINE 2 SHORE POWER CORD
STANDARD 240 VOLT (U.S.)
OR 220 VOLT (INT |
(STARBOARD)
LINE 1 SHORE POWER CORD
(PORT)
DOCKSIDE
WATER INLET
= J
e There is a slight delay (less than one (1)
second) between pressing the transmitter
button and operation of the Cablemaster
system. This gives the radio transmitter
and receiver time to establish
communications and for the transmitter to
provide the receiver with the appropriate
instructions.
* When using the Cable-Control Radio
Control system, the regular Cablemaster
switch should be left in the center OFF
position. The regular switch is still fully
operational when the Cable-Control
system is not used.
REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
7.17
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
11. HYDRAULIC SWIM PLATFORM
(OPTIONAL)
The swim platform is powered through the SWIM
PLATFORM thermal breaker (Figure 6.5.1) located
In the engine room on the port bilge component board
and Is operated by a remote control unit located
behind the access door portside of the cockpit sun
pad on the transom (Figure 7.18.1).
REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
OPTIONAL SWIM PLATFORM
(Fic. 7.18.1)
REMOTE CONTROL FOR SWIM
PLATFORM
ELECTRIC SUN PAD |
(F16. 7.18.2)
SUN PAD
ACTIVATION
SWITCH
12. ELECTRIC SUN PAD
The electrically controlled sun pad located in the
aft cockpit is supplied power through a breaker on
the DC breaker panel (Figure 6.4.1) and is activated
by a switch located behind the access panel
portside of the sun pad (Figure 7.18.2).
REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
13. REFRIGERATOR/ FREEZER
ThE REFRIGERATOR/FREEZER breaker on the
AC main distribution panel supplies power to the
unit. To operate dockside, connect the shore
power system, turn the MAIN breaker(s) ON.
Then turn the REFRIGERATOR/FREEZER
breaker on the AC main distribution panel and
the switch inside the unit ON.
TO REMOVE THE REFRIGERATOR/FREEZER:
1. Turn the 240 volt REFRIGERATOR/FREEZER
breakers OFF.
2. Remove panel in back of cabinet under
galley sink.
3. Turn OFF icemaker water valve located under
the galley sink, and disconnect water line at
refrigerator/freezer.
4. Peel back the carpet.
5. Remove screws securing unit to floor.
6. Pull unit straight out and unplug.
REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION
Do not cover refrigerator/freezer vents.
7.18
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
14. SALON SLIDE-OUT BED
The electrically controlled slide-out bed located in
the aft salon is supplied power through a 30A blade
fuse behind the AC MDP and is is control by a
switch on the portside wall by the entryway steps.
POWER VENTILATION SYSTEM
(Fi6. 7.19.1)
MASTER STATEROOM
MASTER STATEROOM HEAD SHOWN, GUEST HEAD AND GALLEY TYPICAL
15. POWER VENTILATION SYSTEM
The power ventilation system (Figure 7.19.1)
removes stagnant & foul air from the master
stateroom head, galley and guest head by means of
24 volt exhaust fans. They are powered by the power
vents breaker on the DC main distribution panel and
individually turned on and off by the power vent switch
in the heads and the galley.
16. CENTRAL VACUUM SYSTEM
The central vacuum unit (Fig. 7.19.2) is located under
the bunk in the guest stateroom. The STBD
SYSTEMS breaker must be ON to operate the
system. The 24 foot hose connects to inlets located
on the aft wall of the salon, portside of the sofa and
GUEST STATEROOM
BUNK
VACUUM SYSTEM
(Fic. 7.19.2)
CENTRAL VACUUM
CLEANER
in the guest stateroom. The disposable bag is located
behind the removable panel on the top of the vacuum
unit. The built in switch on the hose inlet fittings
activate the vacuum when the hose is plugged in.
REFER TO OWNER’'S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
17. COFFEE MAKER
The drip coffee maker operates on the 120 volt
system. It is protected by the GALLEY SYSTEMS
breaker on the main distribution panel which must
be ON to operate the coffee maker.
To keep the coffee maker operating efficiently, the
mineral deposits left by water must be flushed out
using the cleaning method described in the
Instruction booklet.
To REMOVE COFFEE MAKER:
1. Make sure the GALLEY SYSTEMS breaker
is OFF.
2. Remove the carafe and water reservoir.
3. Remove the screws located inside the coffee
maker cabinet.
4. Slide out coffee maker and unplug.
REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
18. STOVE & MICROWAVE
A. ELECTRIC STOVE
The 240 volt “STOVE” breaker on the AC main
distribution panel supplies power to the stove and
must be ON to operate the stove.
The stove has three (3) burners with control knobs
to provide a variation of heat.
A stove power safety switch is installed on the lid
recess. When the stove lid is installed it
deactivates the switch turning power OFF to the
stove control knobs.
REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
7.19
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
B. MICROWAVE/CONVECTION O VEN
The MICROWAVE breaker on the AC main
distribution panel supplies power to the microwave
and must be ON to operate the unit.
NOTE: Turn on the galley power ventilation system
when operating the convection oven.
REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
19. WASHER & DRYER
The washer/dryer is a front load washing and drying
combination unit located in a cabinet portside of the
salon slide-bed under the entryway steps (see Fig.
7.22.1). The unit operates on the WASHER/DRYER
breaker on the AC main distribution panel.
The washer/dryer is connected to hot and cold water
shutoff valves on the water manifold located under
a floor hatch in the salon (See Fig. 7.22.1) . The
supply valves should only be on when the unit is
being used.
Washer/dryer should only be used when
connected to dockside water.
REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
20. CARBON MONOXIDE MONITORS
The 510 DA is equipped with a carbon monoxide
(CO) monitor in the forward state room, salon and
master suite rooms. The CO monitor is an
electronic instrument that detects CO. When there
is a build-up of CO in any room, the monitor in
that room will alert the occupants by a flashing
DANGER light and alarm.
It is important that you read and understand the
CO monitor information and operating instructions.
It is extremely important that you become familiar
with the CO monitor and its functions.
21. CANVAS
lt is recommended that you read Section 1e Safety,
pages 1.2 thru 1.4 and understand the effects of
exhaust emissions.
A. CARE & MAINTENANCE
Care and maintenance instructions have been
provided by the canvas manufacturer for the canvas
used on your Sea Ray®. The information can be
found in the Owner's Manual Packet.
By following the provided instructions, your canvas
set will give you protection from the elements and
comfort that you expect. Most of all, the instructions
provide you with installation and removal
procedures that will simplify the task.
STANDARD 510 DA Canvas:
Aft Curtain Front Curtain
Side Curtain Storage Bag
Components of your canvas set consist of zipper
tracks and snaps. These components can be
found in the parts manual located in the Owner's
Manual Packet.
B. STORAGE:
Do not fold or store any of the canvas set pieces
while wet. All canvas should be rolled or folded
when dry and stored in a clean, dry place.
e For clear vinyl pieces, rolling or laying down flat
are the recommended methods for storage. The
clear vinyl should never be folded or creased
as cracking will result. To protect the clear vinyl
from rubbing against itself while rolled or stored
flat, place a piece of very soft, nonabrasive cloth
between the pieces, or rolled up in it. If the
surface of your clear vinyl becomes scratched,
the canvas manufacturer has provided a
canvas care sheet in your Owners Manual
Packet.
7.20
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
C. INSTALLATION TIPS:
e The zippers, attached forward and aft on the
spoiler or hardtop are mounted on a zipper track.
Once installed, do not remove these zippers or
zipper tracks.
When attaching any of the pieces of the canvas
set, attach the top edges first and zip the zippers
only partially. This helps to hold the piece in
place and relieves tension, helping the other
sides to zip or snap easier. After all of the sides
of the piece are secure, finish zipping the top
of each piece. This will ensure a tight fit.
REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
D. CANVAS INSTALLATION
AFT COVER
The Aft Cover extends over the cockpit area and
may be used while underway or as a storage cover.
Zip Aft Cover to zipper track on aft edge of spoiler
or hardtop approximately six (6) inches on both
sides of center. Next snap the center snap of cover
at transom and continue to snap along both sides.
Complete installation by zipping up aft cover.
FRONT CURTAINS
Partially Zip the Front cover to the forward edge of
spoiler or hardtop, snap along the windshield, then
finish Zipping.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
7.21
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
DSS
(OPTIONAL)
CELL PHONE
ANTENNA
MASTER STATEROOM
A/C UNIT
„
SALON ENTERTAINMENT СЕМЕН
REFRIGERATOR & FREEZER
UNDER SALON ——
ENTERTAINMENT UNIT
STOVE
MICROWAVE —
GALLEY FLOOR
-
22. FLOOR PLAN MASTER STATEROOM
510 DA ACCESSORIES
(Ро. 7.22.1) voter
STATEROOM
Г HEAD &
510 DA SPOILER oe aren | SHOWER
(FIG. 7.22.2) masTLIGHT
RADAR TV ANTENNA
ANTENN A Ÿ SPEAKER
STORAGE
SINK — =
ELECTRICALLY ACTUATED
SLIDE-OUT MINI BAR WITH
GLASS BEVERAGE
STORAGE
COFFEE MAKER
(MIDDLE CABINET)
DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL
AND
AC MAIN DISTRIBUTION
PANEL
WASHER & DRYER
BOW THRUSTER
HATCH
MASTER STATEROOM
TV, VCR, RADIO
CENTRAL VACUUM SYSTEM
(UNDER BUNK)
GUEST STATEROOM
GUEST STATEROOM
TV, VCR, RADIO
WATER HEATER
7 — GUEST STATEROOM
A
A/C UNIT
_ GUEST HEAD & SHOWER
\ WATER MANIFOLD
___— HATCH
] PRIVACY CURTAIN
ACCESS
SLIDE-OUT BED
ACTUATION SWITCH
AND SALON A/C
CONTROL PANEL
ELECTRICALLY
ACTUATED
SLIDE-OUT BED
\
Na
\
|___— SALON A/C UNIT
ГО AN
HH COCKPIT PHONE
—
PORT AC/UNIT
COCKPIT
mm
WET BAR
COCKPIT ICE MAKER
(LOWER CABINET)
\
ELECTRIC SUNPAD
ACTUATION SWITCH
(BEHIND ACCESS DOOR)
ELECTRIC SWIM PLATFORM
(OPTIONAL) ACTUATION SWITCH
LH STB AC/UNIT
ENGINE ROOM
LT HATCH
ELECTRIC SUNPAD
COCKPIT WASHDOWN
DOCKSIDE TELEPHONE,
CABLE TV CONNECTION
DOCKSIDE POWER
AND WATER
CONNECTIONS
TRANSOM SHOWER
7.22
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
1
(FiG. 7.23.1)
510 DA (OPTIONAL FLOOR PLAN)
1
510 DA (OPTIONAL HARDTOP)
(FIG. 7.23.2)
RADAR
TV ANTENNA
CELL PHONE
ANTENNA
\
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
VHF ANTENNA
~
— _ a
CENTRAL VACUUM
CLEANER
PHONE
SALON A/C UNIT
Г Br
Ш
La MANUAL PULLOUT
AFT STATEROOM
HEAD
—]
=
AFT STATEROOM
TV, VCR, RADIO
La AFT STATEROOM
[H —— PHONE
AFT STATEROOM
= A/C UNIT
J
7.23
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
COCKPIT
(Fıc. 7.24.1)
ROPE LOCKER
| > CROSSOVER
FUEL BOARD
7.24 510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION
1. USEFUL SERVICE INFORMATION
OWNER
HOME PORT
BOAT NAME
REGISTRATION NUMBER STATE
HULL SERIAL NUMBER
WARRANTY REGISTRATION DATE
ENGINE MAKE & MODEL
SERIAL NUMBER PORT STARBOARD
GEAR MAKE & REDUCTION RATIO
SERIAL NUMBER PORT STARBOARD
PROPELLER SIZE PORT STARBOARD
PART NUMBER PORT STARBOARD
SHAFT SIZE (DIAMETER X LENGTH) MATERIAL
FUEL CAPACITY FORWARD TANK AFT
WATER CAPACITY
KEY NUMBER, IGNITION DOOR
SELLING DEALER
CITY & STATE
LENGTH BEAM DRAFT
VERTICAL CLEARANCE
ESTIMATED WEIGHT
GENERATOR SERIAL # MODEL # KILOWATTS
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®) 8.1
SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION
USEFUL SERVICE INFORMATION
REFER TO THIS MANUAL AND/OR YOUR ENGINE OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR DETAILS.
1
BEFORE | AFTER | EVERY | EVERY
EVERY | FIRST 50 100 | ANNUALLY
USE | 20 HRS. | HOURS | HOURS
CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL e
CHANGE ENGINE OIL e e
CHECK GENERATOR OIL LEVEL e
REPLACE OIL FILTER e e
REPLACE ENGINE MOUNTED FUEL FILTER e
CHECK TRANSMISSION FLUID LEVEL e
CHANGE TRANSMISSION FLUID** e
CLEAN CRANKCASE VENTILATING SYSTEM e e
CLEAN TRANSMISSION OIL STRAINER SCREEN* e
CHECK COOLING SYSTEM HOSES & CONNEC-
TIONS FOR LEAKS (WITH ENGINES RUNNING) ©
TIGHTEN ENGINE MOUNT FASTENERS © e
CHECK FOR LOOSE, DAMAGED OR
MISSING PARTS ©
CHECK PICK-UP & WATER IMPELLERS* e
CHECK ACCESSORY DRIVE BELTS e
CHANGE ANTIFREEZE e
CLEAN AIR CLEANERS e e
CHECK ZINCS IN HEAT EXCHANGER EVERY 25 HOURS
CHECK SEA WATER STRAINERS & SEACOCKS e e e
LUBRICATE SEACOCKS e
CHECK ENGINE ALARMS ©
*
Sea Ray® recommends that this maintenance be performed by an authorized service center.
8.2
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION
USEFUL SERVICE INFORMATION
REFER TO THIS MANUAL AND/OR YOUR ENGINE OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR DETAILS.
1
BEFORE| AFTER | EVERY | EVERY
EVERY | FIRST 50 100 ANNUALLY
USE 20 HRS. | HOURS | HOURS
CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM FOR LEAKS o o o
CHECK FUEL SYSTEM LINES & CONNECTIONS o o o
CHANGE WATER SEPARATING FUEL FILTER o e
CHECK SHAFT LOG & STRONG SEAL” o o o
CHECK RUDDER PACKING, TIGHTEN FOR e e e
NO LEAKS***
INSPECT CLEVIS PIN ON RUDDER TIE BAR e e
LUBRICATE RUDDER SHAFT ©
LUBRICATE THROTTLE & SHIFT LINKAGE
PIVOT POINTS o o o
CHECK BATTERY ELECTROLYTE LEVEL o o o
CHECK ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS e e
(Including Dockside Power Inlet)
INSPECT PROPELLER FOR POSSIBLE DAMAGE o
CHECK ENGINE TO SHAFT ALIGNMENT o o
CHECK WATER SYSTEM PUMP FILTER o o o
INSPECT FRESH WATER PUMP
8 WATER SYSTEM © o
CHECK HOLDING TANK LEVEL e
CHECK FLUID IN TRIM PLANE PUMPS o o
TEST 120 VOLT GFI OUTLET o
CHECK OIL IN STEERING SYSTEM
EVERY 3 MONTHS
*
Sea Ray® recommends that this maintenance be performed by an authorized service center.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
8.3
SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION
2. DRAINING THE BOAT
In climates where freezing occurs, it is important
that the bilge be completely drained and dried out
when the boat is laid up for the winter. Some
compartments in the bilge may not drain completely
because of the position of the boat. They should be
pumped out and sponged until totally free of water
or add sufficient amount of antifreeze to standing
water to prevent freezing.
The boat's entire fresh water system must be
drained. Open all faucets, including the shower
faucets, throughout the boat. Open a connection
at the lowest point in the fresh water lines to
completely drain them. Break the connections on
each side of the water pump. Drain the heads. Drain
the water heater. Break the lower connection if
necessary.
The engine cooling system and the exhaust system
must be free of water if there is danger of freezing.
Drain plugs are provided on the engine for this
purpose. It is necessary to open a connection or
two in the exhaust system to drain the lowest
portions; these should be reassembled securely
Immediately after draining is accomplished.
CONSULT YOUR ENGINE AND GENERATOR
OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR DETAILED
INFORMATION ON PREPARING FOR STORAGE.
3. WINTERIZATION CHECKLIST FOR
Boats STORED ON LAND
A. BOAT STORAGE
* Store boat in a bow high attitude.
e Remove hull drain plug.
e Pour one (1) pint (half-liter) of 50% water/
antifreeze mixture in each bilge pump sump.
B. ICE MAKER
e Shut OFF water supply.
Disconnect the water line at the garden hose
connection on the solenoid valve.
* Allow the unit to run for one hour. Remove any
ice cubes ejected during this period.
Shut OFF the electricity and prop the door open
to allow the unit to thaw.
e After it has thawed, wipe it dry.
C. ENGINES
Flush engines with fresh water.
* Remove engine drain plugs.
REFER TO YOUR ENGINE OPERATOR'S MANUAL
FOR DETAILED INFORMATION ON PREPARING
THE ENGINES FOR STORAGE AND
WINTERIZATION.
D. GENERATOR
Flush generator with fresh water.
* Remove generator drain plugs.
e Remove drain plugs from muffler and strainer.
REFER TO YOUR GENERATOR OPERATOR’S
MANUAL FOR DETAILED INFORMATION ON
PREPARING THE GENERATOR FOR STORAGE AND
WINTERIZATION.
E. AIR CONDITIONER
e (Close thru-hull seacock, remove hoses from sea
water pump.
Flush with fresh water through hose from sea
water pump.
Blow out water lines with air pressure.
* Loosen the screws on the pump head, allowing
water to drain from the pump.
Keep under a trickle charge.
* When replacing battery in service, remove
excess grease from terminals, recharge as
necessary and reinstall in boat.
8.4
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION
F. HEAD SYSTEM
e Flush entire system thoroughly with fresh water.
* Pump out holding tank.
* Remove water line from inlet fitting located
on back bottom half of water valve on head.
Flush one gallon (four liters) antifreeze mixed
with one gallon (four liters) of water through toilet
and let vacuum pump run for one or two minutes.
Use an automotive or commercial ethylene glycol base
antifreeze. Do not use alcohol base products.
* Shut WATER SYSTEM breaker OFF.
* Pump out holding tank.
G. WATER SYSTEM
e Turn ON fresh water pump.
e Open all faucets, let system drain completely,
leave faucets open.
e Turn OFF fresh water pump.
e Remove hoses from water pump.
Remove hoses from water heater and open drain
plug.
* Blow out all lines to clean.
e Pour one (1) pint (half-liter) of 50% water/
environmentally safe, non-toxic antifreeze
mixture in shower drain to fill shower sump.
Use an automotive or commercial ethylene glycol base
antifreeze. Do not use alcohol base products.
H. FUEL SYSTEMS
e Diesel fuel must be treated with a biocide,
“Biobor,” which prevents bacteria and fungi
from contaminating diesel fuel that contains
some water.
Do not overfill. Filling a tank until the fuel flows
from vents is dangerous. Allow room for
expansion.
Diesel fuel should also get a petroleum
distillate additive, such as “Stabil” or “Racor
RX1000- This will help assimilate water in
the fuel and prevent freezing problems.
o Fill fuel tanks with the treated fuel.
* Run engines for ten minutes to ensure that
all diesel fuel in injectors and fuel lines are
treated.
I. SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS
Be conscious of the security of your boat.
Always remove the keys from the ignition, lock
hatches, lock the cabin door, remove and stow
any removable electronic gear (fishfinders,
LORAN, etc.) and personal gear (fishing poles,
etc.) normally left aboard your boat.
* Remove hoses from condensing unit.
* Remove strainer plug.
J. BATTERIES
e Remove from boat. Remove negative (-) cable
first, then positive (+) cable.
* Remove grease and dirt from top surface.
(Grease terminal bolts.
e Store on wooden pallet or thick plastic in a cool
dry place. Do not store on concrete.
REFER TO INDIVIDUAL OWNERS MANUALS FOR
SPECIFIC PROCEDURES.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
8.5
SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION
4. FITTING OUT AFTER STORAGE
A. FUEL SYSTEM
Check the entire fuel system for loose connections,
worn hoses, leaks, etc. and repair. This is a primary
safety precaution.
Check fuel lines for damage and make sure that they
do not come in contact with any moving parts.
B. EXHAUST SYSTEM
Examine the complete exhaust system, from engine
to transom. lt is imperative that the entire exhaust
system be vapor proof and water tight. If a plug or
cover was used at the exhaust port, don't forget to
remove it. Also check the drain plugs on the bottom
of the mufflers. Do not over tighten. Recheck the
system with the engines running.
C. BATTERIES
Before installing the batteries, clean the terminal
posts with a wire brush or steel wool and then attach
the cables. After the cable clamps are tightened,
smear the post and clamps with vaseline or grease
to exclude air and acid. Do not apply grease before
attaching and tightening the terminal clamps.
Examine all wiring.
D. MISCELLANEOUS
1. Check all thru-hull fittings for unobstructed water
passage. Be alert for any deteriorated hoses
and/or fittings below the water line which might
fail in service and admit water.
2. Inspect the rudder stuffing boxes. They should
be just tight enough to prevent excessive
leaking. Over-tightening will destroy the
packing and score the shaft. Check the hose
clamps for tightness.
3. Make sure the rudder clevis pins on each side
of the tie bars are in and safety-wired.
4. Check all strut fastenings and thru-hull
fastenings.
5. Test the navigation lights.
6. Check all wiring for loose connections.
7. Check all switches and equipment for proper
operation.
Check bilge blowers for proper operation. Turn
ON blowers and place hand over hull blower
vent to make sure air is coming from vent.
9. Anchor lines and gear should be inspected
and replaced if necessary.
10. Clean bilge thoroughly if it was not done at
lay-up.
11. Check all engine and generator fluid levels.
5. SEACOCK LUBRICATION
e With the boat out of the water, remove the hose
from the top of the seacock.
Put seacock handle in closed position.
Add a few drops of lubricating oil inside.
* Work handle back and forth a few times. Add oil
as needed.
* Replace hose and tighten clamps.
Add afew drops of oil to the handle pivot point.
N
| SEACOCK
(FIG. 8.6.1)
BODY
HANDLE PIVOT
POINT
8.6
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION
6. QuiICK REFERENCE CHECKLIST
As the owner/operator of a Sea Ray® Sport Boat, you are responsible for the safe operation your boat and the
safety of your passengers. Always be sure that required documents, navigational equipment and Coast Guard
required safety equipment is aboard and in proper working order.
A. BOARDING THE BOAT*
GENERAL
1. Weather Conditions ......................=..eeeeeeeieee EEK Is it going to be safe to go out
2. Transom Drain Plug ...................... eee Installed
PFDs and all other Coast Guard
required safety equipment... Available for all children and adults
IGNITION KEYS oie, Available
5. TOOIBOX oii, Stocked with a variety of appropriate tools
BOAT SYSTEMS
1. Bilge Pumps coo K RK K RK EE Working. Discharge any appreciable amounts of
water overboard
A =[0)(-] E RR RR RK RRR RK ERK RER KERKEEEG Working. “Sniff” the bilge/engine compartment for
fuel odor
3. Navigation LightS een RER DA Working. Have spare bulbs and fuses aboard
4. Radio/ElectroniCS ee eee Working
5. HOM coe, Working
6. THM TADS oor, Full range of motion. No excessive play or binding
7. Fresh Water Tank eK Filled and sanitized
8. Head System Holding Tank es Empty
9. Seacocks................e.ererceccccrcccenesceneecoeseenese K EEE Open (handle parallel to hose)
ENGINE
1. Batterie ers R RER K RR K RER K RER KRERE Fully charged (Check water cell levels)
2. Fuel Tank er K RER K RK RER RER EEE Filled with recommended fuel
3. Fuel System ee K RR KK EEK KK EEE Check for leaks
4, Fuel Filters... ee, Check that filters are clean and tight
5. Diesel Racor Fuel Filters... Check that filters are clean, tight and free of water
6. Engine Coolant Drain Plugs Secured
7. Steering Fluid …...........….....…...rrrcecssrecessee carre rennes Full
8. Throttle á Gearshift Controls Test ..................——.——... Full range of motion
*Note: Many of these items should be checked before leaving the house.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®) 8.7
SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION
Quick REFERENCE CHECKLIST (CONT’D)
B. PREPARING TO DEPART AND AFTER LAUNCHING
GENERAL
1. Bilge/Engine Compartment......................e.eeeeeeeeee “Sniff” the bilge/engine compartment for fuel
odor. Run the bilge blowers for at least four (4)
minutes.
2. Shore Power Cable esse Disconnected from dockside power inlet
3. Lines, Fenders and AnChOF ee Ready for use
4. PassengerS/CreW esse K RK A Instructed in duties for getting underway and fitted
for a correct size PFD
ENGINE
1. Battery Switches .........cooiiiiiii i, In the ON position
2. Fuel Valve een i, Open
3. Engine AlArm…..…............…....…ccccrererenrerecca rene cernes Test. Should sound after a few seconds
4. Gear Shift & Throttle Controls ae In NEUTRAL and IDLE positions
STARTING THE ENGINE
1. Gearshift á Throttle Controls.................————...... Shift in NEUTRAL (Refer to your Engine Owners
Manual for startup procedures for your specific
engine)
2. lgnition …..….................eseecserre ere cessera ere r eee Turn master ignition keys on DC distribution panel
to the ON position. Depress ignition switch on the
helm switch panel to START position until engine
starts, then release to RUN position (light on).
IMPORTANT: Do not continue to operate starter for more than 10 seconds without
pausing to allow starter motor to cool off for 2 minutes. This also will allow the
battery to recover between starting attempts.”
Do not run the engine or generator in an enclosed
area, such as a closed boat house, as there is
the possibility of buildup and inhaling of carbon
monoxide.
*If engine fails to start, refer to the Engine Owner's Manual for further troubleshooting procedures
8.8 510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION
Quick REFERENCE CHECKLIST (CONT’D)
C. WHILE UNDERWAY
GENERAL
1. Passengers/Crew
2. Lines, Fenders and Anchor
BOAT SYSTEMS
1. Trim Tabs
2. Navigation Lights
ENGINE
1. Tachometers
2. Engine Gauges
3. Engine Operation
D. RETURNING TO PORT
GENERAL
1. Passengers/Crew
2. Lines and Fenders
BOAT SYSTEMS
1. Navigation Lights
2. Anchor Light
3. Bilge/Engine Compartment
ENGINE
1. Gearshift & Throttle Controls
2. Tachometers
Safely seated with PFD's on or immediately
accessible
Stowed
Bring boat to “On Plane”
On at night or in reduced visibility
Engines operating in safe RPM range
Continually monitor
Check idle and shift. Listen for abnormal noises
and visually check the engine compartment while
underway
Instructed in duties for line handling
Ready for use
Turned OFF when secured
ON if necessary
“Sniff” the bilge/engine compartment for fuel odor.
Run the bilge blowers if necessary. Check for
water in bilge. Run bilge pumps if necessary
Bring to NEUTRAL and IDLE positions
Idle the engines for five (5) minutes to cool down
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
8.9
SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION
Quick REFERENCE CHECKLIST (CONT’D)
3. Ignition ee, Depress EMERGENCY STOP/STOP switches on the
helm switch panel when engines are cooled down.
4. Engine Operation eek een Check idle and shift. Listen for abnormal noises
E. SECURING THE BOAT
GENERAL
1. Shore Power Cable es Connected to dockside power inlet
2. Lines and FenderS eK KEG Fenders in place, lines tied securely to dock
BOAT SYSTEMS
US CE Closed (handle perpendicular to hose)
2. Helm Switch Panel ee All switches in the OFF position
3. Gearshift & Throttle Controls.................. ee... In the NEUTRAL and IDLE positions
ENGINE
1. Ignition... rr erre. Switchesd in the OFF position (lights off) and master
ignition keys removed from DC distribution panel
2. Battery Switches ........................eeeevriererccreree e eee. In the OFF position
1. Fuel Valves .....................ereereeecciereeneeeaoeeee cane. Closed (handle perpendicular to hose)
F. IF THE ENGINE DOES NOT START
NO STARTER MOTOR RESPONSE
1. Check battery condition for sufficient charge
Check battery cable connections tight and free from corrosion
Check battery switches in the ON position
Check gearshift/throttle control levers in the NEUTRAL positions
Check starter motor and solenoid connections
о п E MN
Check ignition switch connections
STARTER MOTOR RESPONDS, BUT NO IGNITION
1. Check electrical connections on engine wiring harness and ignition wiring
2. Check that fuel tanks are not empty
3. Check fuel filters and filter/water separators clean
8.10 510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION
Quick REFERENCE CHECKLIST (CONT’D)
G. OPERATING THE GENERATOR
STARTING THE GENERATOR
1. Generator SeacocK …….….….....…....….….rrcererercasrenc sr ccnn ne Open
2. Bilge Blowers ….....….......…..........rrrrcssssrrea esse nr een ere Run for at least 4 minutes and any time the generator Is running
3. Depress PREHEAT co.cc, Preheat time should not exceed 30 seconds
4. Depress START Switch .................eeeeeemereeeeeenceeeeeeeeeee. Depress until generator starts
5. When the Generator Starts ................——.e.. eee. Release the START switch only (If diesel, continue holding
PRE-HEAT for a few seconds)
6. Load The Generator... AA Turn ÓN the generator main breaker on the Main
Distribution Panel. Turn AC breakers ON
STOPPING THE GENERATOR
1. BreakerS.…......…......…..........scsrcrrenesrrre nee rene na are n rennes Turn AC breakers OFF. Turn OFF the generator main breaker
on the Main Distribution Panel
2. GeneratOf ere e rene Let it run a few minutes to cool down
3. STOP SWItCh cocci, Depress to stop the generator set
Do not run the generator or engines in an
enclosed area, such as a closed boat house, as
there is the possibility of buildup and inhaling of
carbon monoxide.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®) 8.11
SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION
7. AFTER MARKET EQUIPMENT CHECKLIST
Any safety or operational equipment added to your boat after delivery should be checked for seaworthyness
and proper working condition. Use the area below to list any equipment and the proper operating condition
of that equipment before getting underway.
Equipment Proper Operating Condition
8.12 510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION
8. MAINTENANCE LoG
Follow the recommended maintenance listed on pages 2 & 3 of this section and keep a record of this and
ALL maintenance performed on your boat.
Date Maintenance Description Engine Hours
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®) 8.13
SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION
MAINTENANCE LOG (Cont’p)
Follow the recommended maintenance listed on pages 2 & 3 of this section and keep a record of this and
ALL maintenance performed on your boat.
Date Maintenance Description Engine Hours
8.14 510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 9 * CARE & REFINISHING
1. MAINTENANCE AND
RECONDITIONING
Your new boat has been designed to provide you
with years of enjoyment and satisfaction. In order
to maintain the factory new appearance of your boat,
we recommend the use of BM™ Marine's one step
Maintenance and Reconditioning Products designed
specifically for pleasure boats. Following proper
fiberglass maintenance guidelines will help maintain
your boat's performance, value, and enjoyment.
2. FIBERGLASS & GELCOAT
The fiberglass hull, deck and some interior
parts consist of the molded shell and exterior
gelcoat. The gelcoat is the outer surface, often
colored, that presents the shiny smooth
appearance which is associated with fiberglass
products. In some areas, this gelcoat surface
Is painted or taped for styling purpose.
Gelcoat surfaces are slippery when wet. Use extreme
care when walking on wet gelcoat.
Always wear non-slip foot gear while washing and
waxing boat.
Care should be utilized in waxing commonly walked
upon areas of the boat to ensure that they are not
dangerously slippery.
Wash the fiberglass regularly with clean, fresh
water. Wax gelcoated surfaces to maintain the
luster. In northern climates, a semiannual
waxing may suffice for the season. In southern
climates, a quarterly application of wax will be
required for adequate protection.
REFER TO 3M ONE STEP MAINTENANCE AND
RECONDITIONING PRODUCTS PAMPHLET INYOUR
OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS
AND WARRANTY INFORMATION
3. STAINS & SCRATCHES
Gelcoat and painted surfaces are very resistant
to deep stains. Common surface stains can be
removed with diluted household detergents,
provided these detergents do not contain
ammonia or chlorine. Porcelain-cleaning
powders are too abrasive and often contain
chlorine and ammonia, either of which would
permanently discolor the gelcoat and paint.
Alcohol or kerosene can be used for difficult
stains but should be washed away promptly
with a mild detergent and water. Never use
acetone or any ketone solvents.
Minor scratches and deeper stains which do
not penetrate the gelcoat may be removed by
light sanding and buffing.
4. SPECIAL CARE FOR BOATS THAT ARE
MOORED
If permanently moored in salt water or fresh
water, your boat will collect marine growth on
its bottom. This will detract from the boat's
beauty and greatly affect its performance.
There are two methods of preventing this:
Periodically haul the boat out of the water
and scrub the bottom with a bristle brush
and a solution of soap and water.
* Paint the hull below the waterline with a
good grade of antifouling paint. DO NOT
paint the engine drive surfaces.
NOTE: There are EPA regulations regarding
bottom paint application. Consult your Sea
Ray® dealer for proper application methods.
5. CARE For BOTTOM PAINT
From time to time a slight algae or slime forms
on all vessels. The bottom painted portion of
the hull can be wiped off with a coarse turkish
towel or a piece of old rug while the boat is in
the water. Do not use a stiff or abrasive material
to clean the bottom paint.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
9.1
SECTION 9 * CARE & REFINISHING
The bottom paint should be inspected annually. If
it needs repainting consult your Sea Ray® dealer.
6. BILGE/ENGINE COMPARTMENT
1. Pump the bilges dry and remove all loose dirt.
Be sure that all limber holes are open. If there
Is oil in the bilge and the source is not known,
look for leaks in engine oil lines or engine
gaskets. Qil stains can be removed by using a
bilge cleaner available from your dealer or a
marina. DO NOT use flammable solvents.
2. Check all wiring to be sure it is properly
supported, that its insulation is intact, and that
there are no loose or corroded terminals. If there
are corroded terminals, they should be replaced
or thoroughly cleaned. Tighten all terminals
securely and spray them with light marine
preservative oil.
3. Inspect the entire fuel system (including fill lines
and vents) for any evidence of leakage. Any
stains around joints could indicate a leak. Try a
wrench on all fittings to be sure they are not
loose, but do not over tighten them. Clean fuel
filters and vent screens.
4. Inspect the entire bottom for evidence of
seepage, damage or deterioration, paying
particular attention to hull fittings, hoses and
clamps. Straighten kinked hoses and replace
any that do not feel pliable. Tighten loose hose
clamps and replace those that are corroded.
Tighten any loose nuts, bolts or screws.
5. Refer to your engine operators manual for
engine maintenance details. Wipe off engine
to remove accumulated dust and grease. If a
solvent is used, make sure it is nonflammable.
Go over the entire engine and tighten nuts,
bolts, and screws. Inspect the wiring on the
engine and clean and tighten the terminals.
Inspect the belts and tighten them if needed.
Clean and lubricate the battery terminals; fill
the battery cells with distilled water as needed.
7. TOPSIDE AREAS
1. Check grab rails for loose screws, breaks, sharp
edges, etc., that might be hazardous in rough
weather. Inventory and inspect life jackets for
tears and deterioration. Check your first aid kit
to make sure itis complete. Check the signaling
equipment. Inspect anchor, mooring and towing
lines and repair or replace as required. DO NOT
stow wet lines or they may mildew and rot.
2. Stainless steel and alloy fittings should be
cleaned with soap and water or household glass
cleaner. Remove rust spots as soon as possible
with a brass, silver or chrome cleaner.
Irreversible pitting will develop under rust that
remains for any period of time. Never use an
abrasive like sandpaper or steel wool on
stainless. These may actually cause rust. To
help protect the stainless, we recommend the
use of a good car wax.
3. When instruments are exposed to a saltwater
environment, salt crystals may form on the
bezel and the plastic covers. These salt crystals
should be removed with a soft, damp cloth;
never use abrasives or rough, dirty cloths to
wipe plastic parts. Mild household detergents
or plastic cleaners can be used to keep the
Instruments bright and clean.
REFER TO THE OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
8. ACRYLIC PLASTIC SHEETING
(PLASTIC GLASS)
Never use a dry cloth or duster or glass cleaning
solutions on acrylic.
To clean acrylic, first flood it with water to wash off
as much dirt as possible. Next, use your bare hand,
with plenty of water, to feel and dislodge any caked
dirt or mud. A soft, grit-free cloth may then be used
with a nonabrasive soap or detergent. A soft sponge,
kept clean for this purpose, is excellent. Blot dry
with a clean damp chamois.
Grease and oil may be removed from acrylic with
kerosene, hexane, white (not aviation or ethyl)
gasoline or aliphatic naphtha (no aromatic content).
9.2
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
SECTION 9 * CARE & REFINISHING
Do not use solvents such as acetone, silicone
spray, benzine, carbon tetrachloride, fire
extinguisher fluid, dry cleaning fluid or lacquer
thinner on acrylic, since they attack the surface.
Remove fine scratches with fine automotive acrylic
rubbing and polishing compounds.
9. UPHOLSTERIES
Exterior fabrics should be cleaned with a sponge or very
soft scrub brush and a mild soap and warm water
solution. After scrubbing, rinse with plenty of cold, clean
water and allow the fabric to air dry in a well ventilated
place, preferrably away from direct sunlight.
Mildew can occur if your boat does not have adequate
ventilation. Heat alone will not prevent mildew; you must
also provide for fresh air circulation.
REFER TO THE OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
10. VITRACORE® CABINETS
To maintain the beauty of the galley cabinet surfaces
and to prevent using the wrong cleaning agents,
please follow the cleaning recommendations listed
below.
NOTICE
Care and maintenance of your Vitacore® cabinets
* Never use ammoniated window sprays or
kitchen scouring components.
* Never use solvents such as acetone, gasolene,
benzene, alchohol or lacquer thinner.
* Polish with light coat of automobile paste, wax
or plastic cleaner/polish.
* failure to follow these instructions will result in
damage to your cabinets.
The following NOTICE label is placed on the fiberglass
area of the galley countertop.
Clean often with a soft cloth or sponge and mild soap
and water. A non-ammoniated spray may also be used.
(Examples: Glass Cleaner-Vinegar Glass Works by
Miles, Inc.) Never use paper towels, abrasive pads or
abrasive cleaners! Hairline scratches and minor
abrasions can be removed or minimized by using mild
automobile polish, Johnson Paste or Mirror Glaze
(M.G.M.10).
These care instructions refer specifically to the Vitracore®
Cabinets surfaces. Ask your dealer about cleaning any
hardware or trim which has been incorporated in your
cabinetry.
11. CLEANING RECOMMENDATIONS
FOR MARINE HEADLINER &
FABRIC
| NOTICE
Always clean immediately. Test an unseen area of
fabric before cleaning.
REFER TO THE OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
9.3
SECTION 9 * CARE & REFINISHING
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
9.4
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
INDEX
A
AC & DC Electrical Schematics &
Wiring Harnesses ee... 6.22
AC Low Voltage Lighting 6.8
Acrylic Plastic Sheeting (Plastic Glass) ........... 9.2
AC System .......ccoiiiiiii ee 6.9
Additional Recommended Equipment
for Safe Operation seu 1.5
After Filling «ooo 3.3
After market Equipment Checklist .................. 8.12
Air Conditioning & Heating 7.1
Anchoring Arrangement......................=.— e... 3.10
Anchoring .....................eeeeieeereeeere e ee 3.10
Automatic Fire Extinguisher System.............. 7.15
B
Basic Boat Dimensions and Clearances .......... 2.9
Batteries ………..…..…......…..csrcsecrecrec sea can ca nn een 6.1
Battery Cable, Remove... 6.1
Battery Charger ee 6.18
Battery MaintenanCe ee 6.2
Battery Switches and Solenoids, Main ............ 6.3
Bilge Blowers .......c.oooii KERN 4.2
Bilge/Engine Compartment ........................—...—.. 9.2
Bilge Heat Detector....................... 4.3
Bilge Layout .................. eee 4.14,4.15
Bilge Pump, Manual (Optional) ......................... 4.2
Bilge Pumps cco eK RER RRKEEKK RK EE EG 4.1
Bilge een 4.1
Boarding .……..…....…..........ecereeeesere es ce encre cesse rene 3.3
Bottom Paint, Care For... 9.1
Bow Access Shore Utilities ............................. 3.9
Bow Thruster (Optional) 7.16
Breaker Box, Main Shore Power.................... 6.10
Breaker Panel, Main DC ers 6.2
Breaker Panels, Control Station ....................... 6.6
C
Cablemaster with Remote ............................. 7.17
Canvas...............e.eceeercceorrceoee een ceca eee 7.20
Carbon Monoxide ....................—.—.—.—.—.—.—.. 1.2, 1.3, 7.20
Carrier Seal Kit.........cooiiiiii 4.11
Central Vacuum System 7.19
Chart Your Course .…….…..….....…..….………rrccseeccsnencss 1.9
Checklist-After Fueling.............….....……...………….……….……. 5.5
Checklist-Before & During Fueling................... 5.5
Cleaning recommendations for Marine
Headliner & Fabric creer 9.3
Clearing Fouled Anchor ………..………....…………… 3.11
Cockpit Shower …….…....…....….…srereeessenceneecune 7.7
Code Alpha Flag ee 1.10
Coffe Maker ........................ce.ee0eciinec eee 7.19
Collision and Leaking ....................... eee... 1.12
Communications System ....................eeeemeeee.. 7.13
Compass, Magnetic ………..…..….......….…...……… 2.18
Console Dimmer …….………...……….…...……………ccserecces 2.22
Control Station Breaker Panels 6.6
Controls, Description of Major ................ 2.10,3.6
Coolant Recommendations .......................—.. 4.7
D
DC 6.1
Dealer Responsibilities ee ill
Description of Major Controls ................. 2.10, 3.6
Digital Satellite System (Optional) ................. 7.14
Display Control Module (DCM)
Function Table essen een EEE 2.21
Distribution Manifold... 7.5
DIVING EEE 1.10
Docking/Lifting/Storage 2.1
Dockside Telephone Hookup ......................... 7.13
Dockside Television Hookup........................ 7.15
Dockside Water Inlet... 7.6
Draining The Boat .........ocooiiiiii i, 8.4
E
Electric StOVe..................eeerecercciicecee ee eee 7.19
Electric Sun Pad ...........coooi 7.18
Electrical System Fuse Blocks & Breakers .... 6.6
Electrolysis & Zinc Anodes 6.21
Electronics Circuit…….…....….......……cseeccserccee 6.9
Emergency Situations nee 1.10
Emergency Start System …….…..…..….…...……..…….………… 6.8
Emergency Stop Switch eee 3.7
Engine Exhaust System ……...….…......…….…..…….….….…. 4,5
Engine Gauge Package 2.10,4.4
Engine Monitoring System (EMS) ................ 2.16
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
INDEX
Engine Mounts .....................= eee 4.4
Engine Removal... 4.5
Engine SynchroniZers..................—..e.eeeeeereeces 2.12
Engines ..................=ieeeeeeeeerreneer ere EHE 4.3
Engines, Starting the 3.4
Engines, Stopping the 3.7
Entertainment Centers een 7.14
Exhaust System, Engine essen 4.5
Express Limited Warranty eee... у
Е
Fiberglass é: Gelcoat...................— e... 9.1
Filling the Tank ................... eee 3.3
Filling, After o.oo, 3.3
Fire Extinguisher System, Automatic ............ 7.15
Fire Extinguishing System 1.2
FIF@ are ceee sec sec crea crane rene rene na ne nana cena 1.11
Fitting Out After Storage .……....…….….....………....……….…. 8.6
Flooding, Swamping and Capsizing .............. 1.11
FloorPlan ........cooooii ee, 2.4
Fresh Water Cooling System 4.6
Fresh Water Washdown ...................e...ee..... 7.0
Fuel Filter (Diesel)... 5.2
Fuel Filter Maintenance ................... e... 5.3
Fuel Recommendation ...................— eee... 5.2
Fuel System ...................rceeeeveceriiereeezece een. 5.1
mi (-ME-10|. eee, 5.1
Fueling Precautions creer 5.4
Fueling the Boat ......................— eee 3.2
Function and Location of Through-Hull
Fittings and Cutouts ..................e.eeeeeeeeeeee 2.7
Function Table, Display Control Module ........ 2.2
G
Gauge, Quad......................eeeiieirieceeee reee 2.17
Gauges, Important EEE 2.16
Gear Shift and Throttle Controls (Hydraulic) .. 2.11
Gear Shift and Throttle Controls.................... 2.10
Gears, Marine era R RER RER EEE 4.4
Gears, Reduction ........................eeeeieeiierreeee 4.4
Gears, Reverse ...................eeevrecccicerecceeeeecee. 4.4
Gelcoat, Fiberglass and-.....................— ee... 9.1
General Considerations 1.7
Generator ......................eerericiceceneee cera 6.20
Generator, Starting the................. 3.8, 6.20
Generator, Stoppingthe ......................... 3.9, 6.21
Glendenning Cablemaster ............................ 6.10
Gray Water Sump ...............e.eeeeeeereierccereeeceeeees 7.8
Ground Fault Interrupter Receptacle (GFI) ... 6.1
Grounding ................e...ieeeeeereereeeee ree 1.12
H
Head System ...................eeexericerceccerereceeene. 7.10
Helm Gauge and Switch Layout ................... 2.15
HIN (Hull Identification Number) ....................... IV
Holding Tank Operation ve 7.11
Hourmeter ........cooeiii ee, 2.17
Hydraulic Power Steering Control ................. 4.13
Hydraulic Swim Platform (Optional) .............. 7.18
Hydraulic Trim Tabs... 2.12
1
Ignition Protection eee 6.6
Impaired Operation crues 1.5
Important Gauges .…….......…….......….…....….…ecees 2.16
I CE 1.8
International Receptacie ....................—_..e_.... 6.19
International Requirements ........................... 1.13
Isolation Transformers... 6.10
L
Labels, Safety …….…….....…….....cccrerrrcsnerr ec snneeee 1.1
Layout and Accessories 7.1
Legally Mandated Minimum Required
Equipment... ee 1.2
Lifesaving Equipment …….…...……....…....………..…….….….………. 1.3
Lighting, Xelogen ces 6.8
Lighting Layout ...................— KERN 2.24
Load Capacity ...................e.eeeeeeerreceeeereeece e. 1.5
Lowering Anchor ..................-......eeíeeeereeereee 3.11
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
INDEX
M
Macerator Discharge Pump with Seacock
Interlocking System (Optional) ................ 7.12
Magnetic Compass .....................eeeíeeeeeeeee_s 2.18
Main Battery Switches and Solenoids ............ 6.3
Main DC Breaker Panel 6.2
Main Distribution Panel Controls 8% Functions .. 6.13
Main Distribution Panel, Servicing................. 6.12
Main EMS Display ..................e.eeeeereereccreeces 2.16
Main Shore Power Breaker Box.................... 6.10
Maintain Control ............................xeeeeieceneece. 1.7
Maintenance and reconditioning...................... 9.1
Maintenance Log... 8.13
Maintenance for Shore Power Cable Set &
Shore Power Inlets 6.12
Manual Bilge Pump (Optional) ........................ 4.2
Manual, This... e Il
Manufacturer’s CertificatiON «ee IV
Marine Gears ee EEE EEE 4.4
Master and Guest Stateroom
Entertainment Center esse 7.14
Medical EmMergeNCY ee 1.10
Microwave/Convection Oven ....................... 7.20
Minimum Required Equipment,
Legally Mandated ........................e..eeeeieee 1.2
Monitor, Systems .....................eeeveeerrcecreceees 2.18
Monitoring System (EMS), Engine ................ 2.16
N
Nautical Terms......................eeeercccrcrrcnee eee 1.13
Navigation and Anchor Lights ....................... 2.22
О
OCEAN ee 1.7
OffShOrE ee RER ER eee. 1.8
Oil Change System ces 4.7
Operation of Emergency Stop Switch ............. 3.7
P
Passenger Locations and Instructions ........... 3.4
Passenger Locations ...................e...ee..ee..e e... 2.3
Personal Flotation Devices (PFD) .................. 3.4
PFD Classifications ..................e...eeeeeeeeieerecees 1.4
Power Capacity ..................e...eeereececeereeeccen. 1.6
Power Ventilation System.............................. 7.19
Preparing To Depart....................— eee... 3.1
Propellers ....................eeereecriineiieeeneeeee 2.10,4.8
Properly Trimmed Boat....................—_..__.__.... 2.14
Propulsion System ....................eeeeeeeerrececceeecee. 2.9
Propulsion, Control or Steering Failure ......... 1.12
Q
Quad Gauge..................eeeereiiireereeee es 2.17
Quick Reference Guide .....................eervvveee.... 8.7
R
Reduction Gears EEE EEG 4.4
Refrigerator/Freezer...................— e... 7.18
Rescue, Water .....................eeeencerrecceercencecee 1.11
Responsibilities, Dealer ii
Responsibilities, Your ........................e............. ii
Returningto Port... eee 3.2
Reverse Gears ................eervccercierecrzecen econ... 4.4
Rudder & Rudder Stuffing Box ..................... 4.12
S
Safe Boating ......coooevviiiiii DD. 1.1
Safety Hotlines …….…..…….....……....………crrrercsnencccss 1.12
Safety Labels …..…..............…..rrcrccrrerecceneer canne 1.1
Salon Entertainment Center........................... 7.14
Seacocks & Strainers............... eee. 4.12
Seacock LubricatiON ve 8.6
Securing the Boat een EEE 3.2
Service Information, USefÜl er 8.1
Service, Parts and Repair For Your Boat........... IV
Servicing the Main Distribution Panel ............ 6.12
Setting ANCHOF een 3.11
SE 4.10
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
Sheltered Waters...........................eeerceerecerece. 1.8
Shifting from Shore Power to
Generator Power... 3.9,6.21
Shifting to Drive the Boat …………....………....………………...…… 3.6
Shore Power Cable Set & Shore
Power Inlets, Maintenance for ................... 6.12
Shore Power Hookup (INTL)... 6.11
Shore Power Hookup (US) ............................ 6.10
Shore PoWwer...................e..eeervrecirecececene eee. 6.10
SL Le © RAA 1.9
Smart Water System (Optional) ....................... 7.8
Source of Information es ii
Special care for Boats that are Moored ........... 9.1
Sport Divers Flag .................e....2eeeeeeeeeeeeeccce. 1.10
Stability ...........................eeiricereee eee ceras 1.6
Stains é Scratches ...................e.eeeeevererceceneceens 9.1
Starting the Engines ........................eeeereeeeeecc. 3.4
Starting the Generator ............................ 3.8,6.20
Steering System ....................eeeeerrcreccccerecececeee. 3.7
Stopping the Engines .........................eevveereeceeo 3.7
Stopping the Generator ........................... 3.9, 6.21
Stove a Microwave ..................ernerevrerveccrnece. 7.19
Stove, ElectriC.......................e.ieienre ree 7.19
(| cee rare annee ea nan ee naa neue 4.12
Supporting Your Boat ces 2.1
Swim Platform, Hydraulic (Optional) .............. 7.18
SWIMMING coer 1.9
Systems Monitor …….……….....…….….……crereccsrecces 2.18
T
Tachometer ooo, 2.17
Telephone Hookup, Dockside ........................ 7.13
Television Hookup, Dockside......................... 7.15
This Manual .....................e.eescecccoc ne e e ||
Topside Areas .….….….…...…...…..……...…sercrrcsersnecnencne 9.2
Trim Tabs, Hydraulic... 2.12
TV Signal Selector .....................—.—_.ee.eeeee. 7.15
Twelve (12) Volt Accessory Receptacle .......... 6.7
Twelve (12) Volt System .......................eeeeveccneo. 6.7
Twenty Four (24) Volt DC Distribution Panel
Controls & Functions e... 6.16
U
Underwater Gear ...........................e. er 4.8
Upholsteries .....................eee.exeervierereerceeece eee 9.3
Useful service Information ..................—...—..—.—..... 8.1
V
Vacu-Flush® Head 7.10
Vacuum System, Central. 7.19
Vent Filter «oo R RER RR RR R RR E 7.11
Vibrations & Cause Ser 4.6
Vitacore® Cabinets ........................... e. 9.3
W
Warranties ….….….....….........….crrrrerer area ana nan en en ree II
Warranty, Express Limited ee... V
Washer/Dryer Water ValVE ee 7.8
Washer/Dryer een eee, 7.20
Water Heater ee, 7.6
Water Pump € Filters een een 7.5
Water RESCUE... eee, 1.11
Water Sports ……….….…....…..cssrressrencssen cena neue 1.9
Water System Pressurization .......................... 7.6
\М/атег Эуз!{ет.........енненнннеенннененененненнннннее! 7.3
Water Tank ee RAR RER 7.4
Wear eee 1.7
Weighing AnChOF er 3.11
While Underway ................-—....—e.xreeeveeeereeeeeeeen_.. 3.1
Windlass ee RR ee 3.12
Winterization Checklist for Boats
Sored on Land..................... e eeeeeierierreee 8.4
510 Sundancer® (555 Sundancer®)
">